292
TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RECENT AUSTRALIAN STUDIES D.S. ANDERSON AND 0 BLAKERS

TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    3

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

TRANSITION FROM SCHOOLAN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RECENT AUSTRALIAN STUDIES

D.S. ANDERSON AND 0 BLAKERS

Page 2: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

This book was published by ANU Press between 1965–1991.

This republication is part of the digitisation project being carried out by Scholarly Information Services/Library and ANU Press.

This project aims to make past scholarly works published by The Australian National University available to

a global audience under its open-access policy.

Page 3: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

TRANSITION FROM SCHOOLAN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RECENT AUSTRALIAN STUDIES

D.S. ANDERSON AND C.BLAKERS

Page 4: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

First published in Australia 1980 Printed in Australia fo r the Australian National University Press, Canberra © T h e Australian National University 1980

This book is copyright. Apart from any fa ir dealing fo r the purpose of private study, research, criticism , or review, as perm itted under the Copyright Act, no part may be reproduced by any process w ithou t w ritten permission. Inquiries should be made to the publisher.

National Library of Australia Cataloguing-in-publication entry

Anderson, D.S. (Donald S tuart), 1 9 2 6 - Transition from school.

Includes index ISBN 0 7081 1015 0

1. Career education — Bibliography. I. Blakers, C. (Catherine), 1923—, II. T itle .

370.11'3

United Kingdom, Europe, M iddle East, and A frica : Books Australia, 3 Henrietta St, London WC2E 8LU, England.North America: Books Australia, Miami, Fla., USA. Southeast Asia: Angus & Robertson (S.E. Asia) Pty. Ltd. Singapore.Japan: United Publishers Services Ltd. Tokyo.

Page 5: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

T h i s b i b l i o g r a p h y ha s been p o s s i b l e o n l y w i t h t h e h e l p and i n t e r e s t o f a g r e a t many p e o p l e . We w o u l d l i k e t o t h a n k f i r s t t h e E d u c a t i o n R e s e a r c h and D e v e lo p m e n t C o m m i t t e e f o r t h e i r f i n a n c i a l s u p p o r t f o r t h e p r o j e c t and M r S . S . Dunn f o r h i s p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t and e n c o u r a g e m e n t .

We owe a s p e c i a l d e b t t o a l l t h o s e who c o n t r i b u t e d i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t t h e i r own r e s e a r c h o r g a v e u s s u g g e s t i o n s f o r m o re m a t e r i a l . T h i s i n v o l v e d a c o n s i d e r a b l e c o s t t o t h e m s e l v e s i n t i m e and e f f o r t , and t h e p r o j e c t w o u ld h a v e been i m p o s s i b l e w i t h o u t t h i s c o - o p e r a t i o n . We a l s o w i s h t o r e c o r d o u r a p p r e c i a t i o n o f t h e h e l p g i v e n t o us by t h e C o m m o n w e a l th D e p a r t m e n t o f E d u c a t i o n ; i n p a r t i c u l a r , M r C h a r l e s B e l t z , M r B r u c e M o re y and Ms V e r o n i c a B a r b e l e n .

O u r t a s k was c o n s i d e r a b l y e a s e d by t h e t i m e and e x p e r t i s e g i v e n by Mr A a t V e r v o o r n t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e s e a r c h and t o e n s u r i n g t h e a c c u r a c y o f t h e c i t a t i o n s as w e l l as t o p r o o f - r e a d i n g and t h e i n t r i c a c i e s o f p u b l i c a t i o n . Ms V i v e n Read w i t h t h e a i d o f h e r w o r d - p r o c e s s o r a n d M rs E v e l y n B a n c r o f t c o p e d u n c o m p l a i n i n g l y w i t h t h e n u m e ro u s d r a f t s we p r o d u c e d and w i t h o u r o f t e n u n r e a s o n a b l e t y p i n g and c o p y i n g de m and s . We w o u l d l i k e t o t h a n k th e m a l l f o r t h e i r p a t i e n c e and e v e r - r e a d y s u p p o r t .

D . S . A .C . B .

A u g u s t 1980

Page 6: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

CONTENTS

Page

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ( i )

INTRODUCTION 1

. The Purposes of th e B ib l io g ra p h y 1

. The Research 1

. The Arrangem ent o f th e B ib l io g ra p h y 4

P a r t 1 - The G eneral L i s t 6

P a r t 2 - The A n n o ta tio n s 63

A S tu d e n ts and School Leavers 64

B S choo ls 131

C P o s t-se co n d a ry E d u ca tio n 153

D Employment, Unemployment and L e is u re 186

E Youth Programmes and E v a lu a tio n s 224

F R epo rts o f C on fe rences 263

P a r t 3 - The Index 272

Page 7: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

1

INTRODUCTI ON

The P u rp o s e s o f t h e B i b l i o g r a p h y

T h i s b i b l i o g r a p h y i s co n ce rn e d w i t h r e s e a rc h i n t o t r a n s i t i o n f rom s c h o o l . I t o r i g i n a t e d in a r e q u e s t by t h e E d u c a t io n R esea rch and D e v e lo p m e n t C o m m it te e f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a c o m p re h e n s iv e a n n o ta te d b i b l i o g r a p h y o f r e c e n t and c u r r e n t A u s t r a l i a n r e s e a r c h i n t o s t u d e n t s ' t r a n s i t i o n f rom s c h o o ls t o p o s t - s c h o o l r o l e s . I t was b e l i e v e d t h a t such a b i b l i o g r a p h y w o u ld be u s e f u l to c u r r e n t r e s e a r c h e r s and t o o t h e r s i n t e n d i n g t o u n d e r t a k e r e s e a rc h in t h i s a r e a , as w e l l as t o e d u c a t io n a g e n c ie s and i n s t i t u t i o n s . In a d d i t i o n , i t w o u ld p r o v id e a b a s is o f u p - t o - d a t e i n f o r m a t i o n on w h ich t h e E d u c a t io n R esea rch and D e ve lo p m e n t C o m m it te e c o u ld a s se ss t h e r e s e a r c h p r i o r i t y o f t h e a re a and t h e needs f o r f u r t h e r r e s e a r c h w i t h i n t h e a re a .

The R e se a rch

T r a n s i t i o n f ro m s c h o o l i s a t o p i c w h ich has engaged t h e i n t e r e s t o f r e s e a r c h e r s , p a r t i c u l a r l y p s y c h o l g i s t s and s o c i o l o g i s t s , f o r a long t i m e : p s y c h o l o g i s t s because o f t h e i r i n t e r e s t in work and i d e n t i t y and c a r e e r d e v e lo p m e n t ; s o c i o l o g i s t s because o f t h e i r i n t e r e s t in s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a ­t i o n and t h e r o l e o f s c h o o ls in a l l o c a t i n g s u c c e s s iv e g e n e r a t i o n s o f s t u d e n t s t o p la c e s in t h e s o c i a l s t r u c t u r e . More r e c e n t l y , t h e t o p i c has been g i v e n u rg e n c y and w id e r i n t e r e s t by t h e h ig h r a t e s o f te e n a g e and y o u th unem p loym ent w h ic h have been a p p a re n t in many i n d u s t r i a l l y advanced c o u n t r i e s s i n c e t h e e a r l y 1970s. In re s p o n s e t o t h i s , t h e r e has been no t o n l y an u p s u rg e o f r e s e a r c h s t u d i e s , b u t a l s o a r e m a r k a b ly r a p i d re s p o n s e in s c h o o l s w i t h programmes l i k e c a r e e r e d u c a t i o n and g u id a n c e and c o u n s e l l i n g s e r v i c e s ( B l a k e r s 1978, C o le 1 9 7 9 ) . Governm ents have a l s o resp o n d e d w i t h a v a r i e t y o f programmes f o r e d u c a t i o n and t r a i n i n g and t r a n s i t i o n a l s e r v i c e s ( A n n o t a t i o n s E ) . The r e l a t i o n s h i p s between t h e r e s e a r c h , t h e p o l i c i e s and t h e programmes a r e n o t a lw ays c l e a r l y i d e n t i f i a b l e and in t h e r e s e a r c h i t s e l f t h e r e i s e v id e n c e o f d i f f e r i n g a s s u m p t io n s a b o u t t r a n s i t i o n and i t s p ro b le m s , p a r t i c u l a r l y when d i f f e r e n t d i s c i p l i n e s and a p p ro a c h e s a re i n v o l v e d .

T h i s is n o t t h e p la c e t o a t t e m p t a c r i t i c a l e v a l u a t i o n o f r e s e a r c h ; t h a t i s more a p p r o p r i a t e f o r p r o f e s s i o n a l j o u r n a l s and w i l l a l s o be p a r t o f a w o rkshop o r s e m in a r w h ic h is t o be h e ld in O c t o b e r . Some comments on t h e b a la n c e o f t h e r e s e a r c h e f f o r t and some o f t h e u n d e r l y i n g a s s u m p t io n s how ever a re n o t i n a p p r o p r i a t e in t h i s i n t r o d u c t i o n .

Page 8: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

2

T ak in g th e assumptions f i r s t . Our b r i e f was ' t r a n s i t i o n from s c h o o l ' d e l i b e r a t e l y le a v in g open th e p o s s i b i l i t y t h a t t r a n s i t i o n can be t o a v a r i e t y o f p o s t -s c h o o l r o l e s ; f o r example, in a s o c i o lo g i c a l sense, the r o l e of th e user o f le i s u r e t im e , th e r o l e of c i t i z e n , o f mate, of b read­w in n e r and so on; o r in th e p s y c h o lo g ic a l sense, t r a n s i t i o n f rom school can be from th e dependent s ta tu s o f c h i l d t o th e independence o f a d u l t . There i s not one t r a n s i t o n , bu t s eve ra l which a re i n t e r - r e l a t e d . T r a n s i t i o n is no t c o n f in e d t o th e end of s c h o o l ; r a t h e r i t i s a process which s t a r t s a t an e a r l y age and c o n t in u e s th ro u g h o u t l i f e . Even when th e focus is narrowed t o th e t r a n s i t i o n from s c h o o l , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f t h i s p e r io d and of th e s e e x p e r ience s w i th what has come be fo re in th e secondary school and what comes a f t e r in th e l i v e s o f young a d u l ts cannot be ov e r lo o k e d . F u r th e rm o re , th e n a tu re of t h e process is d i f f e r e n t f o r teenagers and youth in d i f f e r e n t s o c io -e cono m ic le v e ls of t h e s o c i e t y ; f o r males and fem a les ; f o r those w i th p a r t i c u l a r e t h n i c , c u l t u r a l and g e og raph ica l backgrounds.

A ltho ug h th e te rm ' t r a n s i t i o n from s c h o o l ' im p l ie s a wide range o f p o s s ib le approaches, a lm ost a l l th e rese a rch is focused on t r a n s i t i o n t o work o r unemployment. T h is is u n d e rs ta n d a b le g iven th e p re s e n t r a te s o f y o u th unemployment and of under-em ploym ent. N e v e r th e le s s t h i s preoccupa­t i o n w i t h work o r th e lack of i t may cause p o l ic y -m a k e rs and o th e rs t o o v e r lo o k o r u n d e r - r a te non-work a c t i v i t i e s and t o ig n o re t h e v a r i e t y of t r a n s i t i o n s which c h a l le n g e th e c h i l d , t h e you th and th e a d u l t . F u r t h e r ­more, i t may i n h i b i t a p p r e c ia t io n of th e fundamental changes which a re t a k in g p la c e w i t h i n th e s o c ie t y and which may r e q u i r e a r e t h i n k i n g o f e s ta b l i s h e d concep ts and d e f i n i t i o n s r e la t e d t o th e i n d i v i d u a l ' s own o c c u p a t io n s and a c t i v i t i e s and t o th e genera l needs of th e s o c ie t y . T e c h n o lo g ic a l change and o th e r s o c ia l developments rnay w e l l in c rease th e numbers and k in d s o f t r a n s i t i o n s which an i n d i v i d u a l is c a l l e d on t o make d u r in g h i s l i f e . R e c u r re n t e d u c a t io n and r e t r a i n i n g a re among th e more obv ious o f th e s e .

T h is c a l l s in t o q u e s t io n th e r o l e o f th e school as a s o c ia l i n s t i t u ­t i o n and in th e development o f t h e c h i l d and th e young a d u l t . There is o f cou rse an assum pt ion b u i l t i n t o our t i t l e T r a n s i t i o n f rom S choo l . I f th e q u e s t io n is rephrased t o ask 'wha t is t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between school and work ( o r o th e r p o s t -s c h o o l i n s t i t u t i o n s ) ' a p o s s ib le answer becomes t h a t t h e r e is and shou ld be l i t t l e o r perhaps no s t ro n g s p e c ia l r e l a t i o n s h i p ; t h a t schoo l has a s e t of d i s t i n c t i v e purposes many o f which a re not connected w i t h p r e p a r a t io n f o r work (as c u r r e n t l y c o n c e iv e d ) , and t h a t o v e r - c o n c e n t r a t io n on th e a r t i c u l a t i o n o f schoo l w i th what comes a f te rw a rd s can lead t o d i s t o r t i o n s in th e ba lance of school a c t i v i t i e s . A comprehen­s iv e approach t o meeting th e needs o f young peop le in t r a n s i t i o n would ta k e i n t o account the demands which a chang ing s o c ie t y is l i k e l y t o make on th e i n d i v i d u a l and th e p ro pe r r o l e of th e schoo l as one of th e many s o c ia l i n s t i t u t i o n s ( i n c lu d in g th e f a m i l y ) concerned in th e development of t h e c h i l d and th e y o u th .

Page 9: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

3

Each re s e a rc h e r o f course b r in g s h is own t h e o r e t i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e t o bear on th e problems which he s t u d ie s . T h is means t h a t the q u e s t io n s wh ich a re asked a re in f lu e n c e d by th e assumptions d e r iv e d from th e r e s e a r c h e r ’ s t h e o r y , f o r example, about a d u l t i d e n t i t y o r th e n a tu re of the economy; o r by assumptions which a re i m p l i c i t in programmes which a re being e v a lu a te d . There is a w ide d i v e r s i t y of approaches rep re s e n te d in th e resea rch s tu d ie s which we have anno ta ted and as a r e s u l t of t h i s an e q u a l ly d iv e rs e (and o c c a s io n a l l y c o n f l i c t i n g ) s e t of c o n c lu s io n s about th e na tu re of t h e problem and what to do about i f . We hope t h a t the b r in g in g to g e th e r of the se a n n o ta t io n s w i l l be h e lp fu l t o re s e a rc h e rs w is h in g t o check t h e i r own r e s u l t s and assumptions a g a in s t those of o th e r w o rke rs .

The b ib l i o g r a p h y is a ls o In tended t o a s s i s t those concerned w i th making p o l i c y by i d e n t i f y i n g th e q u e s t io n s which a re being answered, th e c o n c lu s io n s t h a t a re be ing reached and, by o m is s io n , th e areas where a d d i t i o n a l e n q u i r y is needed. I t is f a i r l y ob v io us f o r example f o l l o w in g a rea d ing of th e a v a i l a b l e rese a rch t h a t t h e re is s t i l l an Incom p le te p i c t u r e o f many aspec ts of the p o s t -s c h o o l l i v e s o f young pe op le . In p a r t i c u l a r th e re is no s a t i s f a c t o r y s t a t i s t i c a l account of t h e unemployed; f o r in s ta n c e , how long they a re unemployed, t h e i r movements in and ou t of work th e a c t i v i t i e s t h a t they engage in when no t in work . There a re d i s t u r b i n g accounts from s o c ia l wo rkers and s o c i o l o g i s t s of th e low morale and o c c a s io n a l ly th e problem be ha v io r of th e unemployed but one would hope f o r a much more com p le te accoun t than is p r e s e n t l y a v a i l a b l e . P a r t - t im e work is a n o the r s u b je c t which some of th e s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s is has In d ic a te d is becoming o f in c re a s in g im portance . There a re however a la rge number of q u e s t io n s s t i l i t o be asked about th e r o l e t h a t p a r t - t im e workers p la y in th e economy and th e r o l e of p a r t - t im e work in th e l i v e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . There is an emerging body of rese a rch and e v a lu a t io n on some of th e newer school programmes on c a re e r e d u c a t io n , l i n k courses and work e x p r ie n c e . However t h e r e is as y e t l i t t l e ha rd -nosed e v a lu a t io n of th e se programmes, exam in ing in a broad p e r s p e c t i v e t h e i r assum pt ions , t h e i r purposes, and t h e i r longe r range outcomes, and a n ly s in g th e s o c ia l and e d u c a t io n a l im p l i c a t i o n s of e s t a b l i s h in g programmes f o r s tu d e n ts and young people c a te g o r is e d as 'a r i s k ' . P i n a l l y , t h e re a re q u e s t io n s about t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s which e x i s t o r which shou ld e x i s t between re s e a rc h , p r a c t i c e and p o l i c i e s . How f a r does rese a rch c o n t r i b u t e t o e i t h e r p r a c t i c e o r p o l i c y and how is i t in f lu e n c e d by these?

I t is hoped t h a t th e b i b l i o g r a p h y , by e n a b l in g an ove rv iew of t h e research in to t r a n s i t i o n c u r r e n t l y o r r e c e n t l y unde r taken in A u s t r a l i a , w i l l suggest what q u e s t io n s need most u r g e n t l y t o be asked and what f u r t h e r research needs t o be unde r ta ken .

Page 10: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

4

The Arrangement of the Bibliography

The bibliography includes only Australian research. We have tried to make i t as comprehensive as possible in the limited time avaiiabie and to provide the perspectives of a range of disciplines and approaches. The bibliography focuses on research undertaken during the last three or four years or work currently being undertaken, though a few important e a rlie r studies are included among the annotations. I t covers transition from school to post-school a c t iv it ie s , including further education, work, unemployment. We would have included more studies on leisure and any on a lte rn ative life -s ty le s if we had found them. In the area of post­secondary education, the perspective is that of the school student making the tran s itio n , though a few studies of student withdrawal have been included. Studies of prediction of academic success, such as those covered in W. McDonelI's Testing for Student Selection at Tertiary Level, have been thought of too specialised an interest for th is publication.

Information on research was drawn f i r s t from lis ts of persons who had been given research grants p articu larly from the Education Research and Development Committee and from the Australian Research Grants Committee. Secondly, a fa ir ly comprehensive lite ra tu re search, together with b ib lio ­graphies and indexes, provided a long lis t of relevant publications some of which led us to more recent work. Letters were sent to universities and colleges of advanced education (p a rticu la rly th e ir departments of social science, education and economics) and to government departments and other agencies. These yielded information about research and further sugges­tions. F inally we made fu ll use of whatever informal networks were available to us. Altogether we uncovered an impressive amount of research out of which we have made almost 150 annotations. Limits of time and resources forced us to exclude some annotations which seemed peripheral or which arrived towards the end of the project. I t is hoped that some of these may be included in a second edition of the bibliography some time next year. To this end we are inviting researchers to send us up-dated information about th e ir research and copies of th e ir publications as these are produced.

The bibliography, like Gaul, is in three parts:

. a general author l is t ,

. the annotations,

. the index.

The Genera I L ist is arranged alphabetically and numbered in sequence. I t includes items culled from the lite ra tu re search and other sources as welI as the studies which are annotated. Annotations of completed studies aremarked *; studies In progress (al l of which are annotated) are marked #. Each annotation also carries a reference to its category and number within the category. For example,

Page 11: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

5

329 POWER, C o lin , P e te r FENSHAM, S. KEMMIS, and D. TRIPP #Case s tu d ie s of school a l ie n a t io n and t r a n s i t io n to work. ( A l l )F l in d e rs U n iv e rs ity o f South A u s t r a l ia , A d e la id e .R eports expected 1980-81.

332 PRYOR, R o b e rt, and C. HAWKINSThe C h a ra c te r is t ic s o f S ix th Form S tuden ts in R e la t io n to *T e r t ia r y S tu d ie s . Research R e p o rt. Sydney: Research S e c tio n . (C2) D iv is io n of V o ca tio n a l Guidance S e rv ic e s , New SouthWales Departm ent o f Labour and In d u s try , November 1975.[37 p + ta b le s ) .

The A n n o ta tio n s a re arranged in s ix c a te g o r ie s :

A School S tudents and School LeaversB SchoolsC P os t-seconda ry E duca tionD Employment, Unemployment and L e is u reE Youth Programmes and Programme E v a lu a tio n sF R eports of C onferences

Because many o f th e s tu d ie s s tra d d le a number of d i f f e r e n t a reas, f a i r l y a r b i t r a r y d e c is io n s have had to be made about which ca tegory they a re p laced in . On th e w hole , t h e i r p lacement has been determ ined by t h e i r main emphasis* W ith in each ca te g o ry , th e a n n o ta tio n s have been arranged ro u g h ly in th e sequence in d ic a te d a t th e beg inn ing o f each c a te g o ry , so th a t s tu d ie s o f th e same aspect o r to p ic a re as fa r as p o s s ib le to g e th e r . Each a n n o ta tio n is id e n t i f ie d a t th e bottom of th e page w ith i t s ca tegory number and i t s number on th e genera l l i s t ; fo r example, 329 ( A l l ) .

The Index is a n n o ta tio n s , cases. A I i convenience , numbers and examp Ie:

arranged by s u b je c ts and is in tended m a in ly as a gu ide to the though e n t r ie s from th e general l i s t a re in c lu d e d in many re fe re n ce s a re to th e numbers in th e genera! l i s t . For th e a n n o ta tio n s a re id e n t i f ie d f i r s t by t h e i r genera l l i s t then by t h e i r ca tego ry le t t e r and number in b ra cke ts ; f o r

Case S tu d ie s 329(A 11) in d ic a te s a n n o ta tio n number 11 in C ategory A (School S tudents and School Leavers) which can be found a ls o as number 329 in th e genera l l i s t .

Page 12: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

6

THE GENERAL LIST

The General L is t is arranged a lp h a b e tic a lly and numbered in sequence. I t includes items cu lle d from the l i te ra tu re search and o ther sources as we ll as the s tud ies which are annotated. Annotations of completed stud ies are marked *; s tud ies in progress ( a l l of which are annotated) are marked #. Each anno ta tion a lso c a rr ie s a re ference to i t s category and numberw ith in the category. For example,

329 POWER, C o lin , Peter FENSHAM, S. KEMMIS, and D. TRIPP #Case stud ies of school a l ie n a tio n and t ra n s i t io n to work. (A ll)F lin de rs U n iv e rs ity of South A u s tra lia , Adelaide.Reports expected 1980-81.

332 PRYOR, Robert, and C. HAWKINSThe C h a ra c te r is t ic s o f S ix th Form Students in R e la tion to *T e r t ia ry S tud ies. Research Report. Sydney: Research Section. (C2) D iv is io n of Vocational Guidance S erv ices, New SouthWales Department of Labour and Ind us try , November 1975.[37p + ta b le s ! .

Page 13: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1 1

7

AINLEY, John, and A drian FORDHAM *Between School and A d u lt L i fe : An Approach to the Education o f Pre- (E21 ) Vocational Education in TAFE. ACER Research Monograph No. 5. Hawthorn V ic .: ACER, 1979. [207p]

AINLEY, John and Adrian FORDHAMAn Approach to the E va lua tion o f P re-V ocationaI Education Programs in Technical and F urthe r Education. A Summary of the Report. Hawthorn V ic .: ACER, 1979. [19pl

ANDERSON, D.S.Access to h igher education and progress of students. In G.S. Harman and C. Selby Smith (e d s .) , A u s tra lia n Higher Education, Sydney: Angus and Robertson, 1972, p p .116-137.

ANDERSON, D .S ., K .J . BAU, D.G. BESWICK, G.S. HARMAN and C. SELBY SMITH (e d s .)

Regional C o lleges: A Study o f N on-M etropolitan Colleges o f Advanced Education in A u s tra lia . 3 vo ls . Canberra: Education Research U n it, A u s tra lia n N ational U n iv e rs ity , 1975.

ANDERSON, D .S ., Bruce J. BIDDLE, Barbara J. BANK, John A. KEATS and Daphne # M. KEATS (A6)

Expectations and behaviour of adolescents in A u s tra lia and the USA,1976-1978. Reports a v a ila b le 1981.

ANDERSON, D .S ., R. BOVEN, P .J . FENSHAM and J.P . POWELL *Students in A u s tra lia n H igher Education: A Study o f T he ir Social (C3)Composition Since the A b o lit io n o f Fees. ERDC Report No. 23. Canberra:AGPS, 1980. I258p]

ANDERSON, D .S ., M arijke SALTET and Aat VERV00RN #Canberra's Secondary Co lleges. Report to be published in 1980. (A8)

ANDRESEN, Lee, and E lizabe th de ROMEOpen Day 1979: The Course In form ation Service and I ts Use by P rospective Students. Kensington, NSW: T e r t ia ry Education Research Centre,U n iv e rs ity o f New South Wales, A p r il 1980.

ARNOLD, Mark, and Gordon INMAN *Nowhere No-way. A s h fie ld , NSW: Careforce, May 1980. [7Op 1 (D29)

ATKINSON, E ., and S. SYKESA D e scrip tio n o f the Work P repara tion Centre a t South Yarra. Melbourne: Faculty of Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , May 1980.

AUSTRALIA. ACADEMY OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES IN AUSTRALIA *Youth Unemployment. Proceedings of Second Academy Symposium, 7-8 (F1)November, 1977 (ed. Ronald F. Henderson). Melbourne: In s t itu te of App lied Economic and Socia l Research, U n iv e rs ity o f Melbourne,November 1977.

Page 14: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

8

AUSTRALIA. CATHOLIC COMMISSION FOR JUSTICE AND PEACEBeyond U nem ploym ent: a S ta te m e n t on Human L a b o r. P repared by C a th o l ic C om m ission f o r J u s t ic e and Peace f o r th e C a th o l ic B is h o p s o f A u s t r a l ia . S u rre y H i l l s , NSW: E .J . D w yer, 1979. [2 2 p ]

AUSTRALIA. CATHOLIC COMMISSION FOR JUSTICE AND PEACE W ork ing I t O u t: A Second Look a t th e U nem ploym ent C r i s i s . Sydney: C a th o l ic C om m ission f o r J u s t ic e and P eace , 1980. {1 0 p ]

AUSTRALIA. COMMISSION OF INQUIRY INTO POVERTYP o v e r ty and E d u c a tio n in A u s t r a l ia . F i f t h M a in R e p o rt o f th e C om m iss ion . C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1976. I x v l l , 2 9 7 p i

AUSTRALIA. COMMISSION OF INQUIRY INTO POVERTYOutcomes o f S c h o o lin g : A s p e c ts o f Success and F a i lu r e . P o v e r ty and E d u c a tio n S e r ie s . C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1978.

AUSTRALIA. COMMISSION OF INQUIRY INTO POVERTYS c h o o l, C om m unity and W ork: U rban and R u ra l A s p e c ts . P o v e r ty and E d u c a tio n S e r ie s . C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1978.

AUSTRALIA. COMMISSION OF INQUIRY INTO POVERTYS choo l L e a v e rs : C h o ice and O p p o r tu n i ty . P o v e r ty and E d u c a tio n S e r ie s . C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1977.

AUSTRALIA. 00MMITTEE APPOINTED TO EXAMINE THE DESIRABILITY AND FEASIBILITY OF INTRODUCING A SYSTEM OF LOANS FOR AUSTRALIAN POST­SECONDARY STUDENTS. M .W .J. BUTCHER, CHAIRMAN.

S tu d e n t Loans. C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1977.

AUSTRALIA. COMMITTEE OF INQUIRY INTO EDUCATION AND TRAINING. B .R .W ILLIAMS, CHAIRMAN.

E d u c a t io n , T r a in in g and E m ploym ent. 3 v o ls . C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1979.

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH EMPLOYMENT SERVICEYoung A b o r ig in a ls a t W ork: A C a re e r B o o k le t . C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1978.[4 0 p ]

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT. *Y ou th program m es: a c t i v i t i e s o f governm ent d e p a rtm e n ts . (E 3 ,E 4 ,E 7 ,E 1 1,E 1 4 ,E 16,

E 18 ,E 1 9 ,E 2 0 ,E 2 8 )

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH/STATE WORKING PART ON THE TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL TO WORK OR FURTHER STUDY. C .L . BELTZ, CHAIRMAN.

T r a n s i t io n fro m S choo l t o W ork o r F u r th e r S tu d y : F i r s t R e p o r t ,O c to b e r 1977. C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1978 ( x v i , 32p )

AUSTRALIA. C0M40NWEALTH/STATE WORKING PART ON THE TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL TO WORK OR FURTHER STUDY. C .L . BELTZ, CHAIRMAN

C a re e r E d u c a tio n and T r a n s i t io n S e rv ic e s : Second R e p o r t . C a n b e rra :AGPS, 1979. ( v i , 114 p )

Page 15: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

9

24 AU STR ALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIOND i r e c t o r y o f E d u c a t io n R e s e a rc h a nd R e s e a rc h e rs in A u s t r a l i a . 2nd E d i t i o n . C a n b e r r a : AGPS, 1980 . [4 0 8 p l

25 AU STR ALIA . DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. RESEARCH BRANCHS u rv e y o f S tu d e n t s in T e c h n ic a l and F u r t h e r E d u c a t io n : R e s e a rc h R e p o r t N o . 5 . C a n b e r r a : R e s e a rc h B ra n c h , C om m onw ea lth D e p a r tm e n t o f E d u c a t io n , A p r i l 197 8 .

26 AU STR ALIA . DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH A FF A IR S . APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY SECTION

C a r e e r P la n n in g : A S e r ie s o f U n i t s t o S t im u la t e a nd P ro v o k e T h in k in g and P la n n in g . 2 nd e d i t i o n . C a n b e r ra : AGPS, 1 97 9 . [ 4 4 p ]

27 AU STR ALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFA IR S . APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY SECTION

C a re e rs R e s o u rc e G u id e . 2 nd e d i t i o n . C a n b e r ra : AGPS, 1 97 9 .

28 AU STR ALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH A FF A IR S . OFFICE OF YOUTH AFFAIRS

From S c h o o l t o W here? 200 U ne m p lo ye d E a r ly S c h o o l L e a v e rs , C a n b e r ra : D e p a r tm e n t o f E m p lo y m e n t and Y o u th A f f a i r s , May 1 9 7 9 . I2 7 p ]

29 AU STR ALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFA IR S . OFFICE OF YOUTH AFFAIRS

Schoo I /Work T r a n s i t i o n - A c t i v i t i e s o f C om m onw ea lth D e p a r tm e n ts . C a n b e r ra : O f f i c e o f Y o u th A f f a i r s , J u n e 1 97 9 . (T o D ecem ber 1978 o n ly )

3 0 AU STR ALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH A FF A IR S , OFFICE OF YOUTH AFFAIRS

E d u c a t in g f o r L e is u r e . C a n b e r ra : AGPS, 1 9 8 0 . I8 8 p ]

31 AU STR ALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH A FF A IR S . PROGRAM EVALUATION AND REVIEW BRANCH

C o m m u n ity Y o u th S u p p o r t Schem e: n a t io n a l e v a lu a t io n s t u d y , 1978 . ( U n p u b lis h e d r e p o r t )

32 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH A FFA IR S . PROGRAM EVALUATION AND REVIEW BRANCH

S p e c ia l Y o u th E m p lo y m e n t and T r a in i n g P ro g ra m (S Y E T P ): e m p lo y e r s tu d y , F e b r u a r y 1 9 8 0 . ( U n p u b lis h e d r e p o r t )

3 3 AU STRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH A FF A IR S . PROGRAM EVALUATION AND REVIEW BRANCH

S p e c ia l Y o u th E m p lo y m e n t T r a in i n g P ro g ra m (SYETP) in t h e p r i v a t e s e c t o r : f o l io w - u p s u rv e y o f A p r i l 1979 p la c e m e n ts .

34 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH A FFA IR S . PROGRAM EVALUATION AND REVIEW BRANCH

T r a in i n g and w o rk e x p e r ie n c e in C om m onw ea lth e s t a b l i s h m e n ts : a s tu d y o f t h e i n i t i a l 1000 t r a i n e e s . M a rc h 1 98 0 . (U n p u b lis h e d r e p o r t )

*

(A 2 8 )

*

( B 1 6 )

#

(E 15)

*

(E 8 )

#(E 9 )

*

(E 1 0 )

Page 16: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

10

35 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. PROGRAM #EVALUATION AND REVIEW BRANCH (E 17)

V o lu n te e r Y ou th P rog ram : The P i l o t Phase. D e p a rtm e n t o f Em ploym ent and Y ou th A f f a i r s , C a n b e rra , J u n e /J u ly 1980.

36 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE. BUREAU OF INDUSTRY #ECONOMICS (D 4)

A s tu d y o f changes in th e o c c u p a t io n a l s t r u c t u r e o f th e w o rk fo rc e betw een 1971 and 1976. To be re p o r te d in BIE In fo rm a t io n B u l l e t i n S e r ie s in 1980

37 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE. BUREAU OF INDUSTRY *ECONOMICS ' (D 5)

Em ploym ent o f D em ograph ic G roups in A u s t r a l ia n In d u s t r y . B lE R esea rch R e p o rt 3 . C a n b e rra : AGPS, 1979. [1 1 8 p ]

38 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL SECURITY. RESEARCH AND STATISTICS BRANCH. DEVELOPMENT D IV IS IO N

R eview o f th e C h a r a c t e r is t ic s o f Long-T erm Unem ploym ent B e n e f i t R e c ip ie n ts in A u s t r a l ia , 1970-1977 . C a n b e rra : D epa rtm e n t o f S o c ia l S e c u r i t y , 1978. [3 8 p ]

39 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL SECURITY. RESEARCH AND STATISTICS BRANCH. DEVELOPMENT D IV IS IO N

U nem ploym ent B e n e f i t R e c ip ie n ts in A u s t r a l ia , 1970-1977 : An A n a ly s is . C a n b e rra : D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c ia l S e c u r i t y , 1978.

40 AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL SECURITY. RESEARCH AND STATISTICS BRANCH. DEVELOPMENT D IV IS IO N

Q u a r te r ly S u rve y o f U nem ploym ent B e n e f i t R e c ip ie n ts . C a n b e rra :D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c ia l S e c u r i t y , 1978.

41 AUSTRALIA. NATIONAL EMPLOYERS' INDUSTRIAL COUNCIL.E d u c a tio n and T r a in in g in A u s t r a l ia . H a w th o rn , V ic . : C o n fe d e ra t io n o f A u s t r a l ia n In d u s t r y N a t io n a l E m p lo y e rs ' I n d u s t r ia l C o u n c i l , 1978.I2 3 p ]

42 AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION.A u s t r a l ia n S tu d e n ts and t h e i r S c h o o ls . C a n b e rra : S choo ls C om m ission in a s s o c ia t io n w ith A u s t r a l ia n Bureau o f S t a t i s t i c s , 1979. !2 4 2 p ]

43 AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION. *The E d u c a tio n and T r a in in g o f H and icapped A d o le s c e n ts and t h e i r (B3)T r a n s i t io n t o A d u l t S o c ie ty : P o l i c ie s and P r a c t ic e s in A u s t r a l ia .C a n b e rra : S ch o o ls C om m iss ion , M arch 1980. I1 4 3 p ]

44 AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION.S choo l and W ork. A d is c u s s io n p a p e r. C a n b e rra : S choo ls C om m ission S e p te m be r, 1977. I2 3 p ]

Page 17: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

11

45 AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION.A s tudy o f th e school expe riences o f 15-16 y e a r-o ld s .

46 AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION. ABORIGINAL CONSULTATIVE GROUPA b o r ig in a l Access to and Use o f T ech n ica l and F u rth e r E duca tion . C anberra : AGPS, O ctober 1976,

47 AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION. ABORIGINAL CONSULTATIVE GROUPE ducation fo r A b o r ig in e s . R eport to th e Schools Commission. Canberra : AGPS, June 1975. [34p + appendices!

48 AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION and WESTERN AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

E duca tion P o l ic ie s and P ro s p e c tiv e Economic and S o c ia l Developments in A u s t r a l ia , th e U n ited Kingdom and th e Federa l R e p u b lic o f Germany in th e 1980s: A C om parative Review. Report o f a sem inar he ld in P e rth , September 1979. [1 69p]

49 AUSTRALIA. TREASURYJob M arke ts : Economic and S t a t i s t i c a l Aspects o f th e A u s tra lia n M arket fo r Labour. T reasu ry Economic Paper No. 4. Canberra : AGPS,1979. [ 125p]

50 AUSTRALIA. TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION COUNCILTAFE and T ra in in g fo r S k i l l s : A D iscu ss io n Paper. C anberra : A u s tra l ia n T e r t ia r y E duca tion Commission, March 1979.

51 AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OFSCIENCE.A utom ation and Unemployment. Papers p resented a t an ANZAAS Sympsoium, Sydney, 28 J u ly 1979. Sydney: Law Book C o ., 1979.[x , 164p]

52 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSC iv i l ia n Employees, A u s t r a l ia , A p r i l 1980. C a t. No. 6213.0 . C anberra: A u s tra l ia n Bureau o f S t a t i s t i c s , May 1980. MOpl

53 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSEmployment B e n e f i ts , A u s t r a l ia , February t o May 1979 (P re lim in a ry ) C a t. No. 6332.0 . C anberra : A u s tra lia n Bureau of S t a t i s t i c s , January1980. [4 p l ( i r r e g u la r issue )

54 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSEmployment S ta tu s o f Teenagers, August 1978. C a t. No. 6234.0 . Canberra: A u s tra l ia n Bureau o f S t a t is t ic s , O ctober 1978. I12p](s in g le issue )

55 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSJob Vacancies , A u s t r a l ia , May 1980. C a t. No. 6 231 .0 . Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau o f S t a t i s t i c s , June 1980. (Q u a r te r ly )

#(A 10)

#

(F6)

Page 18: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

12

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSThe Labour Force» P re lim in a ry Cat. No. 6202.0. Canberra: A js+ ra llan Bureau of S ta t is t ic s . (M onthly)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSThe Labour Force, A u s tra lia , 1978. (In c lu d in g Revised Estimates from August 1966). ABS Cat. No. 6204.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , March 1980. [87p] (Annual)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSThe Labour Force, A u s tra lia , March 1980, Cat. No. 6203.0. Canterra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , June 1980. I23pl (Monthly)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSThe Labour Force: Educational A tta inm ent, A u s tra lia , February 1979, Cat. No. 6235.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , November 1979. M4p] (Annual, February 1980 in process)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS Labour Force Experience During 1578. Cat. No. 6206.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s ,September 1979. [27 p ] (Annual)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS Labour Force Experience During 1979. P re lim in a ry . Cat No. 6205. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , June 1980. (Annual)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS Leavers from Schools, U n iv e rs it ie s or Other Educational I n s t i tu t io n s , May 1979. Cat. No. 6227.0.Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , August 1979. [8pl (Annual. 1980 in process)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSPersons Looking fo r Work, A u s tra lia , Ju ly 1979. Cat. No. 6222,0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , March 1980. [25p](Annua I )

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSPersons Not In the Labour Force A u s tra lia ( In c lu d in g Discouraged Jobseekers) Cat. No. 6220.0, September 1979. Canberra: A us tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , March 1980. I17p] (Annual. March 1980 inprocess)

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSSchool Enrolments, A u s tra lia , 1979 (P re lim in a ry ). Cat. No. 4201.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , January 1980. I6pl (Annua I )

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSSchools, 1978. Cat. No. 4202.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s , Ju ly 1979. [ 33p] (Annual; 1979 in process)

Page 19: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

13

67 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSUnemployment, A u s tra lia , May 1980. P re lim in a ry Estim ates. Cat. No. 6201.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau o f S ta t is t ic s , June 1980.[4p] (M onthly)

68 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSWorking C o nd ition s . A u s tra lia , February to May 1979.Cat. No. 6333.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau o f S ta t is t ic s , May 1980.

69 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS1979 Education Survey. 1979 c o lle c t io n of data; analyses in progress.

70 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICSLabour M o b ili ty 1980. Cat. No. 6209.0. Canberra: A u s tra lia n Bureau of S ta t is t ic s .

71 AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY SCHOOLS AUTHORITY. PLANNING BRANCH.Survey o f 1977 Year 12 Students Who Attended ACT and Queanbeyan Schoo Is. Canberra: ACT Schools A u th o r ity , 1979. [25p + appendices]

72 AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY SECONDARY PRINCIPALS COUNCILEducating Students Towards Unemployment and Le isu re . Seminar re p o rt. Canberra: E va lua tion and Research S ection , ACT Schools A u th o r ity ,1978. I72p]

73 AUSTRALIAN COLLEGE OF EDUCATIONEducation and the World a t Work. 20th Annual Conference. Perth1979. V ic to r ia : The A u s tra lia n College of Education. 1980. [248p]

74 AUSTRALIAN COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (ACT CHAPTER) and ACT INSTITUTE OF EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

What’ s A f te r School? . . . W illiam s and Beyond. Report of a Community Seminar Held a t Burgmann C o llege , Canberra, 20-21 Ju ly 1979.Canberra: ACT Chapter, The A u s tra lia n College of Education 1980.191p !.

75 AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICEWhatever Happened to Ful l Employment? Sydney: ACOSS, 1977. 2nd ed.177 p ]

76 AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICEUnemployment: R e a lity o r Myth. Sydney: ACOSS, 1979. 11 fo ld e r ,6p 1

77 AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OF TRADE UNIONSSubmission to the Senate Standing Committee on Education and the A rts . Melbourne: ACTU, November, 1979.

78 AUSTRALIAN OOUNCIL OF TRADE UNIONSV ic tim s : The Unemployed in A u s tra lia . Melbourne: ACTU, 1979.123p 1

#(A1)

*

(A31 )

*

(F5)

*

(F3)

Page 20: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

14

79 AUSTRALIAN EDUCATION OOUNCILReport o f th e Working P a r ty on Educat ion and Employment. Presented t o 39 th (S p e c ia l ) Meeting of the A u s t r a l i a n Educat ion Counc i l .June 1979. (41p ]

80 AUSTRALIAN INDUSTRIES DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATIONU nders tand ing Unemployment. Melbourne: A u s t r a l i a n In d u s t r ie s Development A s s o c ia t io n , 1978. [v , 122p]

81 AUSTRALIAN PARENTS' COUNCIL and AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OF STATE SCHOOL ORGAN I SAT IONS

Paren ts Say . . . : A N a t io n a l Survey o f Paren t O p in ion Reqard irq th e Educat ion o f G i r l s . Canberra: Schools Commission, 1979. I v i i i ,122p ]

82 AUSTRALIAN PARENTS' COUNCIL and AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OF STATE SCHOOL ORGANISATIONS

Some H ig h l i g h t s o f th e Report Pa ren ts Say . . . : A N a t io n a l Survey o f P a ren t O p in ion Regarding th e Educat ion o f G i r l s . Canberra: Schools Commission, 1979. [ v i i , 32p]

83 AUSTRALIAN TEACHERS FEDERATIONThe Impact o f T ech n o lo g ic a l Change on Education in A u s t r a l i a . Submission t o th e Committee o f In q u i ry i n t o Technology Change in A u s t r a l i a . Canberra: A u s t r a l i a n Teachers F e d e ra t io n , 1979. [15p]

*

(F2)

Page 21: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

15

84 BANNON, J .C ., G.K. FORBES and L. HORVATReport o f the Youth Unemployment Working P arty . Adela ide: Government P r in te r , May 1976. [100p]

85 BARNETT, Kate, Roger SWAIN, Bruce ABRAHAMS and Peter SHELDRAKEA lte rn a tin g Work and Experience: Use o f Leave Schemes fo r Educational Purposes. ERDC P ro je c t Report. 2 Vo Is . Adela ide,November 1979.

85 BARRETT, RobertEmployment and Unemployment . . . The P layers . F ir s t in a series of resource documents fo r the Youth 2008 . . . Focus on Employment P ro je c t. Melbourne: Youth Council of V ic to r ia , 1978. I52p]

87 BARRETT, RobertEmployment and Unemployment . . . The Issues. Second in a se ries of resource documents fo r th e Youth 2008 . . . Focus on Employment P ro je c t. Melbourne: Youth Council o f V ic to r ia , 1978. I56p]

88 BECKER, Henry JayHow Young People Find Careei—Entry Jobs: A Review of the L ite ra tu re . Centre fo r Socia l O rgan isa tion of Schools Report No. 241. Maryland: The John Hopkins U n iv e rs ity , November 1977. I61p ]

89 BEESON, Geoffrey W.Overcoming S p e c if ic D e fic ie n c ie s in the Knowledge Background of Beginning TAFE students. Canberra: Technical and F urthe r Education Commission, 1977.

90 BEHRENS, N e v illeSchooling and work. Commission of In q u iry in to Poverty , Schoo I , Community and Work: Urban and Rural Aspects. Canberra: AGPS, 1978.

91 BEHRENS, N e v iI le , Jan 0'GRADY, Sue HODGSON, P ete r HOULT and Ann HUGHES

The Huon V a lley Study: O p p o rtu n itie s and Educational P r io r i t ie s in a Tasmanian Country Area. Hobart: Education Department o f Tasmania,1978. [197p ]

92 BELTZ, CharlesFrom the stop-gap to the long-term . Address to School to Work T ra n s itio n Conference. Centre fo r C ontinu ing Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , 18/19 August 1978.

93 BERRY, Kathleen M argaret, and Dean H. KUHLThe Educational Requirements of the C lo th in g In d u s try : An Occupational Survey. Adela ide: Department of F urthe r Education,1979.

*

(A38)

Page 22: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

94

95

96

97

98

99

TOO

101

102

103

104

16

BESWICK, D.G.Why more women are entering higher education: the conditions for increased p a r t ic ip a t io n . Education News, V o l. 5 (1975), pp .70-76.

BIDDINGT0N, Ju d ith , Adolf GENTILE and Gaye HART *Survey of Career Education in V ic to r ia n Secondary Schools. (B9)Melbourne: Royal Melbourne In s t i tu te of Technology, 1980. I67p]

BLAKERS, C. *School and Work. Canberra: Education Research U n it , Research School (B2) of Social Sciences, A u s tra lia n National U n iv e rs ity , 1978. [470p]

BLANDY, Richard, and Tony GOLDWORTHYEducational O pportunity in South A u s tra lia . Work Paper Series No.21. Mimeo. Adelaide: The F lin d e rs U n ivers ity of South A u s tra lia ,1977.

BLANDY, Richard, John HAYLES and Alan WOULDFIELDThe economics of education In A u s tra lia , 1962-1977. F.H. GRUEN ( e d .) . Surveys of A u stra lian Economics, Sydney: A llen and Unwin,1979.

BLAZELEY, L .D ., R. STOESSIGER, P. DURNELL and T . SCHRAMM #

National study of school leavers in country areas. Reports expected (A33) June 1980.

BOEHM, Ernst A rthurTwentieth Century Economic Development in A u s tra lia . 2nd ed.Melbourne: Longman C heshire, 1979. t x ix , 368p]

BONNELL, SheilaAn examination of aspects of employment and unemployment In periods of recession and s ta b i l i t y in A u s tra lia . Ph.D. Thesis.Department of Economics, La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , 1968-1981.

BONNELL, She I la M.A study of changes in labour cost and employment In r e ta i l firm s: p re lim in ary discussion of theory and data. A paper presented to th e Eighth Conference of Economists, La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , August, 1979.

BRANSON, J . , and D.B. MILLERC lass, Sex and Education in C a p ita l is t S ocie ty : C u ltu re , Ideology an the Reproduction of In e q u a lity in A u s tra lia . Melbourne: S a r re t t ,1979.

BREW, CynthiaTeacher education in England and New South Wales: a comparative study of problems of t ra n s it io n from student to teach er. M.A. th e s is in progress (19 8 0 ). U n ive rs ity of Wollongong, New South Wales.

#(D 15)

Page 23: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

17

105 BREWER, GrameA study of unemployed people. Report expected in 1980.

9(D28)

106 BROOM, Leonard, and Lancaster F. O pportun ity and A tta inm ent in

JONESA u s tra lia . Canberra: A u s tra lia n

N ationa l U n iv e rs ity P ress, 1976.

107 BROTHERHOOD OF ST LAURENCE *Disadvantaged Workers and Employment: P o lic ie s , Programs and Jobs. (E l) A Report Commissioned by the V ic to r ia n Social W elfare Department. Melbourne: Brotherhood of St Laurence, 1979. ( i v , 231p)

108 BROTHERHOOD OF ST LAURENCELocal Employment Program: A Proposal For a P i lo t P ro je c t Based on a Developmental Program fo r the Unemployed Disadvantaged Worker.F itz ro y V ic . : Brotherhood of St Laurence, 1979. I30p)

109 BROTHERHOOD OF ST LAURENCEMyths About Unemployment. Melbourne: Brotherhood of St Laurence fo r the V ic to r ia n Working Group on Employment Issues, December 1979.[ 32p 1

110 BRUNSWICK SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNCILYouth Unemployment: A Working S o lu tio n fo r Brunswick. Brunswick,V ic . : Brunswick Secondary Education Council and Brunswick C ith Counci I , 1978. I21pl

111 BURKE, GeraldThe cause of teenage unemployment - the economy and the teenager.Journal o f Economics fo r Schools, V o l. 19 (Ju ly 1977), p p .13-15.

112 BURKE, GeraldTeenage unemployment and educational p a r t ic ip a t io n . Paper presented to 50th ANZAAS-Jubilee Congress, Adela ide 12-16 May 1980 [1 4p + Tables)

113 BURKE, Gerald #Youth unemployment and educational p a r t ic ip a t io n . In te rim papers (D9) a v a ila b le from May 1980.

114 BURNS, K e rry , and Helen HOCKING HA ppren tice T ra in in g and Career P a tte rns o f Tradesmen in Tasmania. (C17)Report expected mid-1980. Research Branch, Education Department of Tasmania.

Page 24: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

116

1 17

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

18

CAELLI, W.J. *The Microcomputer Revolution. Monograph No. 1. Crows Nest, NSW: (02)The Australian Computer Society In c ., 1979. I162p]

CALVERT, AnnG irls and Apprenticeships. Melbourne: TAFE Services, 1979. Ix iv , * 306p J (C18)

CARRICK, J .L ., and Ian VINERA comprehensive policy fo r tra n s itio n from school to work.Statement by the M inister fo r Education, Senator the Honourable J.L . Carrick and the M in ister for Employment and Youth A ffa irs , the Honourable Ian Viner. Canberra: Department of Education, November 1979. I8p1

CATTS, R.Report of Evaluation Team on P ilo t Link Courses Conducted During 1978. Sydney: NSW Department of Technical and Further Education,1978.

CAWTHRON, E .R ., R.A. CRAIG, and B. MENZIES *The Country School and School Leaver. 2 vols. Roseworthy, SA: (A34)Roseworthy Agricultural College, 1980.

CAWTHRON, E .R ., and R.A. CRAIGJob and educational disadvantage of rural youth. Paper given at ANZAAS Congress, Adelaide, May 1980.

CLANCY, Jeff #A study of youth unemployment. 1979-81. ACER, Melbourne. ([24)

CLAYDON, L .F . #Transition programmes from school to work: a case study of a (/40)school development. Report expected end 1980

CLYNE, BarryTechnical School Innovation: A Careers Re-Entry Program at Richmond Technical College. B.Ed. Task Force Occasional Paper No. 5. Melbourne: La Trobe U niversity , 1978. [113p]

COCK, Peter HalnsworthA lterna tive A u stra lia . Melbourne: Quartet A u stra lia , 1979.

COLE, Peter (e d .) *An Australian Perspective. Report of the National Work Experience (F4) Conference held at Monash U n iversity , 22/25 August 1979. Melbourne: F irs t National Conference Work Experience Sub-Committee, 1979.I122p1

Page 25: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

19

COLE, Peter *Work Experience: An A u s tra lia n Perspective . Report 1 of School/ (B12) Work In te rfa c e P rospect, Melbourne: Planning Services D iv is io n ,V ic to r ia n Education Department, 1979, [182pl

COLLINS, J .K ., and J .F . HARPERThe Adolescent Boy: An A u s tra lia n A na lys is . Stanmore, NSW: C asse ll,1978. [1 89p1

COLLINS, J .K ., and J .F . HARPERThe Adolescent G ir l : An A u s tra lia n A na lys is . Stanmore, NSW:C a sse ll, 1978. [192p]

COMMONWEALTH YOUTH PROGRAMMEGovernment P o licy in Youth A f fa ir s . Report of a Commonwealth Meeting. Chandigarh, 9-13 March 1979. London: Commonwealth S e c re ta r ia t, September 1979. (112p]

CONFEDERATION OF AUSTRALIAN INDUSTRY. NATIONAL EMPLOYERS'INDUSTRIAL 00UNCIL

Youth Unemployment: A D iscussion Paper. Hawthorn, V ic . , 1978.

CONNELL, W.F., R.E. STR00BANT, K.E. SINCLAIR, R.W. CONNELL and *K.W. ROGERS (A7)

12 to 20: S tud ies o f C ity Youth. Sydney: Hicks Sm ith, 1975.

COX, D.Working M arried Women and Youth Unemployment. Adela ide: Women's Advisory U n it , P rem ie r's Department o f South A u s tra lia , January1979.

CRAIGIE, R .B ., D. PARHAM and G .J. RYLANDEducation A tta inm ent and Occupational Supply: a T heo re tica l O u tlin e . P re lim in a ry Working Paper No. BP-16. Melbourne: IMPACT P ro je c t, In d u s trie s Assistance Commission, 1979. [ 30p1

CROCKER, P.Trade courses and women. Queensland Teachers' Jou rna l, V o l. 2 No. 8 (28 June 1979), p .6 .

CROSS, D.G.The eva lu a tion of voca tiona l t ra in in g courses fo r an e th n ic m ino rity group. A u s tra lia n P sycho lo g is t, V o l. 14 No. 1 (March 79), pp .S I- 58.

CRUZ, J .V .D ., and P .J . SHEEHANThe Renewal o f A u s tra lia n Schools: A Changing P erspective in Educational P lann ing. 2nd ed. Hawthorn, V ic . , ACER, 1978.

Page 26: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

20

138 CURRIE, JanCareer development beyond h igh s c h o o l: cho ice o f ca re e r and t e r t i a r y in s t i t u t io n and e f fe c t on employment. Western A u s tra l ia n C aree r Development P ro je c t , School o f E d u ca tio n , Murdoch U n iv e r s ity ,W estern A u s t r a l ia . U npublished re p o r ts to ERDC and fu r th e r re p o r ts pending in 1980-81,

139 CURRIE, JanS ch o o lin g , ca re e r cho ice and o ccu p a tio n a l a tta in m e n ts : rev iew of research and p o lic y im p lic a t io n s . R epo rt No. 1: W estern A u s tra l ia n C areer Development P ro je c t . Murdoch U n iv e r s ity , September 1977. (R eport he ld by ERDC).

140 CURRIE, JanThe sex fa c to r in ca re e r ch o ic e . R eport No. 2 : Western A u s t ra l ia n C areer Development P ro je c t . Murdoch U n iv e r s ity , December 1978. (R eport he ld by ERDC).

141 CURRIE, J .K . , and K. KAPADIAC areer P lans P ro je c t 1977-1979: Survey In s tru m e n ts and Coding In s t ru c t io n s . P e rth : Murdoch U n iv e r s ity , O ctober 1979.

142 CURRIE, JanC areer ch o ice p rocess : t e r t i a r y s tu d e n ts in Western A u s t r a l ia .R epo rt No. 3 . : Western A u s tra l ia n C aree r Development P ro je c t .Murdoch U n iv e r s it y , O ctober 1979. (R epo rt he ld by ERDC)

K(A15)

Page 27: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

21

DAVIES, A.C., D.H. KINNEAR and M.G, O'NEILL *The Unemployed Youth Programme: An Evaluation. Adelaide: South (E6)A ustra lian Department of Further Education, August 1978. (236pl

DAVIS, Denis, and Graham HERMANN #Unemployment and education in Western Sydney. An investigation (D16) commissioned and funded by the New South Wales Planning and Environment Commission. Report held by NSW M in is te r fo r Planning.

DAWSON, Janet *T rans ition Education Survey Report, 1979. Adelaide: T rans ition (B7)Education U n it, South A ustra lian Department of Education, 1979.

D'ALPUGET, B.Jobs fo r the g ir ls ? A ustra lian Journal of Social Issues, Vol. 14 No. 2 (May 79), p p .103-111.

DE LACEY, P .R ., and A. BARLOWContinuation a t I Ilawarra High Schools. Wollongong, NSW: University of Wollongong, October 1978. I26pl

DEL IN, Jane, and Janet DAWSON #Bowden Brompton early school leavers p ro jec t. P ro ject being (E2)undertaken by Research Section, South Austra lian Department of Education, 1980.

DELIN, J . , and C. HEYSEN *Taperoo North Experience Programme fo r Teachers. Adelaide: South (B15) A ustra lian Education Department, 1978. [10p 1

DELIN, J ., and Q. INSHAW *The Shorthand Survey: An Investiga tion in to the Use of Shorthand by (D20) Young People Who Have Taken Shorthand Courses a t School. Adelaide:South A ustra lian Education Department, 1979. 121p 1

DELIN, Jane, Q. INSHAW and J. SAUNDERS *Employment Rates Among Commercial Students. Adelaide: Research (D19) Section, South A ustra lian Department of Education, January 1979.125p 1

DELIN, J . , J. SAUNDERS and Q. INSHAW *School Leavers P ro ject. Adelaide: South Austra lian Department of (A29) Education, 1979. [149pl

DELIN, Jane, Jean SLADE and PAUL ALLMAN *Career Education: A Study of Career Education Programs in Three (B6)South Austra lian High Schools. Adelaide: South Austra lian Education Department, 1979. 11v, 68p]

DELIN, J ., and C. VANDERTOUW *The Career Education P ro ject: A Report on the P ilo t Programme. (B5)Adelaide: South A ustra lian Education Department, 1977.

Page 28: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

22

155 DEVESON, AnneA u stra lia n s a t R isk . Stanmore, NSW: Cassell A u s tr a lia , 1978.

156 DISLEY, B ., M. HAURITZ, T .R . PARMENTER, and V. RICHESAn In troductory Course fo r T ra in in g in R e s id en tia l Care. A u stra Iian Council fo r R e h a b ilita t io n of D isab led , 1980.

157 DONALDSON, Cheryl J . , and Jeremy J. JOHNSONA lte rn a t iv e L ife s ty le s : A S e le c tiv e B ib lio graph y . South A u s tra lia n Housing T ru s t L ib ra ry B ib liography No. 27. Adelaide: South A u s tra lia n Housing T ru s t, 1978. [1 0p 1

158 DUDLEY, JoanP i lo t Study fo r P ro je c t to Examine Extension of Vocational Guidance Services to People Whose Work Choices L ie in Work Not Requiring Formal Q u a lif ic a t io n s fo r E n try . Sydney: Research S ection , D iv is io n of Vocational Guidance S erv ices , NSW Department o f Labour and In d u s try , 1978. [39p1

159 DUKE, C hrisEducation and change a f te r the boom. Paper given a t the U n ive rs ity of Western A u s tra lia 52nd Annual Summer School' The Impact of Economic Change', 1979.

160 DUNNELL, P . §Country school leavers ' study. Study to conclude May 1980. ( A42)

Page 29: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

23

161 EARLEY, P ete rFemale unemployment, technology and soc ia l change. 1980-81. Department of S ocio logy, U n iv e rs ity of Newcastle, NSW.

162 EDGAR, D.Schoo I-work T ra n s it io n in Rural Areas. Melbourne: La Trcbe U n iv e rs ity , 1979.

163 ELKINS, J. (e d .)From School to Work. S t. Lucia , Queensland: Fred and Eleanor Schone I I Education Research C entre, U n iv e rs ity o f Queensland, 1976.

164 ELSWORTH, Gerald R ., and Rosalind HURWORTHThe Social Composition o f F irs t-Y e a r Students a t Melbourne S tate Col lege. Melbourne: T e r t ia ry Education Research U n it , Melbourne S ta te C o llege , Ju ly 1979. I43pl

165 EMERY, F . , and C. PHILLIPSL iv in g a t Work. Canberra: AGPS, 1976.

166 European Journal o f Education. Vo I. 14 No. 4 (December 1979) - issueon 'Teachers, School and W ork'.

#(D18)

Page 30: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

24

167 FABER, C.Curriculum development a t G ra n v ille Work Preparation Centre: a small scale in te rv e n tio n . P a r t ia l rquirements fo r M .A ., Macquarie U n iv e rs ity , 1978.

168 FARY, N.G.A comparative study of social background, job preference and a tt itu d e s to jobs of boys and g ir ls a t two secondary schools in a V ic to ria n country town. M. Ed. Thesis, Monash U n iv e rs ity , 1975.

169 FAWNS, R.A. and R.V. TEESE #Secondary schools survey: a long itud ina l study of students' (A9)a tt itu d e s to th e ir schooling, 1972-1979. Faculty of Education,U n ivers ity of Melbourne. Report to be published in 1980.

170 FEATHER, N .T ., G.E. O'BRIEN and B. KABANOFF #A lo n g itud ina l study of the unemployed. 1980-1983 (D25)

171 FINCH, N ., and J. INGRAMThe A borig inal Community C o lleq e , A delaide. P iv o t, V o l. 6 No. 3 (1979), p p .8 -11 .

172 FORD, B.Youth unemployment. TAFE Q u a rte r ly , V o l. 1 No. 1 (Autumn 1979), p p .10-14.

173 FORD, G.W.Redundancy: The P o s t- in d u s tr ia l Challenge - Mu I t i - 0 i mens IonaI Change and the Future in A u s tra lia . Sydney: ANZAAS and W iley , 1978.

174 FORD, JoanA lte rn a tiv e work p a tte rn s . W elfare in A u s tra lia , W inter 1979, pp.3-1 1 .

175 FREELAND, J . , and R. SHARP #The function and fun ctio n ing of the s ta te and schooling in the (D l l )reproduction of labour power; the school-work connection through the present economic recession. 1979-80. School of Education,U n ive rs ity of Sydney.

176 FUNNELL, Sue *The NEAT Work Experience Program fo r Handicapped Secondary Students (E12) - An E v a lu ation . Sydney: D iv is io n of Education Research, NSW Department of Education, A p ril 1979.

Page 31: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

25

177 GALLAGHER, MichaelThe re s tru c tu r in g of the educational system in A u s tra lia : i t s re la t io n s h ip to the new in te rn a tio n a l d iv is io n of labour,A u s tra lia n TAFE Teacher, Vol 11 No. 3 (August 1979), pp. 3, 5, 7, 9, E x tra c t of paper fo r Labour Resource Centre Conference ’ Education and the Workforce-Towards P os t-W iI Iiams Labour Movement S tra te g ie s ’ , La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , 2 June 1979,

178 GILMOUR, P ., and R. LANSBURYT ic k e t to Nowhere: Education, T ra in in g and Work in A u s tra lia . Ringwood, V ic . : Penguin, 1978.

179 GOODMAN, Doreen M.Educational Disadvantage: A B ib lio g ra p h y . Canberra: Schools Commission, 1979.

180 GORDON, M oira, and Gerald McCALDENWomen and Technical Education: A Newcastle and Hunter Region Study, Newcastle, NSW: The Datex C o-opera tive L im ited , A p r il 1977.

181 GOW, L.The e ffe c ts o f m o d ific a tio n of conceptual tempo a c q u is it io n of work s k i l l s . B.A. Honours th e s is , Macquarie U n iv e rs ity , 1977.

182 GREGORY, R.G., and R.C. DUNCANHigh teenage unemployment: the ro le of a ty p ic a l labour supply behaviour. Paper presented to the E ighth Conference of Economists, La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , 1979.

183 GREIG, D.The v u n e ra b ility o f young o ffenders to school disengagement. M.A. th e s is . Department o f S ocia l S tud ies, U n iv e rs ity o f Melbourne, February 1978.

184 GRIFFITHS, David.Unemployment: Muddled o r Managed. A Brotherhood of S t. Laurence soc ia l ac tio n study. Melbourne: Brotherhood o f S t. Laurence, 1978. [90p]

185 GRUEN, F.H. (e d .)Surveys of A u s tra lia n Economics. Sydney: AI len and Unwin, 1979.[ 266p]

186 GURNEY, RossAspects of school leaver unemployment. Ph.D. th e s is . Department o f Psychology, U n iv e rs ity o f Melbourne, 1979.

#

(C15)

*

(D6)

*

(D27)

Page 32: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

26

187 HALL I NAN, PeterAwareness of youth unemployment: an ad hoc survey. The AustraIian TAFE Teacher, Vol. 11 No. 2 (May 1979), p .1.

188 HARDIN, A.H.Comparison of employed and unemployed workers on locus of control and attitudes to work. M.A. thesis . School of Psychology, University of Melbourne, 1979.

189 HARRISON, M ichelle , and Dijanne CEVAALSocial Welfare Law Assignment. Canberra: Education and Research Branch, ACT Schools Authority , 1979.

190 HART, GAYE (e d .)School-to-Work Transition: Conference Proceedings. Conference held at Monash U n iversity , 8-19 August 1978. Melbourne: Centre for Continuing Education, Monash U niversity , 1978. [83p 1

191 HAURITZ, M.Language and s k i l l acquisition of mildly in te lle c tu a lly handicapped adolescents in a work preparation s e ttin g . Paper presented at the Second Joint Conference, AGSSOMD-AAMR, Sydney, October 1979.

192 HAURITZ, M.Self instructional language of m ildly In te lle c tu a lly handicapped adolescents: an investigation and intervention program delivered by tra ined insutructors in a work preparation se ttin g . B.A. Honours thesis . Macquarie U n iversity , 1978.

193 HAURITZ, M., V. RICHES, T.R. PARMENTER and J.WARDProgram development for the acquisition of work and social s k i l ls . Conference of the Australian Group for the S c ie n tif ic Study of Mental Deficiency, Broadbeach, September 1978. Published in Australian Journal of Development D is a b il it ie s , Vol. 6 No. 1 (1980)pp .11-16.

194 HAURITZ, M., and D. WATTSS ta ff Training Program fo r Instructors: An Experimental Program Developed by G ranville Preparation Centre Research P ro ject. A Program of Department of Social Security and Macquarie University Research Team, Sydney: School of Education, Macquarie University 1979.

195 HAYDEN, MartinFinancial Assistance to T ertia ry Education Students: A Review of Recent L ite -a tu re and Research. Prepared for the Australian Department of Education, Melbourne: Centre for the Study of Higher Education, University of Melbourne, March 1980. [46p]

*

(D30)

*

(C1 )

Page 33: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

27

196 HEADLAM, FreyaUnemployment, B e n e fits , and Work M o tiv a tio n : An AnnotatedB ib lio g ra ph y and Review o f Some Recent Research. B ib lio g ra p h ie s in Socia l Research. Melbourne: Department of Socio logy, La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , March 1978.

197 HELM, M.Schools and Work. Paper presented a t A u s tra lia n and New Zealand Education Conference, W e llin g to n , 31 January 1978. Perth : Government P r in te r , 1978. t v i , 23p1

198 HOCKING, HelenAn E va lua tion o f L ink Courses. Research Study No. 33. Hobart: Research Branch, Education Department of Tasmania, January 1978.[36p 1

199 HOLLAND, G eoffreyMore than h a lf our fu tu re : 16-19-year-o lds in employment. Oxford Review of Education, V o l. 5 No. 2 (1979), p p .147-156.

200 HOPGOOD, D.Education and unemployment. Society fo r Mass Media and Resource Technology Journal V o l. 1 No. 1 (1979), pp.8-11.

201 HUBBERT, G.D.An E va lua tion o f the Education Programme fo r Unemployed Youth. Canberra: AGPS, 1980. I216p]

202 HUBBERT, G.D.An E va lua tion o f the Education Program fo r Unemployed Youth.Summary Report. Canberra: AGPS, 1980. [28pl

203 HUNT, J .F . (ed .)S o c ia lis a tio n in A u s tra lia . 2nd ed. Melbourne: A u s tra lia In te rn a tio n a l Press and P u b lic a tio n s , 1978. ( v i i , 341p)

204 HURC0MB, Merle E.An E va lua tion o f the Vocational Employment T ra in in g Scheme 1978, Green V a lley Community Centre. A P ro je c t of the Sydney C ity M ission. Sydney: Sydney C ity M iss ion , January 1979. I88p]

205 HYLAND, R.The e ffe c ts of a period of unemployment on A u s tra lia n school- leave rs ' se lf-es teem and causal a t t r ib u t io n : a lo n g itu d in a l fo llo w ­up. Psychology honours th e s is , U n iv e rs ity of Melbourne, 1979.

*

(E23)

*

(F.5)

*

(E13)

Page 34: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

28

206 JAHODA, M.The impact of unemployment in the 1930s and the 1970s. BuI Ie tin of the B ritish Psychological Society, Vol. 32 (1979), pp.309-314.

207 JONES, Barry OwenImplications of a P ost-Industria l or Post-Services Revolution on the Nature of Work: A Submission to the Myers Committee on Technology. S t. Albans, V ic .: 1979. [64p]

208 JONES, JudithCareer O rientation Guide: A Re-evaluation. Sydney: D ivision of Vocational Guidance Services, NSW Department of Industria l Relations and Technology, January 1980.

209 JONES, JudithThe Career O rientation Guide: Evaluation and Revision. Sydney: Vocational Guidance Research Section, Central Planning and Research U n it, NSW Department of Industria l Relations and Technology, 1979.114p]

210 JONES, JudithLeaders* Guide fo r the Career O rientation Guide: A Program Developed for the Career Exploration and Recreation Camps, Narrabeen NSW, May 1978. Sydney: D ivision of Vocational Guidance Services, Narabeen NSW Department of Labour and Industry, 1978. 123 ,A3p]

211 JONES, JudithThe SPAN Program: Evolution, Implementation, Evaluation. Sydney: Division of Vocational Guidance Services, NSW Department of Labour and Industry, June 1978.

212 JONES, JudithCareer Guidance/CounseI Iinq in Groups. Sydney: Division of Vocational Guidance Services, NSW Department of Labour and Industry, 1978. [9pI

213 JONES, JudithThe SPAN Program: a L ife Cycle Approach to Career Planning for G irls and Others. Sydney: D ivision of Vocational Guidance Services, NSW Department of Labour and Industry, December 1977. I48p1

214 JONES, JudithLeader’s Manual fo r the SPAN Program. Sydney: D ivision of Vocational Guidance Services, NSW Department of Labour and Industry, 1977. [49p1

Page 35: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

29

215 KAGAN, M ,, and G. SMITHRemoving Post-School Learning B a rr ie rs : Handicapped People.Research Report No. 12. Canberra: Technical and F urthe r Education Commission, 1977.

216 KARMEL, Peter HenryEducation and working l i f e . Paper presented to the N.Z. Employers Convention 1980, ’ L iv in g in the Modern In d u s tr ia l S o c ie ty ’ .

217 KARMEL, Peter HenryYouth, Education and Employment. Radford Memorial Lecture,9 November 1979. Hawthorn, V ic . : ACER, 1979.

218 KASPAR, Wolfgang, R ichard BLANDY, John FREEBAIRN, Douglas HOCKING and Robert O'NEILL

A u s tra lia a t the Crossroads: Our choices to the year 2000. Sydney:Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1980. 1311p1

219 KING, EdmundC urren t assumptions in the nature and purpose of secondary education and i t s re la t io n to education 16-19. Research Perspectives on the T ransaction from School to Work, Sponsored by Counci I of Europe, Amsterdam: Swels and Z e it l in g e r , 1978, pp.21-32.

220 KING, EdmundPost-compulsory education : the f r o n t ie r of u n c e rta in ty . In Edmund King (e d .) , Education fo r U n ce rta in ty , London: Sage, 1978, pp.213- 247.

221 KING, R.B.Schools, education and the world of work. Paper presented a t the Philosophy of Education Society of A u s tra la s ia Conference, Brisbane, 1979.

222 KING, S.E.C h ild re n 's conceptions of the world of work. U n iv e rs ity of Western A u s tra lia , 1978-1981.

223 KING, Susan E.C h ild re n 's conceptions of the world of work: some p i lo t study f in d in g s . Paper presented to the SAANZ Conference, Canberra, 1979.

224 KING, Susan E.The leas t acceptable a lte rn a t iv e : work, school and unemployment? Paper presented a t the SPATE Conference, P e rth , 1980.

225 KINNEAR, David, Mandy DAVIES and Michael O'NEILLEvaluation of the unemployed youth programme. Research Bui le t in , South A u s tra lia n Department of F urther Education, No. 4 (March 1979), pp .33-43.

*

(D8)

#(A 18)

#

(E6)

Page 36: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

30

226 KIRALY, J .T ., and J . l . MALLEYSchool Leavers of the Inner Urban Melbourne Central Region: A to the Central Regional Council fo r Technical and Further Education. South Yarra. V ic .: Central Regional Council fo r Technical and Further Education, 1978 1139, 42p)

227 KIRBY, P.Vocational Education and some employment economic features of the 80s. TAFE Q uarterly, Vol. 1, No. 1 (1979).

228 WIGHT, TonyFactors a ffecting school leaving and work decisions for g ir ls . Commission of Inquiry Into Poverty, School Leavers: Choice and Opportunity. Canberra: AGPS, 1977.

229 KNIGHT, TonyLearning by p artic ip a tion : nine roles for youth In schools. To be published In The Educational Magazine, 1980.

230 KOLLER, K arl, Rebecca WADE, and Sylvia GOSDENYouth unemployment: the special case of young women. AustraI Ian Journal of Social Issues, Vol. 15 No. 1 (February 1980), pp.43-48.

231 KROONENBURG, N.C.And So to Work. Perth: Publication Branch, Western Australian Education Department, 1978. t v l , 32p]

232 KUHL, Dean HastingEvaluation Methodology for Unemployment Youth Programme Courses. Adelaide: Research Branch, South Australian Department of Further Education, 1978.

#

(C5)

*

(A24)

Page 37: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

233

234

235

236

237

238

239

240

241

242

243

31

LANGLEY, Paul C.Greater Shepparton Area Labour Force and Country Survey, October- November 1979: General Report. Melbourne: La Trobe University, February 1980. I73p + appendices]

LANSBURY, Russel D.Unemployment and social c lass : the end of embourgeoisment?Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociloloqy, Vol. 14 No. 3 (October 1978), pp.259-265.

LEE DOW, KwongThe challenge of youth to society in the 1980s. Address to Whyalla Conference on Youth Education and Employment. Whyalla, South A ustra l ia , 9-11 November 1979. [14pI

LEE DOW, KwongVISE and the t r a n s i t io n from education to employment. EducationaI Maqazine, Vol. 35 No. 6 (1978), pp .14-18.

LEE DOW, KwongThe Williams Report and the t ra n s i t io n from school. Keynote address to the Seminar ’What's a f t e r School . . . Williams and Beyond', of the ACT Chapter, Australian College of Education and the ACT I n s t i tu te of Education Administration, Canberra, 21 July 1979. [19pl

LEVY, BettyThe antecedents of career choices of g i r l s . A 1977 study for M.A. th e s i s . Counselling, Guidance and C lin ical Services, Victorian Department of Education.

LEVY, BettyCareer Education in Victoria: Philosophy and Objectives. Melbourne: Victorian Council for Educational Administration, 1979.

LEWIS, R.Transition from School to Post-Secondary Education in A ustra lia .IEA (Australia) Report 1976:1. Hawthorn, Vic.: ACER, 1976. i101p]

LEWIS, R.Transition from Schooling a t Year 12 to Work In A ustra l ia . IEA (Australia) Report 1976:3. Hawthorn, Vic.: ACER, 1977. [66p]

LIMBRICK, D. (co-ord inator) , Denis MEADOWS, Phi l i p NEADEActivity Therapy Centre (ATC) demonstration p ro jec t 1980-1981. Department of Social Security , Canberra.

LIMBRICK, D. (Co-ordinator), Stewart SYKES and James WARDEvaluation of work preparation programs for mildly mentally retarded adolescents. 1976-1981. Department of Social Security (Canberra), Macquarie University , and Monash University.

(D23)

*

(F8)

(F3)

#(A22)

#(E25)

#( E 2 7 )

Page 38: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

32

244

245

LINDSAY, H I la r ieTeenage S u rv iv a I. Sydney: Ansay, 1977.

LOKAN, J . J .The Career Development Inven to ry : A daptation and T r ia l In A u s tra lia . Working paper presen ting summary of procedures and re s u lts .Hawthorn, V ic . : ACER, March 1980.

#( B I D

Page 39: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

33

246 McCANN ERICKSON ADVERTISING PTY. LTD.Youth in A u s tra Iia . The McCann Report prepared as pa rt of a world wide study of tod ay 's youth. Sydney: McCann Erickson A d v e rtis in g , 1978. [39p1

247 McDermott, j .Perspectives on youth p o lic y . Journal o f Youth P o lic y , No. 1 (March 1979).

248 McDONNELL, P a tr ic kThe E ffe c ts o f School A b i l i t y on Educational Expectations In F ifte e n C o u n trIes. IEA (A u s tra lia ) Report 1977: 1. Hawthorn, V ic .: ACER, 1978. [23p1

249 McDONNELL, W.T esting fo r Student S e lec tio n a t T e r t ia ry Level: A L ite ra tu re Review. Hawthorn, V ic to r ia : ACER, 1975. 179p]

250 McGAW, B ., R.S. WARRY, P .J . VARLEY, and J. ALCORNProspects fo r school leavers: a comparative study of the educational and voca tional choices of 14-15-yeai—o lds In Queensland. Commission o f Inq u iry in to P overty , School Leavers: Choice and O pportun ity . Canberra: AGPS, 1977.

251 MACKAY, L .D ., E.P. ATKINSON, B.A. FARY, R.F. GUNSTONE, M.A. HOY and J.R. NORTHFI ELD

TAFE In the Northern M e trop o litan Region: Student Access and W ithdrawaI. 2 Vols. Melbourne: Facu lty o f Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , 1977.

252 MACKAY, Lindsay, and Barbara FARYT esting In T ra n s it io n : A Report on the T e r t ia ry Education Entrance P ro je c t in V ic to r ia . Melbourne: Faculty of Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , 1979.

253 MACKAY, L .D ., J.R. NORTHFI ELD, E.P. ATKINSON, J.M. ATKINSON, B.A.FARY and R.F. GUNSTONE

T ra n s it io n in Education in the Frankston Region. 3 v o ls .Melbourne: Faculty o f Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , 1979.

254 MACKLIN, M ., C. MOHLE and H. YEATESIn te n tio n s : Essays on the Socia l Foundations of Education.Brisbane: North B a ile y A u s tra lia , 1978.

255 mckenzie, r . w.Causes o f Student W ithdrawals. Research Committee Reports 3 and 4. Nedlands, WA: Ned lands CAE, October-December, 1978.

256 MACLURE, S tua rtF inanc ia l support fo r the 16—18s. Education P o licy B u l le t in , V o l. 7 No. 1 (Spring 1979), pp .99-124.

#

(A32)

*

(C14)

#

(C4)

#

(B4)

*

(C10)

Page 40: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

257

258

259

260

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

34

McQUALTER, J.W.Education for work: what are schools for? Educational Inquiry, Vo I.2 No. 1 (June 1979), pp.3-34.

MAGIEN, L.R.TEAS fo r whom? The d is tribu tion a l e ffects of the change from a selective to a universal student assistance scheme. The Austral Ian Q uarterly, December 1979, pp.59-71.

MAGNUSSEN, OlavEducation and Employment: The Problems of Early School Leavers.Amsterdam: European Cu Itura I Foundation In s titu te of Education,1977.

MALLEY, J . I . , and R. RAPER §A social p ro file of newly en ro lling students a t the Royal Melbourne (C11) In s titu te of Technology. (1979, ongoing)

MALLEY, J . I . , and R. RAPERSummary of the 1979 survey. RMIT Education Unit Newsletter,November 1979,

MANN, W.A race between education and catastrophe. Human Resources Management In A u stra lia , Vol. 16 No. 3 (Spring 1978), pp.23-26.

MAROSKE, G ., and C. MoGOWAN #Year 10 and beyond; destinations Year 12. 1978-1979. Queensland (A30)Department of Education.

MARSH, J.Aborigines and ag ricu ltu re . P Ivo t, Vol. 6 No. 2 (1979),p p .20-21.

MEADE, P.H. *Youth, Education and L ife Changes: An Investigation of the Process (A2) of Education and Social Selection of Youth In Society. Sydney:School of Education, University of NSW, 1978. I233pl

MILLER, Paul W. #Education, employment and earnings. Ph.D. Thesis 1979-82. (DIO)

MORGAN, C .J. (Kim)Bibliography of Career Education In A u stra lia , 1977-1979. Canberra:Currleulum Development Centre, 1980 (in press). |400pl

MORGAN, C.J. (Kim)Career education In A u stra lia : trends and issues. Austral Ian Journal of Education, Vol. 23 No. 1 (March 1979), p p .1-20.

MORGAN, C .J. (Kim)Preparation for the tra n s itio n from school to work. Austra11 an Journal of Education, Vol. 21 No. 2 (June 1977), p .127.

Page 41: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

35

270 MORGAN, C.J. (Kim) (ed.)T rans ition Education can be Painless - Or How We saw Work and Leisure in 1979, O rig ina l Essays by 17 and 18 year old secondary students. Canberra: Curriculum Development Centre, 1980 (in press).

271 MORGAN, Margaret 0Career education fo r Aborigines and im plications fo r tra n s it io n . (B10) M.Ed. study, La Trobe U n ive rs ity , 1980-1985.

272 MURRAY, R.S. 0A survey of entering students a t RMIT, February 1980. Report (C l2)aval table

Page 42: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

36

273 NATIONAL ABORIGINAL EMPLOYMENT DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEEA borig inal Employment N ew sletter» Melbourne: National Aboriginal Employment Development Committee, September 1978- (P e rio d ic a l;frequency unknown]

274 NEAVE, GuyE d ito r ia l in tro d u c tio n . Research Perspectives on th e T ran s itio n from School to Work. Sponsored by the Council of Europe.Amsterdam: Swels and Z e i t l in g e r , 1978.

275 NEW SOUTR WALES. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONReport of the Committee to In v e s tig a te and Advise on the Implemen­ta t io n of Work Experience Programs in Government Secondary Schools in New South Wales. J .R . S c o tt, Chairman. Sydney: NSW Department of Education, 1976.

276 NEW SOUTH WALES. ETHNIC AFFAIRS COMMISSIONP a r tic ip a t io n : Report to the Prem ier, June 1978. Sydney: Government P r in te r , 1978.

277 NORTHERN TERRITORY. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. TECHNICAL AND *FURTHER EDUCATION BRANCH (F7)

The T ra n s itio n from School to Work. LINK Seminar R eport. Darwin: Northern T e r r ito r y Department of Education, September 1979. 1112p 1

278 NOWAK, M .J ., and G.V. CROCKETT #School leavers ' entry In to the labour market. Department of (D14)Economics and Finance, Western A u s tra lia n In s t i tu te of Technology. 1980-1981.

Page 43: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

37

279 O’ BRIEN, D e n z lIWork E xp e rie n ce Courses - Does T r a d it io n Govern Choice? A d e la id e : South A u s tra lia n E du cation D ep artm ent, 1979.

280 O 'N E IL L , J .P o v e rty and E d u ca tio n . D isadvantaged Schools Program D iscuss ion P aper No. 1. C anberra : Schools Commission, 1978. [1 0 p ]

281 ORBACH, C.Employment s k i l l s t r a in in g co u rse . P iv o t , V o l. 6 No. 2 (1 9 7 9 ) , p p .2 3 -2 4 .

282 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENTHigh Level C onference on Youth Unemployment: C ountry P o s it io n P apers : A u s tra I la . Y U (7 7 )1 /2 3 . P a r is : OECD, 1 December 1977.

283 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENTP roceedings o f In te l— governm ental M eetin g on V o c a tio n a l Education and T r a in in g , P a r is , 4 -6 Ju ly 1978, (A u s tra lia n d e le g a t io n ) . SM E/ET/78.

284 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT Review ofE du cation P o lic y In A u s t r a l ia . E xam iners ' R ep ort and Q u estions .Ed. (7 6 )1 6 . P a r is : OECD, 1976.

285 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENTYouth Unemployment. V o l. 2 : In v e n to ry of Measures C oncerning th e Employment and Unemployment o f Young P eo p le . P a r is : OECD, 1978.I1 8 3 p 1

286 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL AFFAIRS, MANPOWER AfO EDUCATION

Assessments o f Measures C oncerning th e T r a n s it io n from Education to W orking L i f e : Assessment o f S p e c ia l Programmes fo r Young P eople who a re E s p e c ia l ly D isadvantaged and E ncounter th e G re a te s t D i f f i c u l t i e s on E n try in to -W o rk in g L i f e . Reguest fo r in fo rm a tio n . S M E /E T/80 .0Z . P a r is : OECD, 28 A p r i l 1980. [6p]

287 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL AFFAIRS, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

D iscuss ion P aper: Developm ents in E du cation and T r a in in g .S M E /E T /78 .8 . P a r is : OECD, 1 June 1978. [8p]

288 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL AFFAIRS, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

D iscuss ion Paper: G eneral Iss u es . S M E /E T /7 8 .5. P a r is : OECD, 1 June, 1978. [ l i p ]

Page 44: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

38

289 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

D is c u s s io n P a p e r : In fo r m a t io n and C o u n s e ll in g . S M E /E T /7 8 .10. P a r is : OECD, 1 June 1 97 8 . [7 p ]

2 90 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

D is c u s s io n P a p e r : R e s o u rc e s f o r T r a in in g and I t s F in a n c in g . S M E /E T .7 8 .9 . P a r is : OECD, 1 June 197 8 . [6 p ]

291 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION M D DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S , MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

D is c u s s io n P a p e r : T re n d s and Is s u e s In Em ploym ent and W o rk in g L i f e . S M E /E T /7 8 .7 . P a r is : OECD, 1 June 1 97 8 . I8 p ]

292 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC OO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S , MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

In te r g o v e r n m e n ta l M e e t in g on V o c a t io n a l E d u c a t io n and T r a in in g : T re n d s and P o l ic y Is s u e s . D r a f t A n a ly t ic a l R e p o r t . S M E /E T /7 8 .6 . P a r is : OECD, 16 June 1 9 7 8 . [7 9 p ]

2 9 3 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S , MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

M e e t in g o f N a t io n a l R e p r e s e n ta t iv e s and E x p e r ts on P o l i c i e s f o r E d u c a tio n and Em ploym ent C o u n s e l l in g : M a in Is s u e s . S M E /E T /7 9 .7 2 . P a r is : OECD, 16 Novem ber 1 97 9 . [3 p l

2 94 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S , MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

M e e t in g o f N a t io n a l R e p r e s e n ta t iv e s and E x p e r ts on P o l i c i e s f o r E d u c a t io n a l and Em ploym ent C o u n s e l l in g : N a t io n a l R e p o r t : U n ite d K ingdom . S M E /E T /7 9 .4 9 /1 7 . P a r i s : OECD, 2 2 Novem ber 1 9 7 9 . [1 3p ]

295 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL AFFA IR S, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

M e e tin g o f N a t io n a l R e p r e s e n ta t iv e s and E x p e r ts on P o l i c i e s f o r E d u c a t io n a l and E m ploym ent C o u n s e ll in g : Some R e f l e c t io n s on t h e L abo ur M a rk e t and C o u n s e ll in g P o l i c y . ( J . V ln c e n s ) . S M E /E T /7 9 .5 8 . P a r is : OECD, 9 Novem ber 1 9 7 9 . I2 2 p ]

2 96 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S , MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

R e s o u rc e s f o r V o c a t io n a l E d u c a t io n and T r a in in g and I t s F in a n c in g . (M . WoodhaI I ) S M E /E T /7 8 .1 4 . P a r i s : OECD, 14 June 1 97 8 . [1 8 p ]

2 97 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

S k i l l s and C om petences Used In W o rk in g L i f e . S M E /E T /7 9 .19. P a r is : OECD, 16 M arch 1 97 9 . [ 1 1p 1

Page 45: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

39

298 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

T r a in in g and Em ploym ent (G . D u c r a y ) . S M E /E T /7 7 .17. P a r is : OECD, 17 June 1 97 7 . [1 0 p ]

299 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. DIRECTORATE FOR SOCIAL A FFA IR S, MANPOWER AND EDUCATION

V o c a t io n a l E d u c a t io n and T r a in in g : A ssessm ents o f t h e T r a n s i t io n fro m E d u c a tio n t o W o rk in g L i f e . S u g g e s te d m ethods and c r i t e r i a fo r a s s e s s in g t h e im pact and e f f i c i e n c y o f program m es. S M E /E T /7 9 .7 4 . P a r is : OECD, 27 D ecem ber 1 9 7 9 . I2 4 p ]

3 00 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC OO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. EDUCATION COMMITTEE

R e c u r r e n t E d u c a t io n f o r t h e 1980s : T re n d s and P o l i c i e s .C E R 1 /C D C 7 9 )12; E D (7 9 )1 6 . P a r i s : OECD, 11 O c to b e r 197 9 . I6 3 p 1

301 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. EDUCATION COMMITTEE. MANPOWER AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS COMMITTEE

Th e C o n c e p t o f a Y ou th G u a ra n te e : Is s u e s and T re n d s . C E R 1 /C D (8 0 )4 ; M A S (8 0 )13; E D ( 8 0 ) 13 . P a r i s : OECD, 5 May 1 98 0 .

3 0 2 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC OO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. EDUCATION COMMITTEE. MANPOWER AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS COMMITTEE

D r a f t R e p o r t on F u tu r e P o l i c i e s f o r V a c a t lo n a l E d u c a t io n and T r a in i n g . E D ( 7 8 ) 18; M A S (7 8 )3 0 . P a r is : OECD, 7 Novem ber 1978.[2 3p 1

3 0 3 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. EDUCATION COMMITTEE. MANPOWER AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS COMMITTEE

D r a f t R e p o r t on In fo r m a t io n and C o u n s e ll in g as an In s tru m e n t o f P o l i c i e s f o r E d u c a t io n and E m ploym ent E D (8 0 )1 ; M A S (8 0 )2 . P a r is : OECD, 22 A p r ! I 1 9 8 0 . [2 5 p ]

304 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. EDUCATION COMMITTEE. MANPOWER AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS COMMITTEE

O n e-p ag e Sum m aries o f C o n c lu s io n s o f t h e In te r g o v e r n m e n ta l M e e t in g on V o c a t io n a l E d u c a t io n and T r a in i n g . E D (7 8 )1 0 ; M A S (7 8 )1 8 . P a r is : OECD, 11 A u g u st 197 8 . [5 p ]

305 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. EDUCATION COMMITTEE. MANPOWER AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS COMMITTEE

R e p o r t on V o c a t io n a l E d u c a t io n and T r a in i n g . E D (7 8 )1 8 ; M A S (7 8 )3 0 . F i r s t R e v is io n . P a r i s : OECD, 6 J u ly 1 9 7 9 . I3 2 p l

3 06 ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION AND DEVELOPMENT. EDUCATION COMMITTEE. MANPOWER AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS COMMITTEE

Y ou th Em ploym ent and U nem ploym ent: A R e v is e d D ia g n o s is . MAS( 8 0 )5 ; ED( 8 0 ) 3 ; C E R 1 /C D (8 0 )1 . P a r i s : OECD, 18 M arch 1 98 0 . I8 7 p ]

Page 46: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

40

307 OWENS, D.The development of ins truc tiona l procedures fo r mentally retarded teenagers In the factory program at G ra n v ille Work Preparation Centres. M.A. thes is , Macquarie UnI vers I ty , 1978.

308 OXFORD REVIEW OF EDUCATIONVol. 5 No. 3 (1979) - issue on The School and i ts Future in Western Societies, by Torsten Husen.

Page 47: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

41

309 PARMENTER, T.R.Long itud ina l research and improvement of the q u a lity of se rv ice to handicapped people. Proceedings of 14th World Congress of R e h a b il ita t io n In te rn a t io n a l, Winnipeg, June 1980.

310 PARMENTER, T.R.A model fo r the eva lua tion of vocational p repa ra tion programs fo r the learn ing d isab led . Paper presented a t A ssoc ia tion fo r C h ild ren w ith Learn ing D is a b i l i t ie s Annual Conference, Sydney, 1978.

311 PARMENTER, T.R.Ongoing assessment of work undertaken by tra in e e s . Paper presented a t the N ationa l Conference on A c t iv i t y Therapy Centres, Canberra, 1977.

312 PARMENTER, T.R.P re-voca tiona I p repa ra tion of secondary students w ith learn ing d i f f i c u l t i e s . A.S. E.T. Jou rna l, V o l. 1 No. 2 (1975), pp.29-31.

313 PARMENTER, T.R.The voca tiona l development of the learn ing d isab led : Im p lica tions fo r l i fe - lo n g lea rn ing . A u s tra lia n Journal o f Mental R e ta rda tion , V ol. 4 (1976), pp.8-14.

314 PARMENTER, T.R.Vocational T ra in in g fo r Independent L iv in g . World RehablI i t a t io n Fund In c . , 1980.

315 PARMENTER, T .R ., and B. FRASERA p p lic a tio n of a systems model in eva lua ting an innova tive work experience program. Exceptional C h ild ( in press)

316 PARMENTER, T .R ., M. HAURITZ, V. RICHES, J. WARD, G. YATES, and B. JAMES

A comparison of two methods of teaching a reading task to m ild ly in te l le c tu a l ly handicapped adolescents. A u s tra lia n Journal of Mental R e ta rda tion . V o l. 5 No. 5 (1978), pp.28-31.

317 PARMENTER, T .R ., and G. ROBERTSA p p lic a tio n of a systems model of eva lua tion to a scho o l's work experience program. In G. M cIn ty re , J. McLoughlin and T.R.Parmenter (e d s .) , P repara tion fo r L i fe , Sydney: P re n tic e -H a ll,1980. (In press)

318 PARMENTER, T .R ., G.W. SEARL and G. ROBERTSA systems approach to the eva lu a tion of a work experience program in a specia l school. Proceedings of the 40th Congress of A u s tra lia n and New Zealand A ssoc ia tion fo r the Advancement o f Science.Auckland, New Zealand, January 1979.

Page 48: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

319

320

321

322

323

324

325

326

327

328

329

42

PAY, C h r is t in eEarn a L iv in g , L ive a L i fe : A Guide to Career O p p o rtu n itie s fo r the Academ ically Capable Hearing-Im paired Person. F a ir f ie ld ,Queensland: C. Pay, 1978.

PEARL, A r t , D. GRANT, and E. WENKThe Value o f Youth. San Francisco: Dialogue Press, 1978.

PEART, G. and L.D. BLAZELY #Leaving School: What Next? A study of fa c to rs In flu e n c in g student (A27) decis ions on de s tin a tio n s a f te r year 10. Tasmanian Department of Education, Hobart: Report expected m id -1980.

PENNY, D .H., and J. MORI ARTYA borig ina l economy - then and now. R.S. and H.V. F r i t h , The N u tr i t io n o f Aborig ines In the Eco-System o f Centra l A us tra l la.Canberra: CSIRO, 1978.

PHILLIPS, S he lleyYoung A u s tra lia n s : The A tt itu d e s o f Our C h ild re n . Sydney: Harper and Row, 1979. I272pl

POOLE, M.E.Cameos of e a rly school leavers. Educational Magazine, Vo I 36, No. 1 (1979), pp.28-31.

POOLE, M.E.La Trobe 15 to 18 Year Old P ro je c t: sex d iffe re n ce s In the responses of a sample of Melbourne adolescents. V ic to r ia n In s t i tu te of Educational Research B u l le t in , No. 42 (June 1979), pp .8-33.

POOLE, M IN I cent E ., and Mary la V. JUCHNOWSKIThe le is u re a c t iv i t ie s of A u s tra lia n adolescents. Education Research and P erspectives, V o l. 4 No. 2 (December 1977), p p .18-31.

POWELL, John, Lee ANDRESEN, E lizabe th de ROME and C h ris WIENEKE tThe Choice Study: A Study o f A t t r i t io n In a U n iv e rs ity and I ts (C8)R e la tion to F irs t-Y e a r Student Enrolment D ecis ions, U n iv e rs ity of New South Wales, 1980.

POWELL, J .P .From school to u n iv e rs ity . A u s tra lia n Journal o f Education, V o l. 23 No. 2 (June 1979), p p .113-120.

POWER, C o lin , Pete r FENSHAM, S. KEMMIS, and D. TRIPP #Case s tud ies of school a lie n a t io n and t r a n s it io n to work. ( A l l )F lin d e rs U n iv e rs ity of South A u s tra lia , Ade la ide. Reports expected 1980-1981.

Page 49: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

43

330 POWER, Paul G ., John L. HOLLAND, and Denise C. DAIGERSome diagnostic scales and signs for the selection of vocational treatments. Paper presented a t the 14th Annual Conference of the Australian Psychological Society, Hobart, 1979.

331 POWER, Paul G ., John L. HOLLAND, Denise C. DAIGER, and Richy T.TAKA I

The re la tio n of student characteris tics to the influence of the s e if-d irec ted search. Measurement and Evaluation In Guidance,Vo 1. 12 No. 2 (July 1979), pp.98-107.

332 PRYOR, Robert, and C. HAWKINS *The C haracteristics of Sixth Form Students In Relation to (C2)T ertia ry Studies. Research Report. Sydney: Research Section.D ivision of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Labour and Industry, November 1975. I37p + tab les)

333 PRYOR, Robert 0The construction of the Work Aspect Preference Scale, 1975-1980. (A20)

334 PRYOR, RobertThe F ifth Report on the Construction of the Work Aspect Preference Scale (WAPS). Sydney: Division of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Labour and Industry, November 1979. [15p+ appendices)

335 PRYOR, RobertThe Fourth Report on the Construction of the Work Aspect Preference Scale (WAPS): The Development of the Sub-scales. Sydney: Division of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Industria l Relations and Technology, April 1978. !36pl

336 PRYOR, RobertInterim Manual fo r the Work Aspect Preference Scale. Sydney:Division of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Industria l Relations and Technology, January 1980.

337 PRYOR, RobertOn Their Own Ground: A Survey of A ttitudes to Vocational Guidance, Employment and Unemployment. Sydney: Research Section, Division of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Labour and Industry, 1977. I l l , 25pl

338 PRYOR, RobertThe Relationship between the Kuder Preference Record and the Work Aspect Preference Scale. Sydney: Division of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Industria l Relations and Technology, February 1980. [8p1

Page 50: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

44

339 PRYOR, RobertThe Second Report on the Construction of the Work Aspect Preference Scale, or Towards the Erecting of a Superstructure. Sydney:D iv is ion of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Labour and Industry, January 1979. [35p]

340 PRYOR, RobertSome types of s ta b i l i t y in the study of students* work values. Journal of Vocational Behaviour, Vol. 16 (1980), pp .146-157.

341 PRYOR, RobertThe S ta b ili ty of Work Aspect Preferences. Sydney: D iv is ion of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Labour and Industry, March 1978. I46p]

342 PRYOR, RobertThe Third Report on the Construction of the Work Aspect Preference Scale (WAPS) and Some Prelim inary Results. Sydney: D iv is ion of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Labour and Industry, June 1978. I15p)

343 PRYOR, RobertVocational Guidance in NSW: Where Are We Now, Where Are We Going? Sydney: D iv is ion of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Indus tria l Relations and Technology, 1979. [25p]

344 PRYOR, Robert, and Nanette ANDERSON (eds.)Gleanings From the Career Data Book. Results of P ro ject Ta len t's f iv e year fo llow-up study. Sydney: D iv is ion of Vocational Guidance Services, New South Wales Department of Indus tria l Relations and Technology, 1979. 1151p]

345 PULLEN, Greg, and Barbara EMERSONSenior School Students In New South Wales: Introductory Report on a State Wide Survey. NSW Department of D & D Regional Development Research Occasional Paper No. 10. Sydney: Department of D ecentra lisation and Development, 1977. [28p]

346 PUNCH, Keith F ., and Russell F. WAUGH #The formation of educational and occupational asp ira tions in (A16)adolescents - an empirical study. 1978-1980. U niversity of Western A ustra lia and Western Austra lian Board of Secondary Education.

347 PUNCH, Keith F ., and Russell F. WAUGH #The measurement of occupational and educational asp ira tions fo r (A17) adolescents. 1978-1980. U n iversity of Western A ustra lia and Western A ustra lian Board of Secondary Education.

Page 51: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

45

348

349

350

351

QUEENSLAND CAREER EDUCATION ASSOCIATIONF a c i l i t a t i n g p a re n t in v o lv e m e n t in c a re e r d e c is io n -m a k in g . 1980.

QUEENSLAND DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. D IV IS IO N OF TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION. METHODS SECTION

R eview o f s e le c t io n p ro c e d u re f o r p r e - v o c a t io n a I ( t r a d e -b a s e d ) c o u rs e . 1979.

QUEENSLAND. SELECT COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION IN QUEENSLAND.(M .J . AHERN, CHAIRMAN)

Is o la te d C h i ld r e n and Is o la te d S c h o o ls : F i f t h In t e r im R e p o rt o f th e S e le c t C o m m ittee on E d u c a tio n in Q ueens land . B r is b a n e : G overnm ent P r i n t e r , 1979.

QUEENSLAND. SELECT COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION IN QUEENSLAND.(M .J . AHERN, CHAIRMAN)

P o s ts e c o n d a ry E d u c a t io n : S ix th In te r im R e p o rt o f th e S e le c t C om m ittee on E d u c a tio n in Q ue ens lan d . B r is b a n e : G overnm ent P r in t e r , 1979.

#

(E 22 )

Page 52: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

46

352 RICHARDSON, E ., and L. CLAYMANAttitudes of Employers of F itt in g and Machining Apprentices Towards Apprentices. Research Reports 1 and 1A. Sydney: Centre for Advancement of Teaching, Macquarie U n iversity , 1975 and 1976.

353 RICHES, V.The efficacy of social interventions on the personal adjustment of mildly In te lle c tu a lly handicapped adolescents. Paper presented a t the Second Joint Conference AGSS0MD-AAW3, Sydney, October, 1979.

354 RICHES, V.Evaluation of social and vocational programs for mildly in te lle c tu a lly handicapped adolescents in a work setting . MA (hons) th es is , MacquarIe Un1 ve rs ity , 1979.

355 RICHES, V. (ed .)Social Development Training Program: An Experimental Program Developed by G ranv ille Work Preparation Centre A Program of Department of Social Security and Macquarie University Research Team Pro ject. Sydney: School of Education, Macquarie U n iversity , 1978.

356 ROBINSON, S. 0Evaluation of work experience programmes in Western Australian (B14)State secondary schools.

357 ROSIER, M.J. *Early School Leavers in A u stra lia . International Assocatlon (A26)fo r the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. IEA Monograph Studies No. 7. Stockholm: Almqvist and W lksell; Melbourne:ACER, 1978. [ 198p]

358 ROSIER, M.J.Early school leaving In A u s tra lia . Western Teacher, Vol. 7 No. 12 (November 1978), p.21.

359 ROSIER, M.J.Early School Leaving in A u stra lia , With P a rtic u la r Reference to Western A u stra lia . Churchlands, WA: WA In s titu te fo r Educational Research. [18p]

360 ROSIER, M.Factors Influencing the decision of 16 year old Australians to remain a t school or to leave. V ictorian In s titu te of Educational Research B u lle tin , No. 41 (December 1978), pp.25-37.

361 ROWLEY, C.D.Outcasts in White A u stra lia . Canberra: ANU Press, 1971; rp t. Rlngwood, V ic .: Pelican, 1972.

Page 53: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

47

362 ROWLEY, CharlesRe-survey of Aboriginal rural households in NSW. Australian In s titu te of Aboriginal Studies and the Australian National UnI vers Ity .

363 RUSSELL, G ., and J. SMITHG irls can be doctors . . . can 't they?: sex differences In career aspirations. Australian Journal of Social Issues, Vol. 14 No. 2 (May 1979), pp.91-102.

#(A45)

Page 54: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

364

365

366

367

368

369

370

371

372

373

374

48

SAMPSON, S h irle y 0T e llin g them what I t wi l l be lik e . Paper presented a t ANZAAS (A23)Conference (Section 22) A dela ide , 1980.

SCHROM, Linda K. 0A lo n g itud ina l study of V ic to r ia n secondary schools from 1980 (A12)onwards, undertaken fo r the V ic to r ia n In s t itu te of Secondary Education.

SCOTT, Alan J.Employment and Technological Change. Melbourne: ITIM Research,1979. [ 27p J

SCOTT, Alan J. and Edwin W. KNIGHTEmploying the Handicapped. People a t Work Monograph Series No. 3. Melbourne: ITIM Reseach, 1978. [46pJ

SCOTT, B.Assessment of needs and implementation of c lien t-b ased programs.Paper presented a t th e N ational Conference on A c t iv ity Therapy Centres, Canberra, 1977.

SEARL, G.W., and T .R . PARMENTERDeveloping Independence Through Work P reparation : Augmented Evaluation of Innovations Program P ro je c t (7 6 /6 0 4 0 ). Canberra:Schools Commission 1979.

SEARLE, M a r jo r ie , e t a I .A Taste o f Student Opinion: Views on a V a rie ty of M atters Relevant to U n ive rs ity Experiences. S t. Lucia , Queensland: T e r tia ry Education In s t i tu t e , U n ive rs ity of Queensland, 1979. I24p]

SHEARS, M eredith , Sue STEVENS, and Jan L0KAN 0Work Importance Study - A u s tra lia n and New Zealand. Hawthorn, (D1)V ic to r ia : ACER, 1979 (D r a f t ) . To be published 1980-1981.

SHEEHAN, P .J . , and R.G. GREGORY #Labour market flow s. 1980-1981. in s t itu te of Applied Economic and (D3) Social Research, U n ive rs ity of Melbourne.

SHEEHAN, P .J . , and P.P . STRICKERThe collapse of f u l l employment. R.B. S00TT0N and Helen FERLER,P ub lic Expenditures and Social P o licy in A u s tra lia , Melbourne:Langman Cheshire, 1980.

SHEEHAN, P .J . , and P .P . STRICKERYouth unemployment in A u s tra lia : a survey. The A u stra lian Economic Review, 1st q uarte r 1978, p p .12-27.

Page 55: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

375

376

377

378

379

380

381

382

383

384

385

386

49

SHEEHAN, P .J . , and P.P. STRICKER #Youth unemployment - on-going a n a ly s is . In s t i tu te of Applied (D7)Economics and Social Research, U n iv e rs ity o f Melbourne.

SHERINGTON, G.E. #Survey of former students of Sydney Church of England Grammar (A36)School. 1980-81. U n iv e rs ity of Wollongong, NSW.

SINCLAIR, K .E ., B. CROUCH, and J. MILLER *Occupational choices of Sydney teenagers: re la t io n s h ip s w ith sex, (A21) s o c ia l c la ss , grade level and parent expecta tions. Austra11 an Journal o f Education, V o l. 21 No. 1 (March 1977), pp .41-54.

SKINNER, KayeL ife ls n * t a Bed o f Roses. Report of fo llo w -u p in te rv iew s (School Leavers P ro je c t) . Adela ide: South A u s tra lia n Education Department,1979.

SLADDEN, D.S e co n d a ry /te rfia ry t r a n s i t io n . P iv o t , V ol. 6 No. 1 (1979), pp.39- 43.

SLADE, Jean, and Barbara FLAUMT ra n s itio n to Work From Special Education. Adela ide: South A u s tra lia n Education Department, 1979, 1188p 1

SMART, J . , D. STÖRER, T. KEEGAN, and M. DAVIDSON §Unemployed youth survey. M arch-July 1980. Department o f (D17)Socio logy, U n iv e rs ity of Newcastle, NSW.

SMITH, H.M.Assessment o f Home Background In fluences on Selected Trainees A ttend ing South Yarra Work P repara tion Centre. Melbourne: Faculty o f Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , May 1980.

SMITH, H.M., and S. SYKESAssessment o f Home Background In fluences on Selected Trainees A ttend ing South Yarra P repara tion Centre: Summary o f Study and F1nd1ngs. Melbourne: Faculty of Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , March1980.

SMITH, P h ilip p aUnemployment: I ts Costs and C a sua lties . Sydney: A u s tra lia Council o f Social S erv ice , November 1977.

SMITH, S h ir ley L.Schooling: More or Less. Queensland: Jacaranda, 1980. [ 256p)

SOUTH AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. P ort Augusta P re-Employment Course. Adela ide: Department of Further Education, 1977- IP e rio d ic a l - 3 Issues per annum]

Page 56: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

50

387 SOUTH AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. CAREER EDUCATION PROJECT

Careers and G ir ls P ro je c t Report: In te rven tio n In Sex Role S tereo typ inq. Adelaide: South A u stra lian Education Department, 1978. 124, 12, 4p]

388 SOUTH AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. TRANSITION EDUCATION UNIT.

Kidman Park In te rv e n tio n Program fo r the Id e n t if ic a t io n of Kids a t Risk (Action Research P r o je c t ) . 1979-1982.

389 SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EDUCATION CENTRE FOR WHYALLA AND REGIONYouth Education and Employment - a m u lti-p e rs p e c tiv e approach.Report of a conference held a t W hyalla, November 1979.

390 STEWART, Bruce (e d .)Work, Ju stice and Community. Nunawading, V ic to r ia : Nunawading North Neighbourhood C entre, 1980. I84p]

391 STONEMAN, MargaretA u s tra lia , Economic Prospects 1979-81. Economist In te llig e n c e U n it Special Report No. 69. London: Economist In te ll ig e n c e U n it L td ., 1979. 150p1

392 STROOBANT, R .E.Disadvantage a t school and post-school experience. Commission of Inquiry in to Poverty. Outcomes of Schooling: Aspects of Success and F a llu re . Canberra: AGPS, 1978.

393 STURMAN, A.From School to Work: A Review of Major Research In A u s tra lia . A u stra lia n Education Review, No. 13. Hawthorn, V ic to r ia : ACER,1979. 1114p]

394 SWEET, R.The counselling psychologist and youth unemployment. Paper presented a t a symposium on Youth Unemployment a t the Annual Conference of the A u s tra lia n Psychological S o c ie ty , H obart, 1979.

395 SWEET, R.A Labour Market Perspective on T ra n s itio n Programmes. Sydney: Student Counselling Research U n it. NSW Department of Technical and F urth er Education, July 1980. [24p1

396 SWEET, R.A Labour Market P erspective on the Basic Standards Debate.Research Report. Sydney: Student C ounselling S erv ice ,NSW Department of Technical and F urther Education, June 1979.118p]

#(B8)

#

(F8)

*

(D12)

Page 57: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

51

397 SWEET, R. *The New Marginal Workers: Teenage Part-Time Employment In Australia (D13) in the 1970s» Research report, Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, February 1980. [45p]

398 SWEET, R. *The Relationship Between Educational Levels and Access to (C16)Apprentice-ships In NSW Over a Five Year Period. Research Report.Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, July 1978. I13pl

399 SWEET, R. *Some Relationships Between TAFE Enrolments and Economic and Social (C13) Trends In the 1970s. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, August 1979. [40p]

400 SWEET, R. *Student Needs and Student Problems: An Exploratory Survey. Research (C19) Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, July 1977. I24pj

401 SWEET, R. *The Work Values of F irs t Year University Students. Research Report. (C9) Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, July 1976. [52pp]

402 SYDNEY CITY MISSIONL ife Ski l l s Programme: Teaching Guide. Balmain, NSW: Sydney City Mission, 1980.

Page 58: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

52

403 TAFT, RonaldThe aspirations of immigrant school children In V ic to ria . Polycom (A B u lle tin fo r Teachers of Non-English Speaking Migrant Children - Victorian Education Department) April 1976, pp.8-12.

404 TAFT, RonaldThe aspirations of immigrant school children in V ic to ria : a preliminary report. Education News, 1975. Reprinted ln R.K. Browne and D.J. Magin (eds.) , Sociology of Education, Melbourne: Macmillan, 1976, pp.303-307.

405 TAFT, RonaldThe career aspirations of immigrant school children in V ic to ria . La Trobe Series in Sociology, Paper No. 12. Department of Sociology, La Trobe U niversity , 1975. I69p]

406 TAFT, RonaldEducational and occupational aspirations of school children. A series of studies.

407 TAFT, RonaldSome recent facts about the educational achievements of working class immigrants. Migration Action, No. 2 (1975), p p .14-16.

408 TASMANIA. DEPARTMENT OF ENPLOYMENT AM) YOUTH AFFAIRS. MANPOWER RESEARCH AND INFORMATION BRANCH

Special Youth Employment and Training Programme (SYETP) in the State Education Department. Tasmania: Department of Employment and Youth A ffa irs , 1979.

409 TASMANIA. EDUCATION DEPARTMENTReport of the Careers Education Working Party. Hobart: Education Department of Tasmania, November 1978. [22p]

410 TAYLOR, N.How Do People Make Career Decisions? A Review of the L ite ra tu re . Research report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, August 1979.131 p ]

411 TAYLOR, N.H.S.C. Repeats. Research report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, June 1979. I9p1

412 TAYLOR, N.Link Program for Deaf High School Students: An Evaluation.Research report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, October, 1978 130 p]

#

(A 14)

*

(E24)

Page 59: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

53

413 TAYLOR, N. P otentia l Unemployment: How to Cope. A Description and *Evaluation of a Preventative Mental Health Program fo r Secretaria l (C22) Students» Research report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service,NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, January 1979,(22p)

414 TAYLOR, N. *A Review of VocationaI-EducationaI Counselling Evaluations. (C20)Research report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, A p ril 1979. [15p]

415 TAYLOR, N. *Student Counselling - the C lie n ts View. Research repo rt. Sydney: (C21)Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, January 1980. [17p]

416 TAYLOR, N. *T rans ition to? A Survey of Secretaria l Students A ttitudes Towards (C23) Unemployment. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, October 1978. [30p]

417 TAYLOR, K .F ., G. I . KELSO, G.N. COX, W.J. ALLOWAY, and J.P MATTHEWSApplying Holland's vocational categories to le isure a c t iv i t ie s .Journal of Occupational Psychology, Vol. 52 (1979), pp .199-207.

418 TAYLOR, K .F ., G .I. KELSO, and P.G. POWERThe Melbourne Careers P ro ject.

419 TAYLOR, K .F ., G .I. KELSO, H .I. PRETTY, and P.G. POWERSome cu ltu ra l and sex differences in responses to the VPI: an AustraIian/Amerlean comparison. Melbourne Psychological Reports No.65, 1980.

420 THOMAS, HelgaSchool, teacher tra in in g and the working world: re fle c tio n s on case studies. European Journal of Education. Vol. 14 No. 4 (December 1979), p p .313-322.

421 TOLHOURST, John, and C olin MOORE *The C ircu la r Head Study. Research Study No. 38. Hobart: Research (A39) Branch, Education Department of Tasmania, 1978. [40p1

422 TOOMEY, D. The con tribu tion of teachers to educational in e q ua lity .Paper read to annual conference of Sociological Assocation of A ustra lia and New Zealand, 1976.

*

(A13)

Page 60: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

54

423 TOOMEY, D.Influences on student's ambitions: a study of Melbourne adolescent boys. Paper read to sociology section of ANZAAS Congress, Melbourne, 1977.

424 TOOMEY, D.The Interaction of home and school in Inequality . Proceedings A.A.R.E. Annual Conference, 1979.

425 TOOMEY, D.The interaction of home and school in the production of educa­tion al inequality . Ph.D. thesis . La Trobe U n iversity , 1980.

426 TURNER, M., and S. SYKESLanguage and Numeracy A b ilit ie s of Trainees Attending the South Yarra Work Preparation Centre. Melbourne: Faculty of Education, Monash U niversity , May 1980.

427 TURNEY, C ., C.B. INGLIS, K.E. SINCLAIR AND R.G. STRATONInn er-c ity Schools: Children, Teachers and Parents: A Study of the Characteristics and Needs of the Children, Teachers and Parents of Four Innei—c ity Schools of Sydney. Sydney:Sydney U .P ., 1978. t lx , 197pl

428 TURNEY, C ., K.E. SINCLAIR and L. CAIRNSThe Transition from school to work. Isolated Schools:Teaching, Learning and Transition From School to Work.Sydney University Press, 1980, Ch. 4.

*

(A3)

*

(A35)

Page 61: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

55

429 UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNEReport on O rientation and Transition . Mimeo. Academic Board, University of Melbourne, 1978. [93p + appendices!

430 UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNETEAS Forum. Report of a forum on the Commonwealth Government's Tertiary Education Assistance Scheme held a t University of Melbourne, April 1979.

*

(C6)

Page 62: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

56

431 VAN MOORST, H.Leisure patterns of people not in the w orkforce. 1980. Report to be prepared fo r the Department of Youth, Sport and R ecreation ,V1c to r ia .

432 VICARY, AdrianCareer Education and the World of Work. Kent Town, SA: South A u stra lian Council fo r Educational Planning and Research, 1979. M i l , 63p 1

433 VICTORIA. CENTRE FOR URBAN RESEARCH AND ACTION, AND LOCAL COMMITTEE OF VICTORIAN COUNTRY EDUCATION PROJECT

M igrants and Education in a Rural Community: A Case Study of the Ovens and King V a lle y s . Melbourne: Centre fo r Urban Research and A ction , and V ic to r ia n Country Education P ro je c t, 1978.

434 VICTORIA. DEPARTMENT OF THE PREMIERWork fo r Tomorrow. Proceedings of the V ic to r ia n Government Conference on S tru c tu ra l Change and Employment held in Melbourne, 12-14 December 1978. Melbourne: Department of the Prem ier, February 1979. I464p]

435 VICTORIA. EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. SECONDARY DIVISION. BASIC CURRICULUM TASK FORCE

A Report on the Opinion of Secondary Teachers and Other In teres ted Members of the Community as to the Nature of Essentia l Learning Reguired by A ll Students on Leaving School. Melbourne: Education Department, 1978.

436 VICTORIAN INSTITUTE OF SECONDARY EDUCATION. ADVISORY SERVICES AND GUIDANCE BRANCH

Advise No. 1. Melbourne: V ic to r ia n In s t i tu te of Secondary Education, S e p t .-O c t ., 1978. (re g u la r n ew sle tte r!

437 VICTORIA. TOWN AND COUNTRY PLANNING BOARD.Gippsland Students In te n tio n Survey. East Gippsland Regional Study Working paper No. 7 . Melbourne: Town and Country Planning Board, 1977.

438 VINER, Ian , The HonourableYouth: A u s tra lia 's most valuable resource. Address to the F ir s t National Youth Conference, Canberra, 4 October 1979. Cl i p]

#(D31 )

*

(A44)

Page 63: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

57

439 WALKER, J.C. 0A study of the schooI/work and school/unemployment tra n s it io n s from (A5) th e pe rspective of youth c u ltu re s . 1980-1981. School of Education, U n iv e rs ity of Sydney.

440 WALKER, W. *A Survey o f the School Leaver Population o f Tamworth and D is t r i c t , (A37) 1976. Research re p o rt. Sydney: Student Counselling S erv ice , NSW Department of Technical and F u rthe r Education, June 1977. [24p]

441 WARD, JimUnemployment: problem o r oppo rtu n ity? Socia l A lte rn a t iv e s , Vol. 1 No. 4 (1979), pp .66-68.

442 WARD, J . , T.R. PARMENTER, D. DEBENHAM and V. MILLERVocational p repa ra tion fo r the m ild ly re ta rded : an In v e s tig a tio n in to employment pa tte rns and re la te d fa c to rs . National R e h a b ilita t io n D ig e s t, V o l. 2 (1977), pp .29-45.

443 WARD, J . , T.R. PARMENTER and V. RICHESA model fo r the p lanning and o rg an iza tio n of work p repa ra tion f a c i l i t i e s fo r the m ild ly in te l le c tu a l ly handicapped. Proceedings of Conference on Work Experience as an In te g ra l P art of Work Education, Melbourne: A u s tra lia n A ssoc ia tion fo r the M en ta lly Retarded, 1977.

444 WARD, J . , T.R. PARMENTER, V. RICHES and M. HAURITZ #G ranviI le Work P repara tion Centre Research and Development P ro je c t. (E26) 1975-1981.

445 WARD, J . , T. PARMENTER, V. RICHES and M. HAURITZAdjustment to work: a fo llow -u p of m ild ly handicapped adolescents who have undergone t ra in in g in a Work P repara tion C entre. NationaI R e h a b ilita t io n D iges t, V o l. 2 Nos. 3-4 (1978), pp .34-38.

446 WARD, J . , T.R. PARMENTER, V. RICHES and M. HAURITZThe G ra n v ille P ro je c t. R e h a b ilita t io n in A u s tra lia , V o l. 16 No. 2 (1979), pp .58-61.

447 WARD, J . , T.R. PARMENTER, V. RICHES and M. HAURITZA study of the a t t itu d e s of N.S.W. school p r in c ip a ls toward educational p ro v is io ns fo r the m ild ly in te l le c tu a l ly handicapped. Conference of the A u s tra lia n A ssoc ia tion of Specia l Education Teachers, Sydney, Ju ly 1978. Published in A ssoc ia tion of Special Education Teachers Jou rna l, V o l. 9 (1979), pp .30-37.

448 WARD, J . , T.R. PARMENTER, V. RICHES and M. HAURITZA study of p re d ic to r va riab les and outcomes of a re h a b i l i ta t io n program. Proceedings of 49th Congress of A u s tra lia and New Zealand A ssoc ia tion fo r the Advancement of Science, Auckland, New Zealand,1979.

Page 64: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

58

449 WARD, J . , T .R . PARMENTER, V. RICHES and M. HAURITZA survey of employer a tt itu d e s to the employment of the In te l le c tu a l ly handicapped. A u s tra lia n Journal o f Developmental D ls a b l I I t le s . In press.

450 WASSEL, Mohamed #Problems of Unemployed Youth In th e Western Region o f Melbourne. (D21) Canberra: Technical and Furth er Education Commission, 1977.

451 WATKINS, P.E .Curriculum change and the school/work In te rfa c e : a c r i t ic a l analysis of work experience. A u s tra lia n and New Zealand Journal of Sociology. ( In press fo r June 1980).

452 WATKINS, P .E .Education, technology and d e s k ill in g . Unicorn, V o l. 6 No. 1 (1980), p p .18-24.

453 WATKINS, P .E . 0Social control and educational change: w ork-experience Innovation . (B13) 1979-1980, Deakin U n iv e rs ity , Geelong, V ic to r ia .

454 WATTS, B.H.Access to Education: An E valuation of the A b orig ina l Secondary Grants Scheme. Canberra: AGPS, 1976. [314p]

455 WESTERN AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH. COMMITTEE FOR REHABILITATION AND RESTORATIVE CARE

B a rr ie rs to Employment and Re-Employment of th e Non-Severely Disabled . Proceedings of the one day seminar on b arrie rs to employment and re-employment of the non-severely d isabled a t S ir Charles G alrdner H o s p ita l, A p ril 1979. Perth : Western A u stra lian Department of H e a lth , 1979. [68pl

456 WESTERN AUSTRALIA. EDUCATION DEPARTMENTPreparing Young People fo r the W ork-force: The Place of L ite racy and Numeracy. Submission from th e Education Department of Western A u s tra lia to the Senate Standing Committee on Education and the A rts . D iscussion Paper No. 8. Perth : Education Department of Western A u s tra lia , February 1980. [14p]

457 WESTERN AUSTRALIA. EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. RESEARCH BRANCHInnovations In Rural Education: The Iso la ted Students M atr ic u la tio n Scheme, and The Chid ley Education Centre. Perth : Western A u stra lian Education Departm ent, 1979. ( v i , 41p)

458 WESTERN, J .S ., and P.G. CARPENTER 0Social background, educational and occupational achievement among (A4) Queensland youth. 1978-1985. U n ive rs ity of Queensland and S tate C ollege of V ic to r ia a t Ascot V a le .

Page 65: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

59

459 WESTOVER, D.A.Technical and fu rth er education for Aborigines in South A ustra lia .P ivo t, Vo 1. 6 No. 2 (1979), pp.24-27.

460 WHETTON, Peter, and Helen GRAHAMGetting a Job. School manual in 'S urviva l* Series. South Melbourne V ic .: MacMillan, 1979. [46p]

461 WHETTON, P eter, and Helen GRAHAMOn the Job. School manual in 'S u rv iv a l' series . South Melbourne,V ic .: MacMillan, 1979.

462 WIDDUP, DavidDiscussion Paper on Employment. Canberra: Australian Teachers Federation, 1979. I26p]

463 WIDDUP, DavidThe problems of unemployment. Queensland Teachers Journal, Vol. 2 No. 2 (14 March 1979), pp. 5, 12, 14.

464 WILLIAMS, C live #A survey of early university experiences. 1980-81. University of (C7) Sydney.

465 WILLIAMS, C liveThe Use of Peer Groups in Assisting Freshmen Students Adjust to U niversity . Research Report No. 1. University of Sydney Counselling Service, June 1975.

467 WILLIAMS, J . , and T.A. PRIEST *The A ttitude of Employers to School Leavers in Western A ustralia . (A46) Co-operative Research Series Report No. 2. Perth: Education Department of Western A u s tra lia , 1978. 1101p1

468 WILLIAMS, Trevor, Je ff CLANCY, Margaret BATTEN and Sue GIRLING- #BUTCHER ~ (A25)

School, Work and Career: Seventeen-Year-Olds in A u stra lia . ACERResearch Monograph No. 6, Hawthorn, V ic to ria : ACER, 1980. I167p]

469 WILLIAMS REPORT, The, A STUDENT RESPONSEAustralian TAFE Teacher Vol. 11, No. 3 (August 1979), p.25. A short statement prepared by a group of research o fficers working in student organisations and presented a t the labour Resource Centre Conference, Education and the Workforce-Towards Post-W illiams Labour Movement S tra teg ies, La Trobe U n iversity , 2 June 1979.

470 WILLIAMSON, JimEducation: what for? A consideration of the general economic andeducational prospects and options for the young. A paper presented to the 1979 Annual Conference of the Australian Council of State School Organizations, 1979. Canberra: ACSSO, 1979. [32p +appendices1

Page 66: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

60

470 WILLMOT, EricPost Secondary Education fo r Aboriginal People In South Australia»South A ustralia : Committee of Enquiry into Post-secondary Education in South A u stra lia , October 1978. [56p]

471 WILSON, Alison F.Report of the End-of-School Transition Pro ject. Melbourne:V ictorian In s titu te of Secondary Education, 1979. I283p]

472 WILSON, B.Youth unemployment in the Mildura d is t r ic t . 1978-1980.

473 WILSON, JohnYouth Unemployment: An Australian View of the U.S. Scene. The A ustraIia -U .S . Educational Policy Pro ject. Canberra: Schools Commission. (37pl

474 WINDSHUTTLE, KeithUnemployment: A Social and P o lit ic a l Analysis of the Economic Crisis in A ustra lia . Revised ed itio n . Ringwood, V ic .: Penguin, 1980.

475 WINDSHUTTLE, KeithUnemployment and the economic c r is is . Peter Cole (e d .), Work Experience: An Australian Perspective. Report of the National Work Experience Conference, Monash U niversity , August 1979.

476 WINEFIELD, A .H ., P . l . TILLETT, J. DELIN, and M. TIGGEMANN 0Psychoiogical effects of unemployment and the implications for (D26)schools. 1980-1982.

477 WRIGHT, A .F ., and F. HEADLAMYouth Needs and Public P o lic ie s . Australian Council for Educational Research Report for the V ictorian S tate Department of Youth, Sport and Recreation, Melbourne. Melbourne: Department of Youth, Sport and Recreation, 1976.

478 WRIGHT, A ., F. HEADLAM, U. 0Z0LINS, and R.T. FITZGERALDPoverty, education and adolescents. Commission of Inquiry into Poverty, Outcomes of Schooling: Aspects of Success and F ailu re .Canberra: AGPS, 1978.

479 WRIGHT, Alan, John MIN0TTI, and Betty MURPHY #School leavers survey. May-December 1980. BaI la ra t Transition (A41) Task Force.

480 WRIGHT, Alan, Ray TAYLOR, and Tom MULLINSTransition from School. M aterial prepared for participants a t Rural Education Conference, Glen Col lege, La Trobe U niversity , 28-30 November 1979. Melbourne: Support Services Unit, Planning Services, V ictorian Education Department, 1979. I47pl

#

( B 1)

0(D22)

Page 67: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

61

481 WRIGHT, Rex A.Evaluation of Work Experience Programs; A Study In Two High Schools. Sydney: D ivision of Education Research, NSW Department of Education, May 1976.

Page 68: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

62

482 YOUNG, C h rls + a b e l, Michael PETTY, and A rthu r FAULKNEREducation and Employment o f T urk ish and Lebanese Youth. Canberra: AGPS, 1980. I284p]

483 YOUNG, M ick.I Want to Work. Stanmore NSW: C a s s e ll, 1979.

*

(A43)

1159p1

Page 69: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

63

THE ANNOTATIONS

The A nnotations are arranged In s ix c a te g o rie s :

A Students and School Leavers B SchoolsC Post-secondary Education D Employment, Unemployment and L e isu re E Youth Programmes and Programme E va lu a tio n F Reports of Conferences

Because many of th e stu d ies s tra d d le a number of d if fe r e n t areas, f a i r l y a r b i t r a r y decis ions have had to be made about which category they a re placed In . On th e whole, t h e i r placement has been determined by t h e i r main emphasis. W ith in each ca teg ory , th e an n ota tio n s have been arranged roughly In th e sequence ind icated a t th e beginning of each ca teg ory , so th a t stu d ies of the same aspect or to p ic a re as fa r as p ossib le to g e th e r. Each an n ota tio n is Id e n t i f ie d a t th e bottom of th e page w ith i t s category number and its number on th e general l i s t ; fo r example, 329 ( A l l ) .

Page 70: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

64

A

STUDENTS AND SCHOOL LEAVERS

. educa tiona l p a r t ic ip a t io n

. p e rcep tions of sch o o lin g

. educa tiona l and occupa tiona l choice

. s o c ia l background and i t s e f fe c ts

. de c id in g to leave school• d e s tin a tio n s and pos t-schoo l experiences of school leavers . coun try school leavers . employer pe rcep tions of school leavers

Page 71: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

65

AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS #

1979 E du ca t io n Survey

INSTITUTION A u s t r a l i a n Bureau o f S t a t i s t i c s

TIME 1979 c o l l e c t i o n o f da ta ; ana lyses in p rog ress

PLACE N a t io n a l

AIM To o b ta in in fo r m a t io n abou t th e e d u c a t io n a t t r i b u t e s of th e A u s t r a l i a n p o p u la t io n aged 14 yea rs and o v e r .

SAMPLE The survey was based on a m u l t i - s t a g e area sample of p r i v a t e d w e l l i n g s (ab ou t 15,000 houses, f l a t s , e t c . ) and n o n - p r i v a t e d w e l l in g s ( h o t e l s , m o te ls , e t c . ) , and covered a p p ro x im a te ly o n e - t h i r d of one per c en t of t h e p o p u la t io n o f A u s t r a l i a .

METHOD The da ta were c o l le c t e d by t r a in e d in te r v ie w e r s on th e ba s is o f pe rsona l in te r v ie w s w i th th e occupan ts (14 yea rs o f age and o v e r ) o f t h e s e le c te d d w e l l in g s .

In fo r m a t io n reques ted of th e sampled p o p u la t io n of p a r t i c ­u l a r r e le v a n c e t o th e t r a n s i t i o n from school in c lu d e d :

a) For persons aged 14-20 yea rs a t t e n d in g school in August1979:

. D e t a i l s of c u r r e n t a t te n d a n c e ; e . g . , y e a r /g ra d e of s c h o o l in g c u r r e n t l y a t te n d e d and type o f schoo l (governm ent, C a t h o l i c o r o t h e r non-governments c h o o l ) c u r r e n t l y a t te n d e d .

. I n t e n t i o n s f o r f u r t h e r school s tu d ie s ( t h e y e a r / grade in which th e s tu d e n t in te n d s t o leave s c h o o l ) , and i n t e n t i o n s f o r p o s t -s c h o o l a c t i v i t i e s (w hethe r th e s tu d e n t hopes t o un de r ta ke an a p p r e n t ic e s h ip , f u l l - t i m e s tu d y , work and p a r t - t im e s tu d y , work and no s tu d y , o r someth ing e ls e in th e yea r a f t e r le a v in g s c h o o l ) .

69 (A 1)

Page 72: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

66

DOCUMENTATION

b) For persons aged 14-64 years not a tte n d in g school InAugust 1979:

• D e ta ils of school education; e . g . , age l e f t school, h ig h est year a tta in e d ( fo r those less than 25 years of ag e ), and type of school (government, C a th o lic , or o ther non-government school) attended In f i n a l ye ar of school. T h is In fo rm ation w i l l be re la te d to other data such as age a t survey d a te , d e ta ils of stu d ie s undertaken a f t e r leaving scho o l, number of weeks unemployment b e n e fits were rece ived during 1978/79 f in a n c ia l year and education p a r t ic ip a t io n In 1979.

. D e ta i ls of f u l l - t im e s tu d ie s commenced wi t h i n tw elve months of leaving school and co n tin u in g u n t i l a break from stu d ies of tw elve ironths or mare o ccurred . This in fo rm ation w i l l be re la te d to o ther data such as age a t survey d a te , d e ta i ls of the h ig h est q u a li f ic a t io n obta ined s ince leaving school, d e ta i ls of education p a r t ic ip a t io n in 1979.

I t is planned th a t a p u b lic a tio n s p e c ify in g p re lim in a ry data from th e survey w i l l be re leased in August 1980, whi l e t he f i n a l p u b lic a tio n w i l l be re leased la te r in 1980.

Page 73: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

67

MEADE, P.H.

Youth, Education and L ife Chances. Sydney: School of Education, University of New South Wales, 1978, I233pl

INSTITUTION School of Education, Un i vers i ty of New South Wales

TIME 1972 - 1978

PLACE Sydney

AIM To examine how c I a i ms of equality of educationalopportunity made by educational and p o lit ic a l leaders compare with the actual accomplishments of the educational system In the preparation and selection of youth for adulthood. An important objective of this work is to stimulate a re-thinklng of fundamental assumptions about the role of education in society. In p a rtic u la r, a c r it ic a l evaluation is undertaken of the ro le of the school as an accreditation agency.

SAMPLE A sample of 1021 Grade 11 students from 16 Sydney metro­politan secondary schools was involved in the study. Cluster sampling was used with type of school (boys, g ir ls , co-educatIona!) as a s tra tify in g variable.

METHOD Section 1 - An overview of the theoretical lite ra tu re onthe processes of education and social selection of youth in society

Section 2 - A Longitudinal Investigation of 1021 Upper Secondary School Students in Sydney: Preface, Introduction and Methodology, Predictors - Results of Main Variables for Boys and G ir ls , Information Obtained on Further Education Courses and Occupations, Dependent Variables - Education and Occupation, A fter High School, Mu It i-v a r ia te Analysis and Summary

Section 3 - Implications for the Education of Youth: Preface, Social Selection of Youth in Society, Pointers for Change - A Viewpoint. References, Appendix, Some Methodological Prob leas In Survey Research, Index.

265(A2)

Page 74: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

68

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

The in q u iry has re v e a le d th e c h a o tic n a tu re of th e t r a n s i ­t io n process in which young peop le a re in v o lv e d as th e y move from school to p o s t-s c h o o l courses and jo b s . The f in d in g s in d ic a te an u rg e n t need f o r much improved s tr u c tu r e s to p ro v id e young peop le w ith e d u c a tio n a l and o c c u p a tio n a l in fo rm a t io n .

The r e s u l ts of th e in v e s t ig a t io n r e in fo r c e th e view t h a t th e H ig h e r School C e r t i f i c a t e a c ts as an in s tru m e n t t o c o n firm o r upgrade th e hopes and p lan s o f some s tu d e n ts to g ain h igh a c c r e d i ta t io n and to depress and d efuse th e hopes and p lans of o th e rs .

The s tudy dem onstrated t h a t g i r l s have low er a s p ir a t io n s than boys in term s of o c c u p a tio n a l s ta tu s and a tte n d a n c e a t u n iv e r s i t y .

Monograph c ite d above - a v a i la b le from th e a u th o r , K e lv in G rove C o lle g e of Advanced E d u c a tio n , Q ueensland .

Page 75: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

69

TOOMEY, D.

The in te rac tio n of home and school in the production of educationali nequa 1 ity . 1980.

Ph.D. Thesis. Dept, of Sociology, La Trobe U n ive rs ity ,

INSTITUTION La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , V ic to ria

TIME 1972 - 1979, reported in 1980

PLACE Mel bourne

AIM To study home and school influences upon students' educational and occupational ambitions and th e ir school leaving patterns. A follow-up study of occupationalattainments and labour market experience is intended.

SAMPLE Random sample of 1500 fourteen-year olds in secondary schools in 1972 and 1973, followed through to completion of secondary schooling. The sample was s t r a t i f ie d by school type, sex composition and SES of catchment area. There was an intensive study of 250 males.

METHOD Questionnaires to students a t ages fourteen and s ix teen . Interview s with parents and teachers. Inform ation from school records on scholastic achievement and school leavlng.

Questions on educational and occupational plans and asp ira tio n s , academic m otivation, s e lf-ra te d a b i l i t ie s and study s k i l ls ; sources of career advice, s a tis fa c tio n with career advice; supportiveness of the home for school learning; subjects taken, a ttitu d e s toward teachers.

RESULTS High educational and occupational ami b it ions werep o s itiv e ly re la ted to c la r ity of educational goals and negatively re la ted to c la r ity of occupational goals. Teachers' expectations of students' occupational andeducational achievements wore much more influenced by the students' academic record than were students and parents' expectations, which play a crucia l ro le in p red ic ting the form level of leaving. The academic clim ate of the fam ily together with the clim ate of the school (ind icated by the average level of ambition, I.Q . and SES in the school) very strongly predicted the form level of leaving. The school and the home were considerably insulated from each other in the processes th a t a ffe c t educationalatta inm ent.

425(A3)

Page 76: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

70

DOCUMENTATI ON

Teachers were a much less im portant source of ca reer advice than p are n ts . There was g rea t u n c e rta in ty about occupational fu tu re s and hence a co n cen tra tio n amongst th e more successful on educationa l a tta in m e n t. Faced w ith th e u n c e r ta in t ie s of occupational fu tu re s , s tu d en ts ' educa­t io n a l choices a re in flu en ced by both th e s e le c tio n processes w ith in schools and th e fa m ily c lim a te , which has an in flu en ce a t c ru c ia l branching p o in ts .

. Ph.D . th e s is c ite d above.

• The In te ra c t io n of home and school In in e q u a lity . Proceedings AARE Annual C onference, 1979.

• The c o n tr ib u tio n of teach ers to educational in e q u a lity . Paper read to annual conference of S o c io lo g ica l Assocation of A u s tra lia and New Z ea la n d , 1976.

. In flu e n c e on s tu d e n t's am bitions: a study of Melbourne adolescent boys. Paper read to socio logy sectio n of ANZAAS Congress, M elbourne, 1977.

• The In te ra c t io n of home and school In th e production ofed u catio na l in e q u a lity . Paper fo r th e AnnualConference of Sociology of Education Section of th e In te rn a tio n a l S o c io lo g ic a l A ssocation , P a r is , 8 /9August 1980.

Page 77: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

71

WESTERN J .S ., and P.G. CARPENTER #

Social background, educational and occupational achievement among Queensland youth

FUND 1NG ERDC; Department of Sociology, U nivers ity of Queensland

INSTITUTIONS . U nivers ity of Queensland (Western). S tate College of V ic to ria a t Ascot Vale (Carpenter)

TIME Longitudinal study, 1978 - 1985

PLACE Queens land

AIM To chart the processes by which the social o rig ins of Ind iv iduals Influence th e ir capacities and achievements In both the educational and occupational spheres.

SAMPLE 1,286 Year 12 students In 26 schools across Queensland. The sample was drawn with a p ro b a b ility proportional to the s ize of the Year 12 group In each school. I t a lso re fle c te d the proportions of Year 12 students In d if fe re n t types of schools (S ta te , C a th o lic and other non­government), m etropolitan versus non-m etropolitan d iffe ren ces , and sex d iffe ren ces .

METHOD Stage 1: 1978-1979

• In i t ia l survey In 1978. examination re s u lts , higher educational preferences and

admission (or otherwise) to te r t ia r y education . 1976 Census Information on each student's area of

residence

Stage 2: 1980

I t is proposed In mid-1980 to contact each respondent by mailed questlonniare or follow-up telephone c a ll concerning the fo llow ing:

4 58 (A4)

Page 78: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

72

. current job or course of study - both fu ll - t im e and p art-tim e components;

. job or study s a tis fa c tio n ; re a l ity versus expectations;

• preparedness to enter job or te r t ia r y education in the lig h t of experience;

. sources of adequacy of job/study information;• relevance of various aspects of school to jo b /te r t ia r y

education;. educational/occupational plans.

Stage 3: 1981 - 1984

Further s im ila r oontacts are proposed.

Page 79: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

73

WALKER, J.C . #

A study o f sch o o l/w o rk , school/unemp Ioymerit t r a n s i t io n from th e p e rsp e c tive o f youth c u ltu re s .

FUNDING ERDC

INSTITUTION Department of E duca tion , U n iv e rs ity of Sydney, NSW

TIME 1980, p o s s ib ly to be continued in to 1981

PLACE A Sydney In n e r -c ity boys' high school

AIM To te s t the hypothesis th a t th e re e x is t r e la t iv e ly coheren t youth c u ltu re s which re g is te r and in te rp re t socio-econom ic change, and in flu e n c e both in d iv id u a lm o tiv a tio n s and the capac ity of schools to a id youth in p re p a ra tio n fo r and in f in d in g work. T h is w i l l be te s te d by in v e s t ig a t in g sm al1 group aspects of the schoo l/w ork , school/unem ploym ent t r a n s i t io n s , focus ing on c u ltu ra lre p re s e n ta tio n of the na tu re and purpose of work, tim e , money, p h ys ica l and mental prowess, sexual and fa m il ia l o r ie n a t io n s .

SAMPLE The fu n c t io n in g of th e whole school wi I 1 be observed. However, c lo s e s t a t te n t io n w i l l be paid to two o r th re e fr ie n d s h ip groups of s tuden ts In year 10.

METHOD The study w i l l use e thnog raph ic techn iques , p a r t ic ip a n t o b s e rv a tio n s , c la s s room o b s e rv a tio n , and tape recorded In te rv ie w s of groups and in d iv id u a ls , in c lu d in g teachers and pa ren ts as wel l as s tu d e n ts . The th e o re t ic a l a n a ly s is w i l l be based on hypotheses derived from work in contem­po ra ry c u l tu ra l s tu d ie s .

The study w i l l in v e s tig a te in d iv id u a l and group behaviour v is - a - v is th e ru le s , promises and o f fe r in g s of the schoo l, e s p e c ia lly w ith regard to i t s ro le in re la t io n to the fu tu re w ork ing l i f e of s tu d e n ts . I t w i1 I be concerned w ith c u rr ic u lu m ( in c lu d in g career e d u ca tio n ), le is u re a c t i v i t i e s , leav ing school and the employment andunemployment o f the s u b je c ts , e s p e c ia lly w ith in the c o n te x t of th e economic s tru c tu re of th e inne r c i t y .

439(A5)

Page 80: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

74

ANDERSON, D.S, Bruce J. BIDDLE, Barbara J. BANK, John A. KEATS and Daphne M. KEATS

Expectations and behaviour of adolescents In A u s tra lia and USA

FUND 1NG P a rtly supported by grants from the National In s t i tu te of Alcohol Abuse and Alchollsm and the National Science Foundation

INSTITUTIONS . Center fo r the Study of Social Behaviour, U n ivers ity of M issouri, Columbia (B iddle and Bank)

• Research School of Social Sciences, A ustra lian National U n ivers ity , Canberra (Anderson)

• Psychology Department, U nivers ity of Newcastle (Keats and Keats)

TIME Interview s conducted 1976 - 1978, analysis continuing

PLACE A u s tra lia : Sydney and Newcastle, NSW USA: St Louis and Columbia, Missouri

AIM To describe the background, current ie lsure a c t iv i t ie s and an tic ipated work ro les of matched samples of in-school and early leaver adolescents in A u s tra lia and USA, Hypotheses wi l l be tested which are derived from the theories of adolescence and reference group Influence and from a knowledge of the d iffe re n t provisions a v a ila b le fo r adolescents in A u s tra lia and USA.

The study Is linked with s im ila r studies of in-school adolescents In France and Norway which concern social Influences on expectations and behaviours re la tin g to school achievement and alcohol use.

SAMPLE Approximately 350 unmarried adolescents comprising 4 samples: in-school and early leavers In both A u s tra lia and USA. A ll four samples constituted quota-sarmple designs balanced fo r age, sex and parental social c lass (and, fo r the American sample, race).

METHOD Structured Interview s of average duration one and h a lf hours were conducted by Interview ers of the adolescent's own n a tio n a lity . Interviews were tape-recorded andcontent analysed by the one group of coders amd according to a common framework.

5(A6)

Page 81: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

75

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

From th e a n a ly s is which has been completed so fa r I t Is apparent th a t m id d le -c la ss ado lescents In both co u n tries a re more l ik e ly than t h e i r working c lass co u n te rp arts to pursue educational programmes o th e r than those o ffe re d by secondary schools . The decis ion to leave school e a r ly has Im portant e f fe c ts on th e way In which ado lescents spend t h e i r tim e , but th e re a re n a tio n a l d if fe re n c e s . A u s tra lia n leavers spend t h e i r e x tra t in » engaged In s tru c tu re d a c t iv i t i e s , those In USA repo rted more v is i t in g , lo a fin g and problem behaviours. There were some In d ic a tio n s In th e data th a t e a r ly leaving Is asso cia ted w ith fa m ily break-up (one or both parents not a t home, o th e r ad u lts In th e household). In both c o u n trie s leavers consume more a lc o h o lic beverages than th e matched in­school groups.

Reports have been prepared fo r p u b lic a tio n and should be a v a lla b le In 1981.

Page 82: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

76

CONNELL, W .F . , R.E. STROOBANT, K .E . SINCLAIR, R.W. OONNELL and K.W. ROGERS

12 t o 20 : S tu d ie s o f C i t y You th . Sydney: H icks S m ith , 1975, I342p]

INSTITUTION School o f E d u c a t io n , U n iv e r s i t y o f Sydney

TIME 1969 - 1970

PLACE Sydney

AIM To g a th e r in fo r m a t io n abou t th e t r a n s i t i o n from schoo l t o work o f Sydney te e n a g e rs .

SAMPLE . 8 ,0 9 6 h igh schoo l s tu d e n ts r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of s tu d e n tsa t S ta te and C a t h o l i c h igh scho o ls in Sydney

. 1,083 Sydney teenagers who had l e f t s c h o o l .

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re s and in te r v ie w s c o v e r in g

. j o b a s p i r a t i o n s and e x p e c ta t io n s on le a v in g school

. jo bs he ld by tee n a g e rs who had l e f t school

. th e young w o rk e r - r e a c t i o n s t o th e jo b- reasons f o r jo b c h o ic e- what is l i k e d abou t th e c u r r e n t jo b

. p a r t - t im e jo b s .

RESULTS Choosing a f u t u r e jo b was cons idered th e m a jo r concern of both male and fem ale h igh school s tu d e n ts , ahead of do ing w e l l a t school and g e t t i n g on w i th th e o p p o s i te sex and p a re n ts . Doing w e l l a t work was c on s id e red th e major concern of tee nag ers in th e w o rk fo rc e , ahead of d e c id in g abou t r i g h t and wrong, e x p re s s in g o n e s e l f w e l l and g e t t i n g on w i t h th e o p p o s i te sex and p a re n ts .

O cc u p a t io n a l a s p i r a t i o n s and e x p e c ta t io n s of th e s tu d e n ts were u n r e a l i s t i c a l l y h igh w i t h more tha n h a l f o f t h e males and females in y e a rs 7-12 e x p e c t in g t o e n t e r a p r o fe s s io n .

Teenagers in th e w o rk fo rc e a t a l l age le v e ls cons idered t h a t t h e i r jo b s were much more i n t e r e s t i n g tha n school had been.

The main reason f o r t a k in g up th e k in d o f work they were in was ' t h e n a tu re o f t h e work i t s e l f ' , and t h a t was c o n s id e re d mare im p o r ta n t than such o th e r reasons as 'good money' and ' j o b s e c u r i t y ' .

1 3 2 ( A 7 )

Page 83: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

77

DOCUMENTATION

Asked about what they l ik e d about t h e i r jo b s , th e boys most o f te n r e f e r r e d to th e c h a r a c te r of th e work in v o lv e d , fo l lo w e d by jo b c o n d i t io n s and s e c u r i t y , and th e p eople th e y worked w i t h . For th e g i r l s , th e most f r e q u e n t r e f e r e n c e was made to th e people they worked w i t h , f o l lo w e d by th e c h a r a c te r of t h e work i t s e l f and th e jo b c o n d i t io n s and s e c u r i t y .

Book c i t e d above.

Page 84: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

78

ANDERSON, D .S ., MarIJke SALTET and A a t VERVOORN 0

C anberra 's Secondary C o lleges

FUNDING In p a rt from ACT Schools A u th o r ity

INSTITUTION Research School o f S oc ia l Sciences, A u s tra lia n N ational U n iv e rs ity

TIME Data c o l le c t io n 1979; a n a ly s is co n tin u in g

PLACE Canberra. (See Fawns and Teese fo r a p a ra lle i study o fs tuden ts In Melbourne and Tasmania)

AIM To e va lua te the e ffe c ts o f the new Secondary C olleges In Canberra by comparing s tu d e n ts ' p e rcep tions of teachers , c u rr ic u lu m and s tr u c tu ra l aspects of schoo ling w ith re s u lts from a s im ila r study made In 1972 when secondary education to year 12 was In t r a d i t io n a l h igh schools. The p a r t ic u la r s ig n if ic a n c e of the study ob ta ins from the fa c t th a t th e ACT system Is the on ly p u b lic one In A u s tra lia where a m a jo r ity of those who s ta r t school remain to year 12 ( re te n tio n ra te Is 64 per cent compared w ith 33 per cen t fo r A u s tra l ia ; the the ra te remains s ig n i f ic a n t ly h ig h e r when a llow ance Is made fo r SES d if fe re n c e s ) . Thus, i f as a re s u lt o f ch ron ic unemployment In the 15-19 age group, I t Is decided to encourage more young people to s tay longer a t schoo l, e v a lu a tio n of the CanberraInnova tion w i l l p ro v id e experience on schoo ling fo r o ld e r s tu d e n ts of le sse r a b i l i t y than those who have t y p ic a l ly stayed to year 12.

SAMPLE O n e -th ird of a l l Canberra s tuden ts In years 10, 11 and 12 of p u b lic and p r iv a te schoo ls .

METHOD The e n t ire sample completed a q u e s tio n n a ire , a sub-sample of s tuden ts took p a rt In group In te rv ie w s . The complete data s e t w i l l embrace years 10, 11 and 12 in 1972 and 1979 fo r Tasmania (where th e c o lle g e system fo r years 11 and 12 e x is te d a t both tim e s ) , Canberra (where th e co llege system s ta r te d In 1976) and Melbourne (where the t r a d it io n a l h igh school system e x is te d a t both tim e s ) . C a th o lic and o th e r p r iv a te schools a lso p a r t ic ip a te d In Melbourne and Canberra.

7 (A8)

Page 85: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

79

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

. M easures o f a l i e n a t i o n and n e g a t i v e re s p o n s e s t o t e a c h e r s and s c h o o l w e re s i g n i f i c a n t l y low e r in t h e c o l l e g e s compared w i t h s t u d e n t s in y e a r 10 and w i t h s t u d e n t s in y e a rs 11 and 12 o f t r a d i t i o n a l l y s t r u c t u r e d s c h o o l s .

. T h e re a r e s t r o n g e x p r e s s io n s o f i n t e r e s t f ro m C a n b e r ra s t u d e n t s f o r a c u r r i c u l u m w h ic h i s more w o r k - o r i e n t e d , and f o r o p p o r t u n i t i e s t o m ix w o rk and s c h o o l .

. The p r o p o r t i o n e x p e c t i n g p o s t - s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t io n in t e c h n i c a l c o l l e g e s has f a l l e n s i n c e 1972, t h e p r o p o r t i o n s c o n s i d e r i n g u n i v e r s i t y o r CAE a r e o n l y s i i g h t l y lo w e r .

. The p r o p o r t i o n o f C a n b e r ra s t u d e n t s who a re u n d e c id e d a b o u t t h e i r f u t u r e c a r e e r was mugh h i g h e r in 1979 t h a n in 1972.

R e p o r t w i l l be s u b m i t t e d f o r p u b l i c a t i o n in 1980.

Page 86: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

80

FAWNS, R .A ., and R .V. TEESE #

Secondary school su rveys: a lo n g itu d in a l study o f s tu d e n ts ' a t t i tu d e s to th e i r s c h o o lin g , 1972-1979

FUNDING In p a r t from th e Schools Commission

1NST1 TUT 1 ON F acu lty o f E duca tion , Melbourne U n iv e rs ity

TIME Data C o lle c t io n 1972 and 1979; a n a ly s is co n tin u in g

PLACE Melbourne and Tasmania (see Anderson, S a lte t and Vervoorn fo r a p a ra l le l study of s tuden ts in Canberra)

AIM The main issues in v e s tig a te d inc luded th e fo llo w in g :

• Is th e re s u b s ta n tia l evidence th a t the m a jo r ity o f s tuden ts in f in a l years a t school are less d is s a t is ­f ie d w ith what goes on in schools than in 1972?

• In what respect a re s tuden ts in t h e i r f in a l years a t school d is s a t is f ie d w ith th e i r schools?

. To what e x te n t can any changes in o u tlo o k be a t t r ib u ­ted to schools?

SAMPLE 1972: S tudents in years 10, 11 and 12 of p u b lic and p r iv a te schools In Canberra and Melbourne; and p u b lic school s tuden ts in year 10 in high schools and years 11 and 12 in m a tr ic u la t io n co lle g e s in Tasmania.

1979: About 2 .3 per cent of a l l Melbourne s tuden ts in years 10 and 11 o f p u b lic and p r iv a te schoo ls ; and about 10.3 per cent of a l l Tasmanian s tuden ts in years 10 and 11 o f p u b lic schoo ls .

METHOD The e n t i r e sample completed a q u e s tio n n a ire , a sub-sample of s tuden ts took p a rt in group in te rv ie w s . The complete data s e t embraces years 10 and 11 in Melbourne, Tasmania and Canberra 1972 and 1979.

RESULTS F ind ings re le v a n t to t r a n s i t io n from school were:

A common response to school s tru c tu re by s tuden ts was th a t schools should be reorganised in ways which would enable them to p rov ide fo r more im m ediately use fu l knowledge, ra th e r than an academic programme which was ch a ra c te rised by long term and d is ta n t aims and h ie ra rc h ic a l s tru c tu re . A c e n tra l concept in th is response seemed to be p a rt- t im e work.

169(A9)

Page 87: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

81

DOCUMENTATI ON

P ro p o s a ls of change t o a less academic c u r r ic u lu m and con tin uo us assessment a t t r a c t e d h igh p r i o r i t y in 1979 as in 1972. P r i o r i t y g iv e n to development of c o n t in u in g e d u c a t io n and t e c h n ic a l e d u c a t io n g e n e r a l ly in c re a s e d , w h i l s t p r i o r i t y g iven to th e in t r o d u c t io n of s o c ia l s c ie n c e s u b je c ts d e c l in e d .

Many s tu d e n ts f e e l t h a t they g e t very l i t t l e from years 10 and 11 in th e form of n e g o t ia b le s k i l l o r knowledge. A r e t r e a t from o pt im ism is r e f l e c t e d in a s t r o n g e r sense of dependence on t e a c h e r s and a demand f o r more adept and l i v e l y t e a c h in g . Such te a c h in g is seen t o encompass i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of community va lu es and th e e s ta b l is h m e n t of p ersonal meaning in school work.

The p r o p o r t io n of s tu d en ts c o n s id e r in g p o s t -s e c o n d a ry e d u c a t io n r a t h e r than seekin g work was lower in most groups a t t h e end of th e decade. I n t e r e s t in f u l l - t i m e U n i v e r s i t y s tudy has tended to d e c l in e in most groups, w h i l s t changes in i n t e r e s t in C .A .E .s and te a c h e r educa­t i o n v a r ie d m arked ly , no doubt in response to local f a c t o r s . The p r o p o r t io n c o n s id e r in g p ost -seco n d arye d u c a t io n in t e c h n ic a l c o l le g e s remained r e l a t i v e l y s ta b le in most groups.

R epo rt w i l l be sub m it ted f o r p u b l i c a t i o n In 1980.

Page 88: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION

Study of

INSTITUTION

TIME

PLACE

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

DOCUMENTATION

th e school experience o f 15-16 year o ld s

Schools Commission, Canberra , ACT

1979 - 1980

N atio n al

To examine th e school experiences of studeits In t h e i r la s t two years of compulsory schooling so as tc provide accura te d e s c rip tio n and In fo rm ation which can b used as a basis fo r Schools Commission p o lic ie s and programmes and as a stim u lu s to Informed p u b lic d iscussion of th e Issues and problems.

S tudents , teachers and parents associcted w ith se lected schools throughout A u s tr a l ia , to g e th e r w lti re le v a n t system a d m in is tra to rs , em ployers, tra d e union ro re s e n ta t Iv e s and re ce n t school lea vers .

The p ro je c t comprises f iv e d is t in c t thougl re la te d p a rts :

• an expanded programme of school v is it in g by Commis­s ioners during 19 79 /8 0 , focussing on 15*16 ye ar o ld s , to gather In fo rm ation and Impressions of th e c u rre n t s i tu a t io n , Issues and problems and to re p o rt to the Schools Commission.

. c o n s u lta tio n w ith S ta te Department of Education and w ith P arent and Teachers o rg an is a tio n s

. d iscussions w ith groups of paren ts <nd of teachers a t th e school level to Id e n t ify Issuts re le v a n t to th e education of 15-16 ye ar olds

. research to be undertaken In two main fro je c ts

. re p o rt of th e study and I t s concluslcns In th e Schools Commission T r ie n n ia l R eport.

The study inc ludes:

. demographic In fo rm a tlo n /fa m Ily backgrcxnd• key experiences of adolescents• school c u r r ic u la , s tru c tu re s , re la t io n ih lp s , processes . t r a n s it io n - p ro v is io n s fo r th e probiere o f.

• 6 notes and d iscussion papers• c irc u la rs fo r parent and teach er d lscu is lon groups.

45(A10)

Page 89: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

83

POWER, C o lin , P e te r FENSHAM, S. KEMM IS and D. TRIPP §

Case studies of school a lie n a tio n and tra n s it io n to work

FUNDING ERDC grant

INSTITUTIONS . F linders U n iv e rs ity , South A u s tra lia• Monash U n iv e rs ity , V ic to ria. Deakln U n iv e rs ity , V ic to r ia . Murdoch U n ive rs ity , Western A u s tra lia

TIME 1980

PLACE South A u s tra lia , V ic to r ia , Western A u s tra lia

AIM . To describe the phenomenon of a lie n a tio n from schooling as I t manifests I t s e lf In th ree school contexts - one in South A u s tra lia , one In V ic to ria and one In Western Austral 1 a.

. To Illu m in a te the nature of the school response to a lie n a tio n and problems In tra n s itio n from school to work.

SAMPLE Students (p a r t ic u la r ly In years 9 and 10), and the teachers, parents and employers associated with each school.

METHOD Case studies Involving p a rtic ip a n t observation of s ta f f meetings, classes In d if fe re n t types of prograrrmes,playground behaviour, examination of school records e tc .

DOCUMENTATION Four reports are to be prepared: case studies of the three school contexts, an amalgamated rep o rt, an executive summary, and a p ro ject summary. These wi l l be a v a ilab le from ERDC and the authors early In 1981. Papers wi l l also be presented a t the 1980 AARE annual conference, with copies a v a ilab le from the authors.

329 ( Al l )

Page 90: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

84

SCHROM, Linda K. #

A longitudinal study of V ictorian secondary s tu d en ts

INSTITUTION V ic to r ian I n s t i t u t e of Secondary Education

TIME 1980 onwards

PLACE V ic to r ia

AIM To obta in u p - to -d a te information on s tu d e n ts ' educational and vocational p lans, to determine the fa c to rs t h a t in fluence those plans and to describe th e actual t r a n s i to n experiences of s tuden ts and school leavers when they leave school.

SAMPLE I n i t i a l l y , 3,000 Year 9 s tuden ts

METHOD C ollec t ion of data on vocational and educational p lans , a t t i t u d e s toward school and school su b jec ts and sex ro le perception fo r a r e p re se n ta t iv e sample of V ic to r ian Year 9 s tu d en ts .

365(A12)

Page 91: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

85

TAYLOR, K .F ., G .I . KELSO and P.G. POWER

The Melbourne Careers P ro je c t. Series of studies as lis ted below.

FUND ING ARGC

1NST1 TUT 1 ON U nivers ity of Melbourne

TIME 1976 - 1979. Ongoing analysis of data.

PLACE Melbourne, V ic to r ia

AIM To carry out a longitudinal study of the development of the educational, vocational and le isure a c t iv it ie s , and plans fo r the fu tu re , of a heterogeneous sample of Melbourne secondary school students. The study isconceptualised w ith in the framework of John H olland's theory of vocational behaviour.

SAMPLE 1976 - A ll Year 10 students (907) from six secondary schools In the Melbourne m etropolitan region; the schools being chosen so as to give a heterogeneous sample in terms of sex, socio-economic background, A ustralian or migrant background, and other c h a rac te ris tics

METHOD Stage 1 - September/October 1976 (N = 907)

. H olland's Future P o s s ib il i t ie s , Holland's Vocational Preference Inventory (V P I), and a questionnaire on home background, educational preferences, uses of le isure and plans fo r the fu tu re were administered in the classroom to groups of students by members of the research team.

Stage 2 - August/September 1977 (N = 496)

• Further classroom assessments of fu ture plans and educational preferences; Holland's S e lf-D irected Search was also completed.

Stage 3 - (School Leavers) - February/Apr 11 1978(N = approx. 160)

. Postal survey of respondents who le f t school between Stage 1 and Stage 2 gathering information on current a c t iv it ie s and fu tu re plans. The VPI was alsocompleted.

418 (A15)

Page 92: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

86

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

Stage 4 - May/June 1978 (N = 215)

• Classroom assessments of fu tu re p lans; o r ie n ta t io n s to work (The Work Q u iz ); va lues (Rokeach's V alue Survey) and vo cation al p re fe re n c e s (V P I) .

Stage 5 - M Id-1979 (N = 197)

• Postal survey of a l l 1978 school lea vers , assessing c u rre n t a c t iv i t i e s , fu tu re p lans and vo cation al p references (V P I)

The data are s t i l l being worked through, but p re lim in a ryfin d in g s in d ic a te

. Year 10 stu d en ts tend to be u n r e a l is t ic about t h e i r occupational fu tu re but th e re is an as so c ia tio n between what paren ts want t h e i r c h ild re n to do and what chI Idren expect to do.

• C o n sis ten t re la t io n s h ip s e x is t between respondents* uses of le is u re and t h e i r educational vo cational p re fe re n c es .

. Students whose sense of personal id e n t ity is poorly defined tend to make unstab le ca reer choices and to have d i f f i c u l t y in fo rm u la tin g educational and vo cational p la n s .

. H o lla n d 's F u tu re P o s s ib i l i t ie s q u e s tio n n a ire may have u sefu l a p p lic a tio n s in ca reer education and vo cation al counsel I in g .

• Summary of th e Proposal - May 1977• Progress R eport - A p r il 1978. Q u estio n n ia re used• Progress Report to th e schools - November 1978. T a y lo r , K .F . , G . I . K elso, G.N. Cox, W.J. A I loway, and

J .P . M atthews, Applying H o lla n d 's vo cation al ca teg o ries +o le is u re a c t iv i t ie s , Journal o f Occupational Psychology, V o l. 52 (1 9 7 9 ), pp. 199-207.

• T a y lo r , K .F . , G . I . K elso, H . l . P r e t ty , and P .G . Power,Some c u ltu ra l and sex d iffe re n c e s In responses to theVPI: An A u s tra lian /A m erican com parison, MelbournePsycho logical R epo rts , No. 65 (1980)

Reports In p re p a ra tio n :

T a y lo r , K .F . , G . l . K e lso , P .G . Power e t a I .. Concurrent and P re d ic t iv e V a l id i ty of th e VPI. D iag n o s tic and T h e o re tic a l Aspects of H o lla n d 's Concept

o f D i f f e r e n t ia t io n . O ccupational In h e rita n c e• F uture P o s s ib i l i t ie s : th e in te r - r e la t io n s h ip s between

occupational a s p ira t io n s , expecta tio n s and preferences . H o lla n d 's Types and Rokeach's V alues .

Page 93: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

87

TAFT, Ronald

Educational and occupational asp irations of schoolchildren. Series of studies published as lis ted below.

INSTITUTION Monash U n iv e rs ity , V ic to r ia

TIME Series of stud ies, 1967 - 1976

PLACE V ic to r ia

SAMPLE Several samples of schoolchildren a t various levels between Year 8 and Year 12 in both a representative sample of schools and a set of contrived samples.

METHOD Questionnaires were used to assess the asp irations and/or the level of schooling reached before term inating school. Some samples were followed up fo r as much as s ix years.

RESULTS The educational achievements of the chiIdren were consistent with th e ir asp ira tio n s . These asp irations were higher among the boys, the middle class and the children of immigrants than the g ir ls , the working class and the ch ildren of non-immigrants. Compared with non-immigrant ch ildren from working class backgrounds, the children of Greek, Yugoslav and I t a l ia n immigrants had very high asp irations and a ll the evidence points to a marked and spectacular upward social m obility fo r a s ig n if ic a n t (but m ino rity ) proportion of the la t te r groups which Is not occurring to the same extent in the non-immigrant working classes. There was agreement between the immigrant ch ild ren and th e ir parents on th e ir educational plans in nearly th ree-quarters of the cases, and where there was disagreement i t was the parents who tended to have the higher asp ira tio n s . The sex, class and national d if fe r e n t ia ls in occupational asp irations were s im ila r to those in educational a sp ira tio n s .

DOCUMENTATION • The asp irations of immigrant schoolchildren inV ic to r ia : A prelim inary re p o rt, Education News,Canberra, 1975; reprin ted in R.K. Browne and D .J . Mag In (e d s .) , Sociology of Education, Melbourne: Macm illan, 1976, p p . 303-307.

• The career asp irations of immigrant schoolchildren inV ic to r ia , La Trobe Series In Sociology, paper no. 12, 1975, 69pp. (Department of Sociology, La TrobeU n iv e rs ity , Bundoora, V ic to r ia ) .

406(A14)

Page 94: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

88

Some recent facts about the educational achievements of working class immigrants, Migration Action, No. 2 (1975), pp. 14-16.

The aspirations of immigrant schoolchiIdren in V ic to ria , Polycom (a bulle tin for teachers of non- English speaking migrant children - Victorian Education Department), April 1976, pp. 8-12.

Page 95: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

89

CURRIE, Jan

Career development p ro je c t in Western A u s t r a l ia . Career development beyond high school: choice of career and t e r t i a r y level in s t i t u t io n and e f f e c t on employment.

FUNDING Supported by a grant from ERDC

INSTITUTION School of Education, Murdoch U n iv e r s i ty , Western A u s t r a l ia .

TIME 1977 - 1980; an a ly s is in progress

PLACE Western A u s t r a l ia

AIM To reach a b e t te r understanding of the process of career development among high school and t e r t i a r y graduates in Western A u s t r a l ia by in v e s t ig a t in g :

. how students make career choices

. th e inform ation on which choices are made

. the fa c to rs in f lu en c in g choice.

SAMPLE . Students in 21 secondary schools in m etropo litan andru ra l Western A u s t r a l ia .

. Students in 5 t e r t i a r y in s t i tu io n s in WesternA u s t r a I la .

Data gathered in th re e stages:

1) Q uestion n a ire 1. (1977) secondary q u e st ion n a ire adminis­te red in m etropo litan schools, mailed to countryschools; t e r t i a r y q ue s t io n n a ire m a ile d ) .

. secondary schools - 1520 responses from th e 21 schools(79 per cent response r a te )

. t e r t i a r y i n s t i t u t io n s - 1822 respondents from 5i n s t i t u t i o n s (61 per cent response r a te )

2) Q uestion n a ire 2 . (1978) Follow-up of o r ig in a l respon­dents (m a i le d ).

. secondary - 891 responses (59 per cent response r a te )

. t e r t i a r y - 1235 responses (72 per cent response r a t e )

138(A15)

Page 96: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

90

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATI ON

3 ) In te rv ie w s (1979) - 215

. secondary - 108 se lec te d from o r ig in a l respondents (72from m e tro p o lita n schoo ls , 32 r u r a l)

. t e r t ia r y - 90 se lec te d from country schools (18 fromeach in s t i t u t io n ) .

P re lim in a ry fin d in g s a re th a t secondary s tu d en ts , e s p e c ia lly fem ales, tend to choose t h e ir occupations from a narrow and f a i r l y stereotyped range. There is d iscrepancy between a s p ira tio n s and e x p e c ta tio n s , though In general both males and fem ales have high occupational a s p ira tio n s and e x p e c ta tio n s . Social c lass in flu en ces s tu d en t choice of occu p ation , though to a lesser ex ten t than is shown in com parative s tu d ie s In USA and In d ia .

T e r t ia r y students surveyed in 1977 chose careers from a narrow range of occupations and placed emphasis on a s ta b le , secure fu tu r e . They expressed th e d e s ire to use t h e i r a b i l i t i e s and to work w ith people.

The fo llo w in g re p o rts are held by ERDC:

Jan C u rr ie , S chooling , Career Choice and O ccupational A tta in m ents : Review of Research and P o lic y Im p lic a tio n s .Report No. 1, September 1977.

Jan C u r r ie , The Sex F acto r in C areer C ho ice. Report No. 2 , December 1978.

Jan C u r r ie , C areer Choice Process: T e r t ia r y Students inWestern A u s tr a l ia . R eport No. 3, October 1979.

J .K . C u rr ie and K. K apadia , C areer P lans P r o je c t . Survey Instrum ents and Coding In s tru c t io n s , October 1979.

J . C u r r ie , In te r im Progress R ep o rt, December 1979.

Reports to be W ritte n in 1980-81:

Academic achievem ent and i ts e f fe c ts on post-school experien ce .

E th n ic ity and i t s e f fe c ts on post-school ex p erien ce .

A t t l tu d in a l fa c to rs a f fe c t in g o ccupational a tta in m e n t: s e lf-c o n c e p t, N -achievem ent, androgyny and sex­s te re o ty p in g .

Page 97: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

91

PUNCH, Keith F . , and Russell F. WAUGH 0

The formation of educational and occupational asp irations in adolescents - an em pirical study

INSTITUTIONS . School of Education, U niversity of Western A u s tra lia. Board of Secondary Education, P erth , Western

A ustra1ia

TIME 1978 c o lle c tio n of data; analysis in progress

PLACE P erth , Western A u s tra lia

AIM . To investigate the re la tio n sh ip s fo r secondary school students between occupational and educationalasp ira tions as dependent v a riab les , and determ ination to achieve academ ically, locus of control and academic self-concept as independent variab les

. To study these re la tionsh ips and th e ir flu c tu a tio n s inthe context of d ifferences between students in sex, social s ta tus , age an achievement.

SAMPLE 844 secondary school students from 4 schools In P erth , comprising:. 242 Years 8 and 9 g ir ls. 179 Years 8 and 9 boys. 252 Years 10 and 11 g ir ls. 171 Years 10 and 11 boys

METHOD Questionnaire and composite score based on S tate-w ide grades in English, Science, Mathematics and SocialS tud ies

RESULTS The study indicates th a t academic self-concepts and general school achievement have strong p os itive influences on the occupational and educational asp irations of students, but the development of these asp ira tions is d if fe re n t in boys and g ir ls .

DOCUMENTATION To be submitted fo r pub lication in 1980.

346 (A 16)

Page 98: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

92

PUNCH, K eith F . , and Russell F. WAUGH #

The measurement of occupational and educational asp irations for adolescents

INSTITUTIONS • School of Education, Uni v e rs ify of Western A ustra lia• Board of Secondary Education, Perth , Western

A ustra11 a.

TIME 1978 co lle c tio n of data; analysis In progress

PLACE P erth , Western A u s tra lia

AIM • To Investigate the dim ensionality of the variab les , level of occupational asp ira tio n (LOA) and level of educational asp ira tion (LEA),using the Rating Response Measurement Model.

• To Investigate the trends by age and sex of the four aspects of LOA and LEA: r e a l is t ic long-term, r e a l is t ic short-term , Id e a lis t ic short-term , Id e a lis t ic long­term.

SAMPLE 844 secondary school students from 4 schools In P erth , comprising. 242 Years 8 and 9 g ir ls• 179 Years 8 and 9 boys• 252 Years 10 and 11 g ir ls• 171 Years 10 and 11 boys

METHOD Data were co llected by s e lf -re p o r t questionnaire. Variables Included LOA, LEA, se lf-concept of achievement, social sta tu s , age and sex. LOA scored from an A ustra lianoccupational social status scale. LEA scored from educa­tio n a l levels In P erth . Analysis u t il is e s a Rasch model.

RESULTS The four educational aspects, r e a l is t ic short-term choice, r e a l is t ic long-term choice, id e a lis t ic short-term choice and Id e a lis t ic long-term choice are manifestations of the one underlying t r a i t , level of educational a s p ira tio n . Each of the three groups of students, Year 8 and 9 g ir ls , Year 10 and 11 g ir ls and Year 8 , 9 , 10 and 11 boys exh ib its a d iffe re n t pattern of responses In regard to the four educational aspects. The main d ifference Is th a t while the em pirical separation of the conceptual d is tin c tio n between the four aspects Is present fo r a l l th ree groups, I t Is widest fo r the Year 8 and 9 g ir ls and narrowest for the Year 8 , 9, 10 and 11 boys, with the separation fo r the Year 10 and 11 g ir ls lying between these two groups.

DOCUMENTATION To be submitted fo r pub lication In 1980.347 (A 17)

Page 99: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

93

KING, S.E.

C h ild re n 's conceptions of the w orld of work.

FUND 1NG Supported by an ERDC g ra n t.

1NST1 TUT 1 ON Department of E duca tion , U n iv e rs ity o f Western A u s tra l ia .

TIME 1978 - 1981

PLACE P e rth , Western A u s tra l ia .

AIM To e s ta b lis h an understanding of c h ild re n 's conceptions o f th e occupa tiona l w orld o f th e i r own fu tu re p a r t ic ip a t io n in I t .

SAMPLE Prim ary school sample from 4 Perth m e tro p o lita n schools se lec ted to p rov ide s o c ia l c la ss v a r ia t io n , com prising

. 30 boys/30 g i r l s In 5-8 age range.• 30 boys/30 g i r ls in 9-12 age range.

Secondary school sample from 4 P erth m e tro p o lita n high schools s im i la r ly se lec ted fo r s o c ia l c lass v a r ia t io n :

• 30 boys/30 g i r l s in 13—15 age range.• 30 boys/30 g i r ls in 16-17 age range.

METHOD In te rv ie w s g iv in g a range of in fo rm a tio n on c h ild re n 's knowledge of pa ren ta l occupa tions , t h e i r own pe rcep tions of w ork, th e ir e xp e c ta tio n s and a s p ira t io n s . A na lys is o frecorded In te rv ie w s w i l l p rov ide data fo r computer coding and a n a ly s is . The study is intended as a broad study ofa n t ic ip a to ry o ccupa tiona l s o c ia lis a t io n among schoolc h i1dren.

DOCUMENTATION Susan E. K in g , C h ild re n 's conceptions of the w orld of work: Some p i lo t study f in d in g s . Paper presented a t th e SAANZC onference, Canberra, 1979.

Susan E. K ing , The le a s t acceptab le a l te rn a t iv e : Work, school and unemployment? Paper presented a t th e SPATEC onference, P e rth , 1980.

Susan E. K ing , A tt itu d e s of A u s tra lia n youth to work, school and unemployment: A review of some recen t A u s tra lia n

resea rch , Unicorn ( fo rth c o m in g ).

222(A18)

Page 100: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

94

PRYOR, Robert

The S t a b i l i t y of Work Aspect P re fe rences . Sydney: Division ofVocational Guidance Se rv ices , NSW Department of Labour and Industry , March 1978 [46p1

INSTITUTION Central Planning and Research Unit, Division of Vocational Guidance S e rv ices , NSW Department of In d u s tr ia l R e la tions

TIME 1976 - 1978

PLACE New South Wales

AIM To in v e s t ig a te th e degree of s t a b i l i t y and changes of work aspec t p re ferences over a two and a h a lf year period from Year 12 to t e r t i a r y study and/or work.

SAMPLE • Study 1: 1243 sen ior high school s tudents i n i t i a l l ywho subsequently became e i th e r t e r t i a r y s tuden ts or workers

. Study 2: 165 Grade 12 s tu d e n ts I n i t i a l l y who a l 1subsequently became t e r t i a r y s tu d e n ts .

METHOD Two sep a ra te ques t io n n a ires both con ta in ing a Work Values L i s t . One q u es t io n n a ire was sen t t o Year 12 s tuden ts a t th e end of t h e i r academic year and another was mal led to them two and a ha lf years la te r . S t a b i l i t y was examined In terms of hierarchy of Importance, response p a t te rn and f a c to r i a l s t r u c tu r e . S t a t i s t i c a l techn iques used Included Wllcoxon s igned-ranks t e s t , canonical c o r re la t io n and p r inc ipa l components a n a ly s is .

RESULTS I t was found th a t h ie r a r c h ic a l ly , most work aspect p re ferences did not a l t e r much. In terms of responsep a t t e r n , s i g n i f i c a n t p a t te rn s Indicated th a t the same work aspect p re fe rence may sometimes be s t a b l e or changeable In combination with e th e r work aspect p re fe rences . Factor a n a ly s is revealed 3 fa c to r s which temded to be Id e n t i ­f i a b le over the time per iod , while a Concern fo r Freedom fa c to r could not be found two and a ha lf years la t e r .

DOCUMENTATI ON • Report c i ted above.. Robert P ryor , Some types of s t a b i l i t y In the study of

s tu d e n t s ’ with va lues , Journal of Vocational Behaviour Vol. 16 (1980), p p .146-157.

341 (A 19)

Page 101: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

95

PRYOR, Robert

The construction of the Work Aspect Pre ference Scale

INSTITUTION Centra l Planning and Research U n i t , D iv is io n of Vocational Guidance S erv ices , Department of In d u s tr ia l R e la t io n s , NSW

TIME 1975 - 1980

PLACE New South Wales

AIM To develop an adequate taxonomy of q u a l i t i e s of work p re fe rred by sen ior high school students in NSW and to construct a scale to assess these q u a l i t i e s .

METHOD Three successive versions of the WAPS were administered to samples of 1 ,000 , 532 and 550 secondary school students. S t a t i s t i c a l a n a ly s is included fa c to r an a ly s is , c lu s te r a n a ly s is , i te m - to ta l c o r r e la t io n , MAN0VA and z - t e s t .

RESULTS NSW senior high school s tu d e n ts ’ work aspect preferences are: s e c u r i ty , se lf-d eve lo pm en t, a l t ru is m , l i f e s t y le , physical a c t i v i t y , detachment, independence, p re s t ig e , money, co-workers, c r e a t i v i t y , management, surroundings.

DOCUMENTATION . Reports 1-7 on the Construction of th e Work Aspect Preference Scale (WAPS). (see a lp ha be t ic a l authorsl i s t )

. Robert P ryor , In search of a concept: work values. The Vocational Guidance Q u a r te r ly (D iv is io n of VocationalGuidance S erv ices , NSW Department of In d u s tr ia l andTechnology) V o l . 27 No. 3 (March 1979), pp .250-258.

333(A20)

Page 102: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

96

SINCLAIR, K .E ., B. CROUCH and J. MILLER

Occupational choices of Sydney teenagers: re lationsh ips with sex, social c lass , grade le v e l, and parent expectations. Australian Journal of Education, Vol. 21 (1977), pp.41-54.

FUND ING ARGC Grant

INSTITUTION School of Education, U nivers ity of Sydney, New South Wales

TIME 1974

PLACE Sydney

AIM To In vestigate the occupational choices of Sydneyteenagers.

SAMPLE 435 boys and 441 g ir ls ranging from year 6 primary to year 12 secondary, randomly selected (from class and form lis ts ) from six Sydney m etropolitan, ccx-educatlonal high schools and three feeder primary schools. The schools were chosen as representative of three categories of liv in g areas as defined by the education rat-1 o, th a t Is , the proportion of 15-19 year olds liv in g In a p a rtic u la r local government order and s t i l l engaged In fu ll - t im e education.

METHOD Questionnaire covering. expected jobs - student and parent choices• job asp irations and expectations . sex d ifferences and job choice• job decisiveness• socio-economic background and job choice.

RESULTS Clear sex d ifferences In occupational choice were observed confirming resu lts of overseas studies. G ir ls chose d iffe re n t types of jobs from boys, and confined themselves to a mere re s tr ic te d range of jobs. While job decisive­ness was found to increase with grade leve l, i t was apparent th a t p a rtic u la r choice points in the course of schooling ( v i z . , years 10 to 12 a t high school, and year 6 before entry to high school) also Influence the extent of decisiveness. Occupational choice was fu rth e r found to be re la ted to social class. Adolescents from lower social class background tended to choose jobs requ iring less fu rth e r education and of a lower sta tus , while adolescents from higher social class backgrounds chose jobs requ iring more fu rth e r education and higher In s tatus. The resu lts were In terpreted as i l lu s tr a t in g how p a rtic u la r s o c ia l­isa tio n processes re la tin g to social class and sex operate to narrow what is regarded as an acceptable occupation.

DOCUMENTATION Report cited above.377(A21)

Page 103: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

97

LEVY, B e tty #

The a n te c e d e n ts o f c a re e r c h o ic e In g i r l s

INSTITUTION C a ree rs C o u n s e ll in g and Guidance S e rv ic e , D epartm ent o f E d u c a tio n , V ic t o r ia

TIME 1977

PLACE M elbo u rne , V ic t o r ia

AIM To a tte m p t to a s c e r ta in what e f f e c t schoo l programmes have on th e e d u c a tio n a l and v o c a t io n a l c h o ice s o f g i r l s .

SAMPLE G ir ls who l e f t 6 M elbourne in n e r-s u b u rb a n scho o ls in 1977.

METHOD M a ile d su rvey and s e le c te d in te rv ie w s o f responden ts and n o n -re s p o n d e n ts .

The s tu d y In c lu d e s in fo rm a t io n on

. th e so c io -e co n o m ic le v e ls o f p a re n ts ,

. schoo l p o p u la t io n ,

. schoo l programmes,

. d e s t in a t io n s o f fem a le s tu d e n ts ,

. c a re e r te a c h e rs in s c h o o ls ,

. a s p ir a t io n s o f s tu d e n ts .

RESULTS G ir ls fro m s c h o o ls w ith c a re e r te a c h e rs dem onstra ted a w id e r range o f c a re e r c h o ice s and dem onstra ted a h ig h e r r e te n t io n r a te in e d u c a tio n i n s t i t u t io n s . However many s tu d e n ts - e s p e c ia l ly e a r ly schoo l le a ve rs - s t i l l do no t see th e c a re e r te a c h e r .

DOCUMENTATION Study in p re p a ra t io n f o r M.A. T h e s is .

258 (A22)

Page 104: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

98

SAMPSON, Shirley

T e llin g them what i t w il l be lik e

INSTITUTION School of Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , V ic to ria

TIME A 1975 study cu rren tly being repeated in 1980

PLACE Melbourne

AIM To re la te g ir ls ' subject choices and vocational a ttitu d e s to actual knowledge and expectations fo r women's ro le .

SAMPLE 750 g ir ls and 860 boys in year 9 in 13 co-educational schools (high, te c h n ic a l, Independent, C a th o lic ) Melbourne In 1975. R eplication so fa r in 3 schools.

METHOD Classroom administered questionnaire. Subjects were asked fo r s p ec ific expectations fo r fu tu re fam ily ro les and also vocational and educational asp ira tio n s . They were also asked questions regarding social change in fam ily patterns today, such as numbers of ch ild ren , age of motherhood, proportion of women in workforce. Choices were re la ted to knowledge In the analysis .

RESULTS G irls w ith high educational asp irations had less t ra d it io n a l a ttitu d e s and expectations for fu tu re fam ily ro les ; those with less tra d it io n a l a tt itu d e s were also more aware of social change In the fam ily .

DXUMENTATION S.N. SAMPSON, T e llin g them what i t ' l l be lik e . Paperpresented a t ANZAAAS (Section 22) Adelaide 1980.

364(A23)

Page 105: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

99

KNIGHT, Tony

Factors a ffe c tin g school leaving and work decisions fo r g ir ls . In Commission of Inquiry into Poverty, School Leavers: Choice and Opportunity. Canberra: AGPS, 1977.

INSTITUTIONS . School of Education, La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , V ic to r ia . Brunswick G ir ls High School

TIME 1974 - 1975

PLACE Brunswick, V ic to r ia

AIM To examine the general factors and determinants influencing female students to early school leaving. Information was also gathered on the students’ knowledge of the work world upon leaving school, subsequent measures of job s a tis fa c ­t io n , and whether students were able to carry out th e ir occupations with e fficacy in company decision-making or union a f fa ir s .

SAMPLE 62 interview s were conducted with g ir ls who had le f t school between 1972-74. A fu rth e r sample of 64 school ’ s ta y e rs ’ comprised the to ta l of f i f t h and s ix th form students then enro lled a t the school in 1975. The school was inner suburban with a high migrant population of students.

METHOD Combination of pre-coded responses and open-ended questions w ith in a questionnaire. Interviews fo r school leavers were in the main case studies. The school ’ s ta y e r ’ Interview s were questionnaire form. The analysis of interview data was based mainly on comparison of two Involved.

RESULTS . School leaver sample consisted of a group of students who were fa i l in g school. They did not view themselvespersonally as academically incompetent. As a group,large numbers of them indicated th a t teachers perceived them as below average a b i l i t y . A declin ing in te re s t in school a c t iv it ie s is suggested as the reason for weakened school commitment to a fu rth e r school career.

. Both stayer and leaver respondents indicated unfavourable perceptions of neighbourhood a tt itu d e s toward the school as a place for low a b i l i ty students.

228(A24)

Page 106: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

100

DOCUMENTAT I ON

. High numbers of students l e f t school because they perceived school as boring and ir re le v a n t to t h e i r needs. C ontinual academic f a i lu r e and poor re la tio n s h ip s w ith teachers co n trib u ted to th is s ta ted sense of a l ie n a t io n .

. Almost h a lf th e school leavers l e f t school w ith o ut the p rep ara tio n they needed to en te r th e work w orld .

. The g ir ls in general did not p erce ive themselves w ith a meaningful fu tu re In the work fo rc e . The general p ic tu re was th a t th e g ir ls (o r young women) perceived schools as not h e lp fu l in passing on necessary work knowledge and t h e i r fu tu re work expectations did not present an o p t im is t ic sc en ario . These young women p a r t ic ip a te d in both the in s t itu t io n s of work and schoo l, but choices were r e s tr ic te d and careers very lim ite d .

Report c ite d above.

Page 107: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

101

WILLIAMS, T r e v o r , J e f f CLANCY, M a rg a re t BATTEN and Sue GIRLING-BUTCHER #

A s tudy of school leave rs

FUND ING A s s is te d by an ERDC g r a n t

INSTITUTION ACER, V i c t o r i a

TIME 1978 - ongo ing

PLACE N a t io n a l

AIM . To o b ta in in fo r m a t io n abou t th e p o s t -s c h o o l ex p e r ie n c e o f school leave rs which m ig h t be seen as hav ingim p l i c a t i o n s f o r th e s t r u c t u r e , t im in g and c o n te n t of secondary e d u c a t io n .

. To feed back in t o schoo l d e c is io n -m a k in g th e percep­t i o n s o f e x -s tu d e n ts about th e s t r e n g th s and weaknesses o f t h e i r schoo l e x p e r ie n c e .

. To i d e n t i f y c r i t i c a l p o in ts in school e x p e r ie n c e where p a r t i c u l a r type s of f a i l u r e o r p a r t i c u l a r cho ices made have p r e d i c t a b le long te rm e f f e c t s .

. To t e s t th e a s s o c ia t i o n between schoo l a t ta in m e n t and leng th of s c h o o l in g and th e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f both t o p o s t -s c h o o l o p t io n s of s tu d e n ts .

. To examine th e r e l a t i o n s h i p between s o c ia l background, sex , e t h n i c o r i g i n and g e o g raph ica l lo c a t io n on th e one hand, and school and p o s t -s c h o o l ach ievem ent ando p t io n s on th e e th e r .

SAMPLE A n a t io n a l sample o f 6 ,247 persons who had been in school and were aged between 14.0 and 14.11 months on O c tobe r 1975, t h e sample be ing p a r t of t h e ACER l i t e r a c y and numeracy s tud y conducted in t h a t y e a r .

METHOD The sample was surveyed by ma i I in 1978. Data ana lysed in c lu d e d ach ievem ent on th e 1975 b a s ic s k i l l s and in fo r m a t io n on e d u c a t io n and employment from th e s u rv e y .

The a n a l y t i c a l framework was p ro v id e d by a model In which p o s t -s c h o o l ach ievem en t was viewed as t h e outcome of e d u c a t io n a l a t ta in m e n t and th e s e in t u r n were th e outcome of e a r l i e r school and f a m i l y e x p e r ie n c e .

M u l t i v a r i a t e s t a t i s t i c a l and r e g re s s io n methods were used which enab led th e e f f e c t o f one v a r i a b l e on a n o th e r t o be q u a n t i f i e d , ' o t h e r t h in g s e q u a l ' .

467( A25)

Page 108: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

102

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

The main f in d in g s re p o r te d concern th e e f f e c t o f :

. S ta te• ty p e o f school (go vernm ent, p r iv a te , C a th o l ic )• sex. s o c ia l background• r u r a l 1ty• m ig ra n t s ta tu s

on

• b a s ic s k i l l s (word know ledge, l i t e r a c y , num eracy)

and a l l o f th e above on:

• school ach ievem en t• age o f le a v in g school

and a l l o f th e above on:

• p o s t-s c h o o l e d u c a tio n• empIoyment• unemploym ent

The re p o r t c o n ta in s a v a s t amount of in fo rm a tio n which is n ot r e a d i ly sum m arised. The au th o rs r e p o r t t h a t 'A p a r t from r u r a l you th who may not be exposed to th e idea and f a c t o f f u r t h e r e d u c a tio n , and fem a le e a r ly le a v e rs who p ro b a b ly see i t as i r r e le v a n t to t h e i r fu tu r e s ta tu s o u t o f th e w o rk fo rc e , th o s e whose fu tu r e is a t most r is k a r e th e le a s t schoo led and th e le a s t sk i I le d . Those who have f a i l e d to m aster th e b as ic s k i l l s a re a ls o th o s e le a s t l i k e ly to p a r t i c ip a t e in f u r th e r e d u c a tio n . M o reo ver, th e y seem to r e a l i s e t h a t th e r e is a p r ic e to pay fo r t h i s in th e form o f reduced o c c u p a tio n a l success, as r e f le c te d In t h e i r low er e x p e c ta t io n s , and presum bly a re w i l l in g to a c c e p t I t ' .

O f th e e n t i r e re s p o n s iv e sample (aged 17 o r ju s t 18 in th e summer o f 1 9 7 8 -7 9 ) 46 per c e n t w ere s tu d e n ts , 42 per c e n t w ere w ork ing and 12 p e r c e n t w ere unem ployed.

The study Is c o n t in u in g d u r in g 1980. F u r th e r a n a ly s is is p lanned o f In fo rm a tio n from th e f i r s t q u e s t io n n a ire and o f responses t o a second q u e s t io n n a ire answered by s tu d e n ts in th e summer o f 1 9 7 9 /8 0 .

• Between School and Work (a r e p o r t to re s p o n d e n ts ). H aw thorn , V ic t o r i a : ACER, 1979.

• S c h o o l, Work and C a re e r : S e v e n te e n -Y e a r-0 Ids inA u s tr a l la . ACER Research Monograph No. 6 . H aw thorn , V ic t o r ia : ACER, 1980. [167 p ] .

Page 109: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

103

ROSIER, Malcolm J.

Early School Leavers In A u s tra lia : Family, School and Personal Determinants of the Decision of 16-year old A ustralians to Remain a t School or to Leave. In ternationa l Association fo r the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. I.E .A . Monograph Studies No. 7. Stockholm: Almqvlst and W lkse ll; Hawthorn, V ic to r ia : ACER, 1978. I198p]

FUND 1NG P a rtly funded by the Education CommIttee.

Research and Development

INSTITUTIONS ADER; V ic to ria and In s titu te U nivers ity of Stockholm, Sweden

of In ternationa l Education;

TIME 1970, 1972 c o lle c tio n of data

PLACE Nat Iona1

AIM To investig a te ch arac te ris tics d iffe re n tia t in g A ustralians of age 16 years who had le f t school from those who remained.

SAMPLE The base sample fo r the study was the A ustra lian sample of14-year old students selected fo r the IEA Science Pro ject In 1970. These sample members were followed up In 1972 when they were aged 16 years to provide fu rth e r Inform ation re levan t to decisions to continue or leave school.

METHOD Data were co llected from school students through th e irschools and from school ieavers by mailed questionnaire.

RESULTS Of the members of the fam ily environment examined In thestudy, only the parents were found to have a marked influence on the decision to continue or leave school. The socio-economic level of the home was the strongest fac to r In the fam ily environment. The Influence of the fam ilyenvironment operated through Its e ffe c t on achievement and a ttitu d e s a t age 14. Males had a stronger tendency to remain a t school, but th is sex d iffe ren ce was not explained by the factors In the conceptual framework. Although there were S ta te d ifferences in re te n t lv lty , the patterns of re la tio n sh ip s were generally consistent across the S tates. However, the higher re ten t Iv lty States tended to contain higher proportions of students from lower socio-economic leve ls .

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

357 (A26)

Page 110: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

104

PEART, G ., and L.D . BLAZELEY #

Leaving school: what next?

INSTITUTION Education Department of Tasmania

TIME 1979 - 1980

PLACE Hobart, Tasmania

AIM To examine the factors Influencing students' decisions on what they w ill do a f te r Year 10,

SAMPLE 80 students from three rretropolitan high schools which were selected on apparent differences in the degree of career education offered in each school.

METHOD Data were gathered by in terview s. These lasted between 30- 40 minutes and were carried out by a s ing le in terv iew er. Where appropriate, responses were c o lla te d , percentages obtained and chi-square tests of s ign ificance performed. The study centred on the factors influencing job choice or decision to continue schooling. Students were questioned on th e ir knowledge of fu rth e r education o pportun ities , a v a i la b i l i ty of career education and other sources of advice.

RESULTS The most important find ing was the lim ited e ffe c t th a t the a v a ila b le career education was having on students'decisions. I t appears th a t intervention should occure a r l ie r than a t Years 9 and 10. I t was discovered th a t most students had a poor knowledge of opportunities in Further Education and many had a low opinion of Years 11 and 12.

DOCUMENT AT1 ON Report expected by m id-1980.

32KA27)

Page 111: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

105

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. OFFICE OF YOUTH AFFAIRS

From School to Where? 200 Unemployed Early School Leavers. Canberra:Department of Employment and Youth A ffa irs , May 1979. [27p1

INSTITUTION O ffic e of Youth A ffa irs , Department of Employment and Youth A ffa irs , Canberra, ACT

TIME 1978

PLACE Melbourne and Sydney

AIM To survey the opinions of a large group of early school leavers in order to ascertain the constraints placed on th e ir employment and l i f e chances by educational and social fac to rs .

SAMPLE A group of approximately 200 young people who had not completed year 10 a t school. The group comprises . 30 contacted through s e lf-h e lp groups in Sydney. 60 chosen a t random from Commonwealth Employment Service

reg is te rs in Melbourne. 120 involved in Commonwealth Youth Support Scheme

pro jects in Melbourne

METHOD A case study conducted by personal in terview s. The in te r ­views were structured to allow for s ta t is t ic a l aggregation of data.

RESULTS For those young people who p artic ip a ted in the study, the education system did not provide adequate preparation for work and generally had l i t t l e influence on choice of occupation. In add ition , the fu rth e r education andtra in in g system is largely ir re le v a n t to these young people In improving employment s k i l l s and knowledge and Inre tra in in g fo r d if fe re n t employment.

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

28 (A28)

Page 112: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

106

DEHN, Jane, J. SAUNDERS and Q. INSHAW

School Leavers P ro jec t. Adelaide: South A ustra lian Education Department, 1979, [149p]

1NST1 TUT 1 ON Research Section, South A ustra lian Department ofEducation

TIME 1977 - 1979

PLACE Ade 1 a i de

AIM To examine the post-school experience of young people, th e ir perceptions of th e ir schooling and career counselling a f te r a few months out of school.

SAMPLE Young people who le f t 6 metropolitan secondary schools October 1977 - October 1978 (N = 1,700)

METHOD School leavers completed questionnaires a fte r they had been out of school about 6 months. Follow-up in-depthinterview s were conducted with a sample of the school leavers. The study collected Information on schoolleavers’ views and experiences of school In general, career education, work, unemployment, job-seeking, post-school study and tra in in g , job expectations, sex d ifferences e tc .

RESULTS There was an 80 per cent response to the survey. About h a lf of the respondents were employed, a quarter were unemployed, 20 per cent were Involved In fu rth e r study and the remainder were In part-tim e work. Leavers' main complaint about th e ir schooling was th a t I t was Irre le v a n t. However, v ir tu a lly everyone who had had any kind of career counselling found I t usefu l.

DOCUMENTATION . Report c ited above.

. Kaye Skinner, L ife Is n 't a Bed of Rose: Report of fo llo w - up In terview s, Adelaide: SA Education Department 1979.

152(A29)

Page 113: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

107

MAROSKE, G ., and C. McGOWAN 0

1. Year 10 and beyond2 . D e s tin a tio n s Year 12

INSTITUTION Queensland Department of Education , B risbane

TIME 1978 - 1979

PLACE

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

• Year 10 - B risbane South, C e n tra l, North West and Northern education regions in Queensland

. Year 12 - B risbane South education region

. To examine th e vocational p erc ep tio n s , a s p ira tio n s and d e s tin a tio n s of Year 10 s tu d en ts .

. To determ ine th e d e s tin a tio n s of year 12 students and compare th is w ith t h e i r school a tta in m e n t.

1. A l l Year 10 students in 1978 and 1979 from 14 Queensland S ta te secondary schools.

2 . Year 12 s tudents in 1978 from s ix S ta te secondary schools.

. Year 10 survey by q u e s tio n n a ire

. Year 12 survey by personal and te lephone co n ta c t.

263 (A30)

Page 114: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

108

AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY SCHOOLS AUTHORITY. PLANNING BRANCH

Survey of 1977 Year 12 Students who attended ACT and QueanbeyanSchools. Canberra: ACT School A u th o rity , 1979. (25p + appendicesl

INSTITUTION A ustra lian C apita l T e rr ito ry School A uthority

TIME May - September, 1978

PLACE ACT/Queanbeyan, NSW

AIM To c o lle c t information on the educational and occupational asp irations of Year 12 school leavers, th e ir reactions to the year 12 school programme and th e ir d is tin a tio n s a fte r school.

SAMPLE A ll Year 12 students in ACT and Queanbeyan schools in 1977 (65 per cent response r a te ) .

METHOD Mailed questionnaire.

RESULTS • 48 per cent of respondents were studying a t various in s titu tio n s fu ll^ fim e ; 13 per cent p art-tim e; 17 per cent intended to study e ith e r fu l l or p art-tim e in 1979.

• 33 per cent of fu ll - t im e students received some form of fin an c ia l assistance.

. 88 per cent of those who responded and who had appliedto enter a te r t ia r y in s titu tio n were accepted - not necessarily by the in s titu tio n or the course of th e ir f i r s t course.

. 42 per cent were in fu ll - t im e employment a t the time ofthe survey; 8 per cent were unemployed and of these 68 per cent were receiving unemployment benefits .

. 61 per cent of those employed e ith e r fu ll-+ im e or p a rt-time were working in th e ir chosen f ie ld .

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

71(A31)

Page 115: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

109

McGAW, B ., R .S. WARRY, P .J . VARLEY and J. ALCORN

Prospects fo r school leave rs : a com parative study of th e educa tiona l and vo ca tio n a l choices of 14-15 y e a r-o ld s in Queensland. In Commission o f In q u iry in to P o ve rty , School Leavers: Choice and O p p o rtu n ity . Poverty and Education S e rie s , Canberra: AGPS, 1977.

1NST1 TUT 1 ON Queensland Department of E duca tion , B risbane

TIME 1975 - 1976

PLACE Queensland - seven ce n tre s : fo u r western towns, onecoasta l p ro v in c ia l c i t y and two B risbane surburban areas

AIM To in v e s tig a te the e x te n t of educa tiona l disadvantage among ado lescen t secondary school s tuden ts of school leaving age in ru ra l Queensland. More s p e c i f ic a l ly , the study was designed to compare the educa tiona l andvo ca tio n a l a s p ira tio n s and e xp e c ta tio n s of a sample of country s tu d e n ts , and to compare these a s p ira tio n s and e xp e c ta tio n s w ith those of comparable groups in p ro v in c ia l c i t y and B risbane m e tro p o lita n a reas.

SAMPLE Secondary s tuden ts in years 8 , 9 o r 10 whose f i f t e e n th b irth d a y had a lready passed o r would occur be fo re 1 A p r i l 1975, from the fo llo w in g lo c a tio n s :

• B risbane surburban areas - 110 s tuden ts from th re e high schools in C o rin d a /G ra ce v i1le area (m iddle SES) and 131 s tuden ts from Woodridge S ta te High (low SES)

. P ro v in c ia l c i t y - sample of 135 s tu d e n ts drawn from the th re e high schools In Bundaberg

. Country areas - a l l s tuden ts a t C h a r le v l l ie , Longreach, Cunnamulla and Hughenden.

METHOD Data on s tu d e n ts ' environm ents ( s o c io - c u I tu ra l , economic and e d u c a tio n a l) were c o lle c te d by o b se rva tio n , in te rv ie w and from e x is t in g reco rds .

F ive ins trum ents were adm in is te red to s tu d e n ts : i n i t i a l and fo llo w -u p q u e s tio n n a ire s , a t t i t u d e to school measure, s e lf-c o n c e p t sca le and an academic achievment te s t . Teachers who ta u g h t any s tuden ts Included in th e sample a ls o completed a q u e s tio n n a ire .

250(A32)

Page 116: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

RESULTS Educational asp irations were consistently higher than expectations in a l l regions except fo r the low Brisbane SES area. There were c lear differences In level of vocational asp ira tion and expectation , with the metropo­lita n middle SES both aiming higher and expectingto a c tu a lly obtain positions with higher level ofoccupational s ta tus .

Students in the m etropolitan low SES area had high levels of asp ira tio n but an tic ipated fru s tra tio n in th e irattempts to achieve them.

For the students from country areas there was clear evidence th a t th e ir vocational asp irations and expecta­tions were re s tr ic te d both by the lim ited range of jobs a v a ila b le in th e ir areas and by a lack of inform ation about jobs other than those fo r which information would be gathered from friends and re la tio n s .

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

Page 117: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

I l l

BLAZELY, L .D ., R. STOESSIGER., P. DUNNELL and T.SCHRAMM #

A national study of school leavers In country areas

FUND 1NG Supported by the Schools Commission.

INSTITUTIONS . Research Branch, Education Department of Tasmania (B lazeley and Stoesslger)

. Education Department of Western A u s tra lia (Dunnel1) • Department of Education, Queensland (Schramm)

TIME 1979/1980

PLACE Selected rural areas In Tasmania, Western A u s tra lia and Queensland.

AIM To discover what happens to school leavers In country areas and how th e ir perceived options and actual opportun ities can be enhanced.

SAMPLE A il Year 9, 10, 11 and 12 students In the selected areas In 1978 and a ll actual leavers In 1979.

METHOO Analysis of data from questionnaires administered to a l l Year 9 to 12 students In 1978 and to the actual leavers In 1979. As w e ll, case studies were conducted fo r special In te re s t groups (e .g . , g ir ls ) by In-depth interview s (about 30 In each s ta te ) .

RESULTS The desire to remain In the local area and get a job , coupled with a disenchantment with school, provides a major Impetus fo r country students to discontinue th e ir education. They most d e f in ite ly want to work and they wish to work lo c a lly . The s itu a tio n of female school leavers Is p a r t ic u la r ly bad. There are few a v a ila b le Jobs and when unemployed they are largely Isolated a t home. They desperately want to work and read ily accept unpleasant casual, temporary and even voluntary jobs.

DOCUMENTATION State and National Reports should be a v a ilab le from the re levan t education departments and the Schools ConnIssIon by June, 1980.

99(A33)

Page 118: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

CAWTHRON, E . R . , R .A . CRAIG and B. MENZIES,

The Co un try School and School L eavers . Volume 1: The School L e a v e r ,The R u ra l Community and P o s t-S c h o o l E x p e r ie n c e . [613p]Volume 2: The School Leaver and t h e Sch oo l. 1519p 112p, b ib l io g r a p h yand 10 app end ices )Rosew orthy , South A u s t r a l i a : Roseworthy A g r i c u l t u r a l C o l le g e , F eb ru ary 1980.

FUNDING Supported by a g r a n t from ERDC.

INSTITUTION Rura l E d u c a t io n Research U n i t , Roseworthy A g r i c u l t u r a lCol lege , SA

TIME 1976 - 1979

PLACE

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

South A u s t r a l i a ; in p a r t i c u l a r , B a la k la v a and Kapunda.

. To i d e n t i f y s p e c i f i e d p aram eters r e l a t e d to t h e s o c i a l , demographic and economic ( in c lu d in g o c c u p a t io n a l ) s t r u c t u r e of t h e r u r a l p o p u la t io n ; t o assess th e e d u c a t io n a l needs and e x p e r ie n c e of peo ple In a s e le c te d r u r a l a r e a , and how e d u c a t io n a l programmes r e l a t e to and in f lu e n c e th e economic and s o c ia l s t r u c t u r e of th e p o p u la t io n .

. To compare f a c i l i t i e s , c u r r i c u l a , te a c h in g s t a f f c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and t h e i r aspec ts of th e e d u c a t io n a l en v iro n m en ts of m e tro p Io I i ta n and cou ntry scho ols .

In 1976:

. school le a v e rs of B a la k la v a and Kapunda High Schools

. 280 households in th e s e a re a s ( r e p r e s e n t in g abo ut 20p e r c en t of t o t a l h o u se h o ld s ) .

In 1977:

. school le avers in 9 r u r a l and r e t r o p o I i t a n high s c h o o ls .

. Q u e s t io n n a i r e surveys of school leavers b e fo re and a f t e r le a v in g sch o o l .

. In te r v ie w s w i th h ou seh old ers .

1 1 9 (A34)

Page 119: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

1 13

The tw o -v o lu m e r e p o r t p r e s e n t s a w e a l t h o f s t a t i s t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n f ro m s e v e r a l sam p le s u rv e y s and s t a t i s t i c a l r e p o r t s . The fo c u s o f many o f t h e q u e s t i o n s i s o c c u p a t i o n a l a t t a i n m e n t . Much o f t h e a n a l y s i s co n c e rn s c o u n t r y v e rs u s m e t r o p o l i t a n , a n d , w i t h i n t h e f o rm e r , t h e ' s t a y e r s ' and t h e l e a v e r s .

A few o f t h e main f i n d i n g s :

. Those who le a ve t h e i r c o u n t r y r e g io n a re mere l i k e l y t o have more e d u c a t io n and t o e n t e r w h i t e - c o i l a r o c c u p a t i o n s r a t h e r th a n s k i l l e d t r a d e s o r a b o u r in g In t h e case o f b o y s ; o r shop o r d o m e s t ic w o rk f o r g i r l s .

. Female le a v e rs o u tnu m b e r males a l t h o u g h t h e r e i s an i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h f a m i l y b a c k g ro u n d : le a v e rs a re more l i k e l y t o be fe m a le s f ro m h ig h income f a m i l i e s o r m a les f ro m low income f a m i l i e s .

. The re a s o n s g i v e n f o r l e a v in g a r e o v e r w h e lm in g ly e i t h e r b e t t e r e m p loym en t ( g i v e n by t w o - t h i r d s o f t h e s a m p le ) o r e d u c a t i o n ( g i v e n by o n e - f i f t h ) .

. Top a s p i r a t i o n s and e x p e c t a t i o n s o f c o u n t r y boys and g i r l s f a l l w e l l be low t h o s e o f m e t r o p o l i t a n boys and g i r l s .

. U nem p loym en t , 10 m on ths a f t e r l e a v in g s c h o o l was 12 p e r c e n t and 19 p e r c e n t f o r c o u n t r y boys and g i r l s , 5 p e r c e n t and 4 p e r c e n t f o r m e t r o p o l i t a n boys and g i r l s .

. T e a c h e rs a t n o n - m e t r o p o l i t a n s e c o n d a ry s c h o o ls te n d t o be y o u n g e r and le s s e x p e r ie n c e d t h a n a tm e t r o p o l i t a n h ig h s c h o o l s ; c u r r i c u l a more r e s t r i c t e d ; s p e c i a l i s e d f a c i l i t i e s f e w e r and s ch o o l l i b r a r y h o l d ! n g s s m a I l e r .

. R e p o r t c i t e d above .

. E .R . C a w th ro n and R .A . C r a i g , Job and e d u c a t i o n a l d i s a d v a n t a g e o f r u r a l y o u t h . P aper g iv e n a t ANZAAS C o n g re s s , A d e l a i d e , May, 1980. ( a v a i l a b l e f r o m R .A . C r a i g , R o s e w o r th y A g r i c u l t u r a l C o l l e g e , SA)

E .R . C a w th ro n and R .A . C r a i g . S choo l and p o s t - s c h o o l e x p e r i e n c e o f r u r a l y o u th i n S o u th A u s t r a l i a , PIVOT ( f o r t h c o m i n g ) .

Page 120: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

TURNEY, C ., K.E. SINCLAIR and L. CAIRNS

Iso lated Schools: Teaching, Learning and T ran s itio n from School to Work. Sydney U n ivers ity Press, 1980

FUND 1NG Disadvantaged Country Area Commission

Program of the Schools

INSTITUTION School of Education, U niversity of Sydney, NSW

TIME 1977 - 1978

PLACE NSW Western Region

AIM To In vestigate the tra n s itio n from school to work in iso lated rura l communities in Western NSW

SAMPLE 217 males and 250 females in S ta te and C atholic schools,years 7-11; 94 males and 89 females who had le f t school in the period 1974-77. The la t te r group included 24 males and 23 females who completed questionnaires In 1977 as high school students and In 1978 as workers.

METHOD Questionnaires and In terview s, covering

• job aspirations and expectations on leaving school - students and parents

• reasons fo r leaving school. the school’s ro le in the tra n s it io n from school to

work. Jobs held by teenagers who had le f t school . a ttitu d e s towards school of those in the workforce . job asp irations and expectations of Aboriginal students

and workers• job s k i l ls regarded as being in need of development a t

schooI.

RESULTS G enera lly , occupational aspirations and expectations werevery high, and much higher than the teachers predicted. For the g ir ls expectations were s im ila r to those of c ity high school students, with a heavy concentration on teaching and nursing. The boys' expectations were lower than those of c ity boys, with a heavy concentration on s k ille d and sem i-sk illed jobs.

428 (A35)

Page 121: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

115

The high school students thought that work would be much more in teresting, enjoyable and personally satisfying than school. Those who had le ft school found th is to be so as w ell.

The range of jobs aspired to and entered was far more restricted than for urban teenagers.

Unemployment, especially among Aborigines and the non- Aboriglnal g ir ls , was very high.

Those surveyed believed that the school could do much more In helping teenagers making the trans ition from school to work. In p articu lar they recommended that more emphasis be given to work experience, career education courses, vocational guidance camps, the appointment of fu lltim e career advisers at school.

When those who were working were asked what s k ills (re la tin g to th e ir present job) the schools should help students develop, the g ir ls stress interpersonal s k ills such as speaking and ta lk ing to people, caring for appearance, getting on with d iffe ren t people, and taking orders at work. The boys emphasised taking responsibility for seeing a task completed, thinking for oneself, and taking orders at work. S k ills such as reading quickly for understanding, w riting le tte rs , and accurate spelling were not considered as important as those above by either sex.

The chapter includes a review of Australian and overseas studies that have investigated the transition from schools to work in rural areas.

DOCUMENTATION Report cited above

Page 122: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

SHERINGTON, G.E.

Survey of former students of Sydney Church of England Grammar School

FUNDING Study conducted In association with U niversity of Sydney Sample Survey Centre and funded by Sydney Church of England Grammar School

INSTITUTION Wollongong U n ive rs ity , New South Wales

TIME 1980 - 1981

PLACE P rin c ip a lly New South Wales, but throughout A u s tra lia and overseas, depending on present locations of former students.

AIM To analyse the career patterns of former students of Sydney Church of England Grammar School, during the tw entieth century.

SAMPLE 5,000 former students of Sydney Church of England Grammar School.

METHOD A pre-coded questionnaire c ircu la ted to a l l the sample; computer analysis of data. The study wi l l c o lle c tinform ation on

. occupational and social background of former students

. career pattern in f i r s t f i ve years a fte r leavingschool

• present occupation.

DOCUMENTATION The find ings wi l l be published as part of a h is to ry of Sydney Church of England Grammar School.

376(A36)

Page 123: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

WALKER, W.

o f th e School Leaver P o p u la tion o f Tamworth and D is t r i c t 1976.Research R eport. Sydney: S tudent C o u n se llin g S e rv ice , NSW Department o f Techn ica l and F u rth e r E duca tion , June 1977. I24p1

INSTITUTION Student C ounse lling Research U n it , NSW Department of Techn ica l and F u rth e r Education

TIME 1976

PLACE New England re g io n , NSW

AIM To in v e s tig a te the educa tiona l and employment d e s tin a tio n s of school leavers in the New England re g io n .

SAMPLE 416 year 10, 11 and 12 leavers from 10 h igh schools in th e New England reg ion in 1976.

METHOD M a i1ed q u e s tio n n a ire

RESULTS . 61 per cent were invo lved in fu r th e r e d u ca tio n , 49 percent of these in TAFE courses and 51 per cent inu n iv e rs ity o r CAE courses.

. 29 per cent o f the sample had l e f t t h e i r home town, th eg re a t m a jo r ity o f these fo r education ra th e r than fo remp1oyment.

. Lack of employment was one of the main problemsexperienced s ince leaving schoo l. However, over ath i r d repo rted expe rienc ing no problems in s e t t l in g in to work o r s tudy .

• More careers a ss is tance a t the school was seen as a way of a vo id in g post-schoo l problems.

DOCUMENTATION Report c ite d above.

440(A37)

Page 124: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

118

BEHRENS, N e v ille , Jan O'GRADY, Sue HODGSON, Peter HOULT, and Ann HUGHES

The Huon V alley Study: Oppportunities and Educational P r io r i t ie s In aTasmanian Country Area» Hobart: Education Department of Tasmania, 1978. 1197p1

FUND 1NG Schools Commission, Canberra

INSTITUTION Research Branch, Education Department of Tasmania

TIME 1976 - 1978

PLACE Huon V a lle y , Tasmania

AIM To id e n tify the educational needs of the Huon V alley region of Tasmania.

SAMPLE 1973, 1975 and 1976 school-leavers from the f iv e Huonsecondary schools.

METHOD An important component in the study was a fo llow -up of three groups of Huon school-leavers to inves tig a testudents' occupational asp irations; the Impact of school vocational guidance programmes; the re la tio n sh ip between present occupation, school performance and place ofresidence and local job opportunities and employment p atterns .

Some Inform ation came from o f f ic ia l school records, but most was obtained by three f ie ld o ffic e rs through personal contacts in the Huon and through the use of a b rie f interview schedule. Data analysis included a c e rta in amount of computer processing. That part of the study re levant to the tra n s it io n area Included In its scope:

. educational background of the leavers• the In i t ia l period of job search• present occupational status• the s ig n ifican ce of place of residence on job

opportun i ty• a comparison of the experiences of the th ree groups of

1ea vers• the ro le of school vocational guidance.

9KA38)

Page 125: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

119

RESULTS

DOCUMENTAT I ON

. The a s p ira tio n s of f in a l year students were g e n e ra lly l im ite d . School le a v e rs ’ occupations re la te d very c lo s e ly in d is t r ib u t io n to paren ta l occupations in th e Huon, suggesting a lim ite d range of ro le models fo r stu d en ts .

. The southern p a rt of th e V a lle y , which Is more remote from H o b art, was found to have a high percentage of students and t h e i r fa th e rs working in u n s k ille d occupations a h igher level of unemployment than th e n orthern p a rt of the V a lle y .

. E a rly sc h o o l-le a v e rs and Level 1 students were over­represented in th e unemployed group and appeared to be disadvantaged when e n te r in g th e labour fo rc e .

. The Importance of vocational guidance a t an e a r l ie r stage than a t present provided was in d ica ted and th e re was a suggestion th a t th e p resent level of guidance is inadequate fo r ru ra l s tu d en ts .

Report c ited above.

Page 126: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

120

TOLHURST, John, and C olin MOORE

The C irc u la r Head Study. Research Study No. 38. Hobart: Research Branch, Education Department of Tasmania, 1978. [40p]

FUND 1NG Schools Commission Disadvantaged Country Areas Program

INSTITUTION Research Branch, Education Department of Tasmania

TIME September - December 1977

PLACE Tasmania, C irc u la r Head M unic ipality

AIM To assess the nature and extent of rural disadvantage. The study provides a comparison with the larger sfudy carried out in the Huon Valley In Tasmania.

METHOD Research supervised by a local co-ordinating committee which comprised members from the business sector, local government, social services, and educators from both government and non-government sectors. I t was envisaged th a t some sort of community committee would continue a fte r the report was published. The Study Co-ordinatingCommittee provided much of the input fo r the study and no major survey work was undertaken. Much of the background was ava ilab le from other sources such as the A ustralian Bureau of S ta t is t ic s and re levant S ta te Governmentdepartments.

RESULTS . Local economy is 'b r i t t l e ' - overdependent on very few industries .

. Population has been very stab le but is now showing some signs of decline. W ithin the region there has been a marked population d r i f t into the largest township.

. There is a lack of employment for school leavers, who then leave the area. They are less w e l1 prepared to compete in an urban environment than th e ir urban counterparts.

. No education is ava ilab le in the area beyond Year 10. This lack of fu rth e r education opportunity forces some students to leave the area.

. Job opportunities are very lim ited for female school leavers. Of those who got jobs in the study year(1977) over tw o-th irds were employed as shopass is tan ts .

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

421 (A39)

Page 127: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

121

CLAYDON, L .F . , and teachers from PRESTON EAST TECHNICAL SCHOOL. #

T ra n s it io n programmes from school to work: a case study of school deveIopm ent.

INSTITUTIONS . School o f E duca tion , La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , V ic to r ia . P reston East T e ch n ica 1 S choo l, V ic to r ia

TIME 1979 - 1980

PLACE M elbourne, V ic to r ia

AIM . To tra c e the occupa tiona l d e s tin y of fo u r ' le a v e r ' co h o rts 1977-1980.

. On th e basis of the data ob ta ined to modify the school programme towards secu ring b e tte r schoo l-w orkt r a n s i t ion.

. To p i lo t and eva lu a te the re s u lt in g programmes.

SAMPLE School leavers - immediate past and pending - of East P reston T echn ica l School

METHOD Survey and a c tio n research

RESULTS The fo l lo w in g needs seem to be in d ic a te d :

. th e need fo r c lo s e r a lignm ent o f v o c a tio n a lly o r ie n te d school programmes to employer requ irem ents

. the need fo r c lo s e r school-em ployer l in k s

. th e need to examine careers fo r g i r ls

. the c re a tio n o f a s k i l l based core to a to ta l te c h n ic a l school program.

DOCUMENTAT I ON The study is to be re p o rte d on a t th e end o f 1980.

122(A40)

Page 128: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

122

WRIGHT, A lan , John MINOTTI and Be+ty MURPHY

School leavers survey

0

FUND ING

INSTITUTION

TIME

PLACE

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

• Commonwealth T ra n s it io n Education Committee• V ic to r ia n In s t i t u t e of Secondary Education

Bal la ra t T ra n s it io n Task Force, Hopetoun S t r e e t , P .0 , Box 135, B a lla ra t E as t, V ic to r ia 3350

May - December 1980

B a lla r a t Region, V ic to r ia

To provide every school, as wel l as th e T ra n s it io n Task F orce , w ith feed-back from I ts 1979 school lea vers , so th a t a data-base Is es tab lis h e d fo r th e development in each school of T ra n s it io n C urricu lum Programmes re la te d to ex -s tu d e n t needs in t r a n s it io n .

Approxim ately 2500 school leavers from a l I p ost-prim ary schools in th e B a lla r a t Region, government and non­government.

Q uestion n aires to a l l school leavers and in -d ep th in te r ­views w ith about 300 of them. The survey is being conducted as an extension of each s c h o o l's p asto ra l ca re . In te rv ie w s wi l l be constructed to probe th e areas of in te re s t and concern revealed by th e q u e s tio n n a ire s . Surveys w i l l cover school cu rric u lu m , careei— e d u c a tio n / work ex p erien ce , tra n s p o r t , leaving home, f in d in g jo b s , coping w ith unemployment, t r a n s it io n to work on fu r th e r ed u ca tio n , community support, parent a t t i tu d e s .

479(A 41)

Page 129: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

123

DUNNELL, P. #

Country school leavers ' study

INSTITUTION Research Branch, Western A ustra lian Department of Education.

TIME November 1978 - May 1980

PLACE Western A u s tra lia

AIM To Investigate the employment opportunities and options of ru ra l school leavers and to consider how they may be enhanced.

SAMPLE 14 ru ra l schools; 256 school leavers In Years 9 -12 .

METHOD Questionnaire contact before and a fte r leaving school. Case Interviews with 12 students plus a parent and a teacher fo r each.

RESULTS . Local employment opportunities are v i t a l .. Rural female leavers are In the worst p os ition .. Career counselling has Important weaknesses.

160(A42)

Page 130: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

124

YOUNG, C hristabel M ., Michael PETTY and Arthur FAULKNER

Turkish and Lebanese Youth Employment P ro ject

FUND 1NG Commonwealth Department of Education

INSTITUTIONS • Department of Sociology, Faculty of A rts , A ustralian National U n ivers ity (Young)

. School of Education, U nivers ity of New South Wales (P e tty )

. Centre for Urban Research and Action, F itz ro y , V ic to r ia (Fau1kner)

TIME 1979

PLACE Sydney and Melbourne

AIM To document the school experience, tra n s it io n from school to work and work experience of Turkish and Lebanese youth in A u s tra lia , and to compare th e ir experience with an equivalent sample of A ustra lian youth.

SAMPLE 100 Turkish and 100 A ustralian boys aged 15-20 years in Melbourne, and 100 Lebanese and 100 A ustralian boys aged 15-20 years in Sydney, who had le f t school. Also, 30 Turkish and 30 Lebanese g ir ls , and parents, teachers, employers and community leaders.

METHOD . Analysis of background m aterial re la tin g to thecountries of o r ig in , the schoo1-to-w ork tra n s it io n , migrant youth in A u s tra lia , and the labour force

. Analysis of in-depth Interviews with the youth sample and additional survey data from the other groups interview ed.

RESULTS The main findings re la te to schooling, tra n s it io n from school to work and labour force experience and are summarised in Part 1 of the report (Summary andRecommendations). They Include reference to the specialproblems of Turkish and Lebanese youth who a rr iv e in A u stra lia a t a re la t iv e ly advanced age, the d if f ic u lt ie s in learning English and adjusting to an A ustra lian school, and the fa m ily 's d i f f ic u l t fin a n c ia l s itu a tio n which often necessitates a c h ild 's leaving school and s ta rtin g work. The youths often re ly on parents ' information about jobs a v a ila b le , and have a strong need fo r more careers advice before leaving school. Knowledge of English is esp ecia lly

482(A43)

Page 131: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

125

DOCUMENTATION

r e l e v a n t in s ta y in g on a t school and knowing about w id er jo b o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Unemployment r a t e s a re high among th e T u r k s , and e s p e c i a l l y h igh among th e Lebanese. T here a re a ls o very h igh p ro p o r t io n s of T u r k is h youth and Lebanese you th in 'b a d * jo b s , in c lu d in g process work, lab o u r in g and c le a n in g . S p e c ia l problems e x i s t f o r t h e T u r k is h and Lebanese g i r l s because of t h e i r very p ro te c te d p o s i t io n In t h e i r s o c i e t i e s .

The s tudy emphasises th e need t o o on sid er t h r e e bas ic p o s s i b i l i t i e s in r e l a t i o n t o employment: namely 'g o o d 1 j o b s , ’ b ad ’ jo b s , and being unemployed. W h ile increased e d u c a t io n and t r a i n i n g might reduce t h e p r o p o r t io n in •b ad ' jo b s , i t m ight not n e c e s s a r i l y cause a s i g n i f i c a n t d e c l in e in unemployment because of th e changing c o m p e t i t i o n f o r ’ good' jo b s .

The r e p o r t , C .M. Young, M. P e t ty and A. F a u lk n e r , Ed uca t ion and Employment o f T u r k is h and Lebanese Y o uth , w i l l be p u b l is h e d m id -1980 by t h e A u s t r a l i a n Government P r i n t i n g S e r v ic e , C a n b e rra .

Page 132: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

126

VICTORIA. CENTRE FOR URBAN RESEARCH AND ACTION, and LOCAL COMMITTEE OF VICTORIAN COUNTRY EDUCATION PROJECT

Migrants and Education In a Rural Community; A Case Study of the Ovensand King V a lleys . Melbourne: Centre fo r Urban Research and Action, and V ic to rian Country Education P ro je c t, 1978. 1114p + 30p appendices!

FUNDING Schools Commission

INSTITUTION The Centre fo r Urban Research and A ction , V ic to r ia

TIME 1979

PLACE Ovens and King V a lleys , M yrtle fo rd , V ic to r ia

AIM • To determine the perceptions, needs and requirements ofmigrant populations in the Ovens and King V alley region, p a rt ic u la r ly with regard to educationa nd community services.

• To determine some ideas, suggestions and s tra teg ies to Involve migrant parents in the education structures and processes in the region.

SAMPLE The to ta l sample Included 330 ind iv iduals comprisingA ustralians (7 1 ) , Ita lia n s (200) and others (5 9 ).

METHOD A sample was drawn In which d iffe re n t geographic areas, towns and rural areas, overseas born and A ustra lian born were given proportional weighting.

The appropriate sample was selected a t random from the to ta l population on th is basis. Some 268 fa m ilie s were interview ed. A fte r analysis a b rie f overview of thefindings was w ritte n up, trans la ted and c ircu la ted to the community fo r comment and co rrec tio n . A series ofcommunity meetings (always tra n s la te d ) were held to discuss the find ing s , to correct and revise wherenecessary and to discuss the Im plications of the find ing s .

RESULTS The case study contains a number of recommendations fo r education in a mu It i -c u Itu r a l society. While p rim arily concentrating on a rural area, the report has value fo r education genera lly .

433(A44)

Page 133: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

127

DOCUMENTATION

S p e c i f ic recom m endations a re made in th e fo l lo w in g a re a s :

E d u c a tio n and Community R esource Base . A Community C e n tre. Community E d u c a tio n D evelopm ent O f f ic e r s• M o b ile R esources U n it . M edia

P a r t ic ip a t io n• M ee tin g s in language groups• In vo lvem en t in th e school . M o b i l i t y. M u l t i l in g u a l com m unication

E d u c a tio n Programmes. E n g lis h language t r a in in g f o r a d u lts• Language e d u c a tio n fo r c h ild r e n. M u l t i c u l t u r a l e d u c a tio n and e th n ic s tu d ie s .

The most im p o rta n t p r in c ip le u n d e r ly in g th e s e recommenda­t io n s is th e need to in v o lv e p a re n ts in community groups t o fo rm u la te and im plem ent recom m endations fo r change in th e e d u c a tio n system .

R e p o rt c i te d above.

Page 134: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

128

ROWLEY, Charles ff

Re-Survey of Aboriginal ru ra l households In NSW

FUND 1NG A ustra lian In s t itu te of Aboriginal Studies. Supplementary assistance from Education Research and Development Committee, Commonwealth Department of Education.

INSTITUTIONS • Department of Sociology, Research School of Social Sciences, A ustra lian National U niversity

• A ustra lian In s t i tu te of Aboriginal Studies

TIME 1980

PLACE Rural New South Wales

AIM To compare the economic and social conditions of Aboriginal households with th e ir condition in 1965, and to introduce some mature age Aborigines to theory and practice of household surveys.

SAMPLE Based on the o rig in a l 1965 survey which comprised 183 households including 1,271 In d iv id ua ls . In 1980 i t isestimated th a t the number of households wi l l have increased by about 20 per cent. Members who have moved to the c ity wi l l be included.

METHOD Interviews conducted by 5 mature Aboriginal researchassis tan ts . The Interview ers wi l l have had 4 weeks tra in in g and education on the pro ject and Its context.

ResuIts from the 1965 survey have been extracted and recorded on computer disc. Topics include education,hea lth , demographic aspects, Income, condition of housing and membership of organisations.

The 1980 Interview s wi l l cover the same topics plusadd itiona l questions on a ttitu d e s to school, post-school education and tra in in g , employment and unemployment, reasons fo r leaving school, a ttitu d e s to work.

DOCUMENTATION Results of the f i r s t survey were published In C.D. ROWLEY, Outcasts In White A u s tra lia . Canberra: ANU Press. 1971: rnt. Ringwood, V ic .: Pelican Books, 1972.

362(A45)

Page 135: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

129

WILLIAMS, J . , and T .A . PRIEST

The A ttitu d e of Employers To School Leavers in Western A u s tra lia . Cooperative Research Series Report No. 2. Perth: Education Department of Western A u s tra lia , 1978. MO Ip]

INSTITUTIONS . Education Department of Western A u s tra lia (W illiam s) . U n ivers ity of Western A u s tra lia (P r ie s t)

TIME Data co llected la te 1977Published December 1978

PLACE Perth

AIM To ascerta in :

. employer expectations of school leavers entering employment

. employer perceptions of school leaver applicants and young people in employment

. employer opinions of the adequacy of some aspects of schooIing

• employer opinions of desirable changes in some aspects of schooling to better equip young people fo r employment.

SAMPLE 384 medium to large enterprises in the Perth m etropolitanarea and 70 small en terp rises .

METHOD Questionnaires were obiled to the 384 enterprises andfollowed up. 284 responses were received. Interviews based on a shortened version of the questionnaire were conducted with the employers from the 70 small e n te r- prises .

Inform ation sought in the survey Included general back­ground facts about the employing en te rp rise ; the views of employers on how wel l the schools are meeting th e ir needs fo r school leaver employees; what employers want from the schools in improving the preparation of students fo r employment; and the knowledge, s k i l l s and personal c h a ra c te ris tic s of school leavers as seen by employers.

466 (A46)

Page 136: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

130

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

Among th e fin d in g s of th e survey were:

• th e wide v a r ie ty of re c ru itm en t p o lic ie s and p ra c tic e s , w ith n o tab le d iffe re n c e s between p r iv a te and government se c to rs and between large and small e n te rp r is e s

• th e s ig n if ic a n t d iffe re n c e s between p r iv a te and government employers in the t ra in in g and co u n se llin g of young employees

• th e requirem ent by employers th a t school leavers shouldhave acceptab le personal q u a l i t ie s ( 'a very p o s it iv e , w i l l i n g a t t i t u d e ' ) and a s a t is fa c to ry level ofed u ca tio n , e s p e c ia lly in basic competencies»

The m a jo r ity of employers surveyed considered th a t the school leavers they c u rre n tly employed met t h e i rrequ irem ents adequately»

However, employers ra ted school leavers of today as worse or s ig n i f ic a n t ly worse than those of about f i v e years ago In term s of t h e i r a t t i tu d e to th e job and general Iite ra c y »

Employers in d ica te d changes they would l ik e to see in schoo ling and p a r t ic u la r ly in th e p rep ara tio n of students fo r employment.

• Report c ite d above.

• J . Wi l l i ams and T .A . P r ie s t , The A tt itu d e o f Employees to School Leavers In Western A u u tra lia . Summary R eport. P e rth : Education Department of Western A u s t r a l ia , December 1978.

Page 137: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

131

B

SCHOOLS

rule and functions in relation to the post-schoolof needs of studentscareer educationwork experienceeducating for leisure

Page 138: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

132

WILSON, Alison F.

Report of the End-of-School T ran s itio n P ro je c t. Melbourne: V ic to rian In s t itu te of Secondary Education, 1979 [283 p . l .

FUND 1NG Assisted by funds from the Schools Commission and s ta f f from the V ic to rian Education Department

INSTITUTION V ic to rian In s titu te of Secondary Education

TIME 1978/79

PLACE Melbourne M etropolitan and Gippsland, V ic to ria

AIM To examine:. the nature and adequacy of the preparation received by

students fo r th e ir tra n s itio n from school.. the experiences of young people during th e ir f i r s t few

years a fte r leaving school.

SAMPLE Students, ex-students, teachers, parents, employers and government agency representatives associated with . three schools in the Northern M etropolitan region (1

high school, 1 technical school and 1 non-government school)

. three schools in Gippsland (2 high schools, 1technical school).

METHOD Analysis and in te rp re ta tio n of data gathered from case- studies of the schools and th e ir communities. The case- studies were based on 250 in-depth interviews with persons selected from the groups mentioned above.

RESULTS The study indicates a considerable gap between school and work, which causes d if f ic u lt ie s for students leaving school. The problems f a l l into three categories:. ind ividual inadequacies, e .g . , in a b i l i t ie s and

s k i l ls , in personal and vocational awareness; in knowledge and use of ex is ting opportun ities for fu rth e r education

471(B1)

Page 139: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

133

DOCUMENTAT I ON

. s o c ia l in a d e q u a c ie s , e . g . , in t h e lack of support f o r young p eople lo o k in g f o r jobs o r unemployed; In th e i n s u f f i c i e n t number of jobs a v a i l a b l e t o young p eople; in th e lack of c o u n s e l l in g and in fo r m a t io n s e r v ic e s ; in t h e lack of e f f e c t i v e communication among a l l th e groups concerned w i th school le avers

. school in a d e q u a c ie s , e .g . work e x p e r ie n c e programmes and th e developm ent of school programs c a te r in g f o r t h e in d iv id u a l needs of s tu d e n ts .

The s tu d y makes p o s i t i v e recommendations f o r e a s in g th e p ro cesses of t r a n s i t i o n .

R ep o rt c i t e d above.

Page 140: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

134

BLAKERS, C.

School and Work. Canberra: Education Research U n it, Research School of Social Sciences, A ustra lian National U n iv e rs ity , 1978, 1470p]

FUNDING • With in i t ia l support from A ustra1ian F ro n tie r Inc, . Assisted by a subsequent grant from ERDC

INST ITU ION Education Research U n it, Research School of SocialSciences, ANU, Canberra, ACT

TIME 1976 - 1977

PLACE A ustra lian C apital T e rr ito ry , New South Wales, South A u s tra lia , V ic to ria

AIM • To describe the development of and provisions fo r career education and work experience programmes in government schools in the four areas mentioned above.

• To id e n tify the issues and problems associated with career education and work experience.

. To discuss these w ith in the context of A ustra lian social and educational developments.

METHOD The study incorporates Information gained from Austra 1 ian and overseas l i te ra tu re and from v is i ts , interview s and other personal contacts.

RESULTS Much of the impetus fo r career education (and work exper­ience as a part of career education) has come in recent years from community concern with high youth unemployment and consequent pressure on schools to respond to the la tes t social problem as they have responded in the past to other social problems, such as drug abuse and the road t o l l . The development of career education in the school curriculum has to be seen w ith in the context of changing patterns of schooling and against a background of social and economic change to which both individuals and the society are find ing i t d i f f ic u l t to ad ju s t. A ll these aspects ofchange ra ise fundamental questions about social andeducational aims and the fu tu re d irections of the society . But the a tten tio n of the community and of the schools Is focused less on fundamental reassessment than on find ing 'p ra c t ic a l ' and preferably quick remedies to youthunemployment through career education and o ther tra n s it io n

96 (B2)

Page 141: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

135

DOCUMENTATI ON

programmes. 1+ has to be recognised by the community and the schools themsleves th a t what career education in th e schools can achieve is n ecessar i ly l im ited by the socia l and educational contexts w ith in which i t has to o perate . Schools cannot make jobs where none e x is t ; nor can they o b l i t e r a t e the soc ia l and economic disadvantage which is a t o le ra te d p a r t of the s o c ie ty 's s t r u c tu r e . The p a tte rn s of schooling are themselves a r e f le c t io n o f p r e v a i l in g so c ia l p a tte rn s and a t t i t u d e s emphasising competitiveness and the demand fo r paper q u a l i f i c a t i o n s .

Neverth e less , the school remains an in f luence in the shaping of soc ia l a t t i t u d e s which may then in tu rn a l t e r p a t te rn s and s t r u c tu r e s . Career education in i t s broadest sense is concerned w ith help ing students t o appraise the s o c ie ty , to learn to know themselves, to recognise the relevance to themselves and the so c ie ty of s i g n i f i c a n t aspects of l i v in g , among which work is one aspect. In t h is sense career education and work experience are in te g ra l t o the r e s p o n s ib i l i t y and p ra c t ic e of the school. They o f f e r also o pp ortun ity to reasses aims and d ire c t io n s in schooling and to exp lo re a v a r ie ty of re la t io n s h ip s between school and work.

Report c i te d above.

Page 142: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

136

AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION

The E du ca t io n and T r a i n i n g o f Handicapped A do le scen ts and t h e i r T r a n s i t i o n t o A d u l t S o c ie t y : P o l i c i e s and P r a c t i c e s in A u s t r a l i a .Paper p repa red by th e Schoo ls Commission f o r th e OECD/CERI s tud y 'The E duca t ion of t h e Handicapped A d o le s c e n t ' . C anberra : Schools Commission, March 1980. 1143p]

INSTITUTION Schools Commission, C anb e rra , ACT

TIME 1978 - 1980

PLACE N a t io n a l rev iew

AIM To d e s c r ib e th e p o l i c i e s and p r a c t i c e s in A u s t r a l i ar e l a t i n g t o th e e d u c a t io n and t r a i n i n g of handicappeda d o le s c e n ts .

RESULTS A g a in s t th e genera l background o f ed u c a t io n and s p e c ia le d u c a t io n developments and p r o v is io n s in A u s t r a l i a , t h e r e p o r t g iv e s a S ta te by S ta te d e s c r ip t i o n of p o l i c i e s on and fu n d in g o f work p r e p a r a t io n f o r hand icapped a d o le s ­c e n ts . I t rev iew s Commonwealth and S t a t e p r o v is io n of o th e r s e r v ic e s t o handicapped persons and goes on t o d is c u s s th e c o - o r d in a t i o n and e f f e c t i v e n e s s o f s e r v i c e s .

C h a p te r 4 d e s c r ib e s work p r e p a ra t io n programmes o p e r a t in g in a number o f sch o o ls in v a r io u s p a r ts of A u s t r a l i a , th e r e l a t i v e l y new development o f L in k courses i n v o lv i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s of T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e r E d u c a t io n , and o th e r s p e c ia l i n i t i a t i v e s .

Among th e s e is a s tud y in O c tobe r 1978 funded by th e Schoo ls Commission and undertaken by th e S oc fa l Work S e c t io n o f th e Guidance and S p e c ia l S e rv ic e s S e c t io n of th e E d u c a t io n Department of South A u s t r a l i a . The aims o f t h e p r o j e c t were:

. t o s tud y th e t r a n s i t i o n of Secondary Spec ia l C la s s s tu d e n ts from schoo l t o employment and a d u l t l i f e

. t o fo r m u la te recommendations f o r a more c o - o r d in a te d programme f o r t h i s group us in g e x i s t i n g f a c i l i t i e s .

The p r o j e c t team made recommendations in a number o f a re a s , such as e a r l y i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f le a rn in g d i f f i c u l t i e s , home/school r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d i s t r i b u t i o n and co­o r d in a t i o n of f a c i l i t i e s .

43(B3)

Page 143: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

137

DOCUMENTATION

F i n a l l y , t h e r e p o r t o u t l i n e s p o s t - s c h o o l p r o v i s i o n s ( i n c l u d i n g f u n d i n g ) f o r v o c a t i o n a l t r a i n i n g and f u r t h e r s t u d y . A d e t a i l e d b i b l i o g r a p h y is a t t a c h e d .

In t h e c o u rs e o f t h e r e v i e w , e n c o u ra g in g i n i t i a t i v e s in p o l i c i e s and p r a c t i c e s a re i d e n t i f i e d , b u t a l s o a number o f a re a s where f u r t h e r d i s c u s s i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n and e v a l u a t i o n a r e needed i f t h e p r o v i s i o n s f o r e d u c a t io n and t r a i n i n g o f h a n d ic a p p e d a d o le s c e n t s a re t o be a d e q u a te .

R e p o r t c i t e d a b o v e .

Page 144: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

138

MACKAY, L .D ., J.R . NORTHFI ELD, E.P. ATKINSON, J.M. ATKINSON, B.A. FARY andR.F. GUNSTONE

T ransition Faculty of

In Education In the Frankston Region. 3 vo ls . Melbourne: Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , 1979.

FUNDING Education Department of V ic to ria

INSTITUTION Faculty of Education, Monash U n ive rs ity , V ic to r ia

TIME 1978 - 1979

PLACE Frankston Region, V ic to r ia

AIM To study access to education and careers, and in p a r t i­cu la r the information flow to students/parents/teachers and others a t various tra n s itio n points, the use made of the inform ation, and other factors operating a t these points.

SAMPLE Based on 941 primary and secondary ch ildren; 3078 parents, 183 primary and 67 secondary schools and th e ir teachers, 50 post-secondary students in the South Eastern M etropolitan Education Region.

METHOD Questionnaire surveys, interview s and case s tud ies. Five tra n s itio n points were studied:

. from primary to secondary school

. points of career choice in secondary school

. secondary school to work/post-secondary education/unemployment

• changes of secondary school. tra n s itio n back to formal education from the work­

fo rce .

RESULTS • A range of d i f f ic u lt ie s and absence of adequateinform ation bases for decisions associated withtra n s it io n were id e n tif ie d .

. D eta iled case studies of s tra teg ies adopted by schoolsto ass is t in tra n s it io n are provided.

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

253(B4)

Page 145: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

139

DEL IN, J . , and C. VANDERTOUW

The Career Education P ro jec t: A Report on the P ilo t Programme.A de la ide: South A ustra lian Education Department, 1977,

INSTITUTION Research Section, South A ustra lian Department ofEducation

TIME 1976

PLACE Adelaide

AIM To see how e ffe c tiv e the p ilo t phase of the Career Education P ro ject was.

SAMPLE 246 Year 10 and 11 students from 11 m etropolitan high schools which were located in areas of high unemployment and/or had demonstrated an in te re s t in career education.

METHOD The evaluation covered aspects of employment, career education, sexism and school c u rr ic u la . Interviews were conducted with students and parents. The p ilo t group,along with a control group, was tested in le tte i—w ritin g and fo rm -f i l l in g s k i l ls . Mock employment interview s were conducted with the pi lo t and the control group.

RESULTS The programme was not very e ffe c tiv e in reaching estimated employment leve ls . G irls were perceived ne ither by themselves nor by th e ir teachers to be in any p a rtic u la r d i f f ic u l t ie s . Programme students showed l i t t l e d ifference from the control group a t interviews and le t te r w ritin g but were b e tte r a t fo rm -f i11ing.

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

154 (B 5)

Page 146: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

140

DEL IN, J . , J. SLADE and P. ALMAN

Career Education: A Study of Career Education Programs in Three S.A. High Schools. Adelaide: South A ustra lian Education Department, 1979.168 p]

INSTITUTION Research Section, South A ustralian Department ofEducation

TIME 1978

PLACE South A u s tra lia

AIM To evaluate 3 d if fe re n t models of successful Career Education Programmes

SAMPLE A co-educational m etropolitan high school, a metropolitan high schools for g ir ls , a country high school.

METHOD . Interviews with students. Interview s with employers involved in work experience

programmes. Questionnaires fo r teachers on th e ir involvement in and

perceptions of programmesMajor concerns of the evaluation were whether teachers and employers saw the programmes as being e ffe c tiv e and acceptable; whether the objectives of the programmes were rea lised among the students.

RESULTS The programmes were generally acceptable to a l l groups consulted. Some weaknesses in content were revealed and employers f e l t they could have been consulted more. Sex stereotyping was evident in work experience placements.

DOCUMENTATION Report cited above.

153(B6)

Page 147: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

141

DAWSON,^Janet

T r a n s i t i o n E d u ca t io n Survey R e p o r t . A d e la id e : South A u s t r a l ia n E d u c a t io n D epa r tm en t , 1979,

INSTITUTION T r a n s i t i o n E du ca t io n U n i t , South A u s t r a l i a n E duca t ion Department

TIME 1979

PLACE South A u s t r a l i a

AIM To f i n d o u t how many schoo ls were in v o lv e d in C a ree r E du ca t io n and th e e x te n t o f t h e i r commitment.

SAMPLE A l l h ig h , a rea and s p e c ia l r u r a l s c h o o ls : 133 responses

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re on C a ree r E duca t ion in each s c h o o l ; in p a r t i c u l a r , c a re e r ed u c a t io n cou rses , work e x p e r ie n c e s , work o b s e r v a t i o n , l i n k c ou rs es , work p r e p a r a t io n c la s s e s .

RESULTS 127 s c h o o ls had some degree o f commitment t o e d u c a t io n . In 95 o f th e p a r t i c i p a t i n g s c h o o ls a l l s tu d e n ts were exposed t o c a re e r e d u c a t io n f o r a t le a s t one yea r .

DOCUMENTATION R e po r t c i t e d above.

14 5 (B 7 )

Page 148: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

142

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. TRANSITION EDUCATION UNIT #

Kidman Park In tervention Program fo r Id e n tif ic a t io n of Kids a t Risk (Action Research P ro je c t)

INSTITUTION T ran s itio n Education U n it, South A ustralian Department of EducatIon

TIME 1979 - 1982

PLACE Kidman Park High School, SA. To id e n tify students lik e ly to be early leavers • To te s t c r i t e r ia used fo r id e n tif ic a t io n . To reduce a lie n a tio n amongst such students by provison

of re levan t programmes. To develop and te s t c r i te r ia fo r other groups.

SAMPLE Year 8 a t Kidman Park High School

METHOD At r is k groups wi l l be id e n tifie d by teacher assessment and these students wi l l be given an a lte rn a tiv e curriculum and learning modes. Students' a ttitu d e s wi l l be monitored by interviews and te s ts .

DOCUMENTAT 1 ON P ro ject o u tlin e is a v a ila b le from the T ran s itio n Education U n it.

388 (B8)

Page 149: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

143

BIDDINGTON, J u d ith , Adolf GENTILE and Gaye HART

Survey of C areer Education In V ic to r ia n Secondary Schools. Melbourne: Royal Melbourne In s t i t u t e of Technology, 1980. I67pl

INSTITION Royal Melbourne In s t i t u t e of Technology, V ic to r ia

TIME 1978 - 1979

PLACE V ic to r ia

AIM To provide a d e s c rip tio n of th e d e liv e ry of ca reer educa­t io n in secondary schools in V ic to r ia

SAMPLE A ll 604 re g is te re d secondary schools in V ic to r ia

METHOD A 5 0 - item q u e s tio n n a ire was mailed to p r in c ip a ls of th e 604 schools w ith a request th a t i t be completed by th e person in th e school resp o n s ib le fo r career ed u catio n . 371 usable responses were re tu rn e d , c o n s titu tin g a response ra te of 61 p ercen t. Follow -up in te rv ie w s were then conducted w ith 30 o f th e respondents to provide some in -depth in fo rm ation on fe e lin g s about or fa c to rs a f fe c t in g career education or fe e lin g s about which might not be revealed by a q u e s tio n n a ire .

RESULTS The survey in d ica te s th a t schools on th e whole appear to be implementing ca reer education programmes before they have f u l l y explored th e reasons fo r th e programmes, the desired outcomes, methods of management and c o -o rd in a tio n . Many programmes are not based on th e needs of the p a r t ic u la r p o p u la tio ns invo lved , nor do they e f fe c t iv e ly exp lo re th e ro le th e community can play in career education . There a lso need to be more attem pts a t ev a lu a tio n of programmes i f improvements are to be made. The Report makes a number of comments on th e fin d in g s and recommends areas fo r discussion and improvement.

DOCUMENTATION Report c ite d above.

95(B9)

Page 150: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

144

MORGAN, Margaret Myfanwy #

Career education fo r aborigines and im plications fo r tra n s it io n .M.Ed. study a t La Trobe U n iv e rs ity .

INSTITUTIONS . Department of Education, La Trobe U n iv e rs ity , V ic to ria . Wanganui Park High School, Shepparton, V ic to r ia .

TIME 1980 - 1985.

PLACE Shepparton, V ic to r ia ; comparisons with Maori groups in New Zea land.

AIM To produce a handbook for careers teachers working with urban aborig inal students.

SAMPLE To be decided. The researcher is a fu ll - t im e career education teacher at Wanganui High School and has developed a number of hypotheses about aborig inal students on the basis of her experience. The study wi l l te s t these hypotheses.

271(B10)

Page 151: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

145

LOKAN, J . J .

The C areer Development In ve n to ry : a dap ta tion and t r i a l in A u s tra l ia .

INSTITUTION ACER, Hawthorn, V ic to r ia

TIME 1978 - 1980

PLACE

AIM

METHOD

RESULTS

N a tiona l in a p p lic a t io n - p a r t of the on-going ACER case s tudy of school s tu d e n ts .

To develop a lo c a lly v a lid a te d ins trum ent which can be used to determ ine th e app rop ria teness of p a r t ic u la r career educa tion programmes fo r in d iv id u a ls in groups of s tudents and which can a lso be used to te s t the e ffe c tiv e n e s s of many ca re e r educa tion programmes.

The Career Development Inven to ry (A u s tra lia ) (COI—A) has been developed from the American Career Development Inven­to r y : Ju n io r and S en io r High School Form I I I (Super e t a l . .1976). The CD I aims to measure both a t t i t u d in a l and c o g n it iv e components o f ' le v e l o f ca reer development». The American CD I was adapted to produce the Career Development In v e n to ry : A u s tra lia n Secondary School Form SSI I I , wh i ch c o n s is ts of two book le ts of m u lt ip le choice items and an a d d it io n a l O ccupationa l Group P re ference Form (OGPF). A lto g e th e r , the m a te ria l takes about two hours to com plete.

The m a te r ia ls were t r ie d ou t m ain ly on year 8 and 10 s tu d e n ts in seven schools in th e eastern h a lf o f Melbourne, which o ffe re d a reasonable range of school types and re s id e n t ia l d i s t r i c t s .

A n a ly s is and v a lid a t in g o f s tuden t responses in th e ir t r i a l s is in process and w i l l be fo llo w e d by a n a ly s is of data c o lle c te d In an A u s tra I ia —w ide norming study.

The Career Development Inven to ry (A u s tra lia ) (CDI-A) is l i k e l y to be use fu l to ca ree r education teachers whose programmes a re based on a p e rsp e c tive o f ca ree r education as p a r t of general so c ia l education ra th e r th a n , more na rrow ly , as the a c q u is it io n of vo ca tio n a l s k i l l s and in fo rm a tio n . Designed fo r s tuden ts in Years 8 to 12, the CD I-A measures severa l aspects of ca reer development. Among these a re o r ie n ta t io n toward p la n n in g , awareness and use of resource persons and m a te r ia ls , general knowledge of the ca reer development process and the w o rld of work, and knowledge of dec is ion -m ak ing p r in c ip le s .

DOCUMENTATION . P u b lic a t io n expected 1980-1981.. Working paper presented summary of procedures and

re s u lts . Hawthorn, V ic to r ia : ACER, March 1980.245(B11)

Page 152: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

146

COLE, P e te r

Work Experience; An A ustra l ian P e rsp ec t iv e . Report One of the School/ Work In te r fa c e P ro je c t . Melbourne: Planning Serv ices D iv is ion , V ic to r ian Education Department, 1979. I182p]

FUNDING Schools Commission and the V ic to r ian Education Department

INSTITUTION Planning Services D iv is ion , V ic to r ian Education Department

TIME 1977 - 1979

PLACE National

AIM . To describe th e d i f f e r e n t types of school-based work experience a c t i v i t i e s a c tu a l ly tak in g place inA u s t ra l ia , and t h e i r purposes and value as seen by those involved.

. To c la r i f y the r e la t io n s h ip s of these a c t i v i t i e s to :

( i ) guidance and counselling se rv ic e s( i i ) ’Career Education’ and the prov is ion of ca ree r

information( i i i ) 'Vocational Education' and th e prov is ion of

career information( i v) 'Vocational Education ' and t r a in in g(v) o ther a c t i v i t i e s intended as p repa ra t ion for

emp1oyment.. To develop proposals for innovative p ro je c ts or o ther

fu r th e r ac t ion in t h i s a rea .. To draw conclusions about the im plica tions for the

development of p o l i c i e s .

SAMPLE All secondary schools in A u s t ra l ia . Of the 2,279 secondary schools approached, responses were received from 1,810 schools , giv ing a response r a te of 79 per cen t .

METHOD A ques t io n n a ire was sent to a l l secondary schools in A u s t r a l ia , covering information on type , s iz e and location of the school, the numbers of s tu d en ts involved In work experience, job observation and country se rv ic e programmes.

This was followed by in-depth q u e s t io n n a ire s and personal interviews with s tu d en ts , s t a f f and p r in c ip a ls a t se lec ted schools which offered various examples of programmes and approaches. The follow-up q u es t io n n a ire aimed to c o l le c t data on the range of philosophies and p ra c t ic e s adopted by work experience co -o rd ina to rs throughout A u s t r a l ia .

127 (B12)

Page 153: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

147

RESULTS Chapter 2 g ives a d e ta ile d a n a ly s is of the q u e s tio n n a ire d ata , showing among o ther th in g s th a t over 64 ,000 students in over 1 ,000 secondary schools p a rt ic ip a te d in work experience programmes in 1977. The study a lso showed l i t t l e c la r i t y or general agreement on what the o b je c tiv e s of work experience a re . The Report of the study discusses th e im p lic a tio n s of th e survey re s u lts fo r school approaches and programmes and in d ic a te s p ossib le lines of a c tio n .

Report c ite d above.DOCUMENTATION

Page 154: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

148

WATKINS, P .E . 0

Social control and educational change: the work experience innovation

INSTITUTION Deakln U n iv e rs ity , V ic to ria

TIME 1979 - 1980

PLACE A high school in south-east Melbourne

AIM To examine

, the d is junction between in fla tio n of credentia ls and d e fla tio n of job s k i l ls ; i . e , d e s k illin g of work

. the perceptions of work held by students before undertaking work experience

. the perceptions of work held by students a f te r under­tak ing work experience

• the aspirations and eventual placement of students in the work-place.

SAMPLE A complete year 11 group (about 90 students) who go out to work experience in mid-year.

METHOD Interviews and discussions with students before and a fte r work experience.

RESULTS P relim inary resu lts indicate th a t students are aware of a surplus of job applicants with high educationalq u a lif ic a t io n s . They hope to be successful themselves bypresenting themselves properly and with 'c o rre c t ' a tt itu d e s . A high proportion expect to have an advantagethrough fam ily and personal contacts. The students see work experience as

. strengthening appropriate work a ttitu d e s in matters such as dress and punctuality

. o ffe rin g opportun ities to try out jobs

. making them re a lis e th a t many jobs are boring, tedious and d ir ty .

A ll the students aspire to high status occupations, but few wi l l achieve them. Work experience prepares them for the kinds of jobs which may be ava ilab le to them.

DOCUMENTATION P.E. Watkins, Education, technology and d e s k illin g ,Unicorn. Vol. 6 . no. 1 1980. p. 18-24.P.E. Watkins, Curriculum change and the school/workin te rface : A in i t ia l analysis of work experience.A ustra lian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology (In press fo r June 1980).

4 53(B13)

Page 155: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

ROBINSON, S.

E va lua tio n of work experience programmes in Western A u s tra lia n S ta te secondary schools

INSTITUTION Research Branch, Western A u s tra lia n Department of Education

TIME August 1979 - August 1980

PLACE Western A u s tr a l ia

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

RESULTS

To d escribe and e v a lu a te work experience programmes o p era tin g in Western A u s tra lia n S ta te secondary schools

D e s c r ip t iv e data has been gathered from a l l S ta te secondary schools in WA. Using a case study approach, 8 schools have been focused on to provide in -depth data which w i l l a llow e v a lu a tio n . Three case stu d ies a lready completed have acted as a means of t r i a l l i n g th e approach, as w ell as a llow ing an o p p o rtu n ity to focus s p e c if ic a l ly on ru ra l schools and ru ra l issues.

Survey techniques used to gather S ta te -w id e d e s c rip tiv e d ata . Case study techniques used to gather more in d iv id u a l programme operatio n /ach ievem en t of aims and o b je c tiv e d a ta .

To date th e only fin d in g s r e la te to ru ra l schools. They in d ic a te th a t :• th e e x te n t of im plem entation of work experience

programmes in ru ra l schools is encouraging . th e re is a lack of range of p o s it io n s /o p p o rtu n it ie s fo r

work experience fo r ru ra l s tu d en ts , p a r t ic u la r ly fo r fem ales and A borig ines

. th e re is a need to develop a method of c o -o rd in a tio n among schools in an area or re g io n , and to exp lo re p o s s ib i l i t ie s of bring ing students to th e c ity fo r work experience in chosen career a rea s .

356 (B14)

Page 156: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

150

DEL IN, Jane, and C. HEYSEN

Taperoo Work Experience Programme fo r Teachers. Adelaide: South A ustra lian Education Department, 1978, I10pl

INSTITUTION Research Section, South A ustra lian Education Department

TIME 1977

PLACE Taperoo High School, SA

AIM To conduct and evaluate a programme designed to broaden teachers ' knowledge and experience of the world of work by sending them out to gain work experience w ith local firms fo r varying periods.

SAMPLE 39 teachers from Taperoo High School,

METHOD Tests were administered to teachers before and a fte r thep ro jec t in order to estimate th e ir reac tio ns . In-depthinterview s were held with some of the teachers who were Invo1ved.

RESULTS Most teachers f e l t the need to examine the curriculum In the lig h t of th e ir experiences.

DOCUMENTAT1 ON Report c ited above.

149 (B15)

Page 157: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

151

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. OFFICE OF YOUTH AFFAIRS

Educating fo r Leisure. Canberra: AGPS, 1980. I88p]

INSTITUTION O ffice of Youth A ffa irs , Department of Employment and Youth A ffa irs , Canberra, ACT

TIME 1979 - 1980

PLACE Survey: A ll States except Tasmania and ACT Case studies: V ic to r ia , South A u s tra lia , Tasmania

AIM To discuss concepts of le isu re and th e ir p rac tica l applica­tio n by describing

. a survey to examine how secondary schools In A u s tra lia influenced the le isure a c t iv it ie s and a ttitu d e s of students

. case studies of f iv e schools which successfully provided a le isure environment

SAMPLE The survey sample of 130 schools comprised:

. in V ic to r ia , 10 schools from each of the f iv e categories of government m etropolitan high schools, government non- m etropotitan high schools, government m etropolitantechnical schools. C atholic high schools and independent schools (50 schools In a l l ) were selected with a p ro b a b ility proportional to the number of 14-year old students w ith in the schools.

. in each of the remaining 4 S tates, 20 schools were selected with a p ro b a b ility proportional to s ize : ten from the government sector, f iv e C atholic and fiv e independent schools (80 schools in a l l ) .

119 of the chosen 130 schools a c tu a lly p artic ip a ted in the survey. Within each school random samples of 12 year 8 and 12 year 11 students were selected.

METHOD Questionnaires and interview s examining the le isureenvironment of the schools in terms of

. opportunity

. m otivation• linkage, i . e , the awareness levels and access s k i l l s

provided by the school to help students discover and fol low up opportun ities fo r le isu re a c t iv it ie s outside the school.

30(B16)

Page 158: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

152

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATI ON

The survey in d ic a te d t h a t independent schools p ro v id ed s t r o n g e r l e i s u r e env ironm ents in a l l a reas e x c e p t s o c ia l a c t i v i t i e s and mechanical and te c h n ic a l h obbies . S o c ia l a c t i v i t i e s showed no d i f f e r e n c e between school ty p e s . T o ta l le is u r e env iron m en ts among t h e S ta te s were s i m i l a r , though t h e r e were some s t r i k i n g d i f f e r e n c e s . For example, m uscial a c t i v i t i e s were found to be s tro n g in New South Wales and South A u s t r a l i a n schools but r e l a t i v e l y weak in Queensland and W estern A u s t r a l i a n sch o o ls .

R ep o rt c i t e d above.

Page 159: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

153

C

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION

f i n a n c ia l ass is tance to s tudentsfa c to rs a f f e c t i n g choice of post-secondary education te c h n ic a l and f u r t h e r education co l le g e s of advanced education u n i v e r s i t i e s

Page 160: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

154

HAYDEN, M artin

Financial Assistance to T e rtia ry Education Students; a Review of Recent L ite ra tu re and Research. Prepared fo r the A ustra lian Department of Education. Melbourne: Centre fo r the Study of Higher Education, U n ivers ity of Melbourne, March 1980. I46pl

FUNDING Commonwealth Department of Education, Canberra, ACT

INSTITUTION Centre for the Study of Higher Education, U nivers ity of Melbourne, V ic to r ia .

TIME 1979 - 1980

PLACE National in focus

AIM To review the li te ra tu re and research re la ted to the provision of fin an c ia l assistance to te r t ia r y education students. The review is intended as a f i r s t stage of aproposed major investigation of the extent to which finance influences access, p a rtic ip a tio n and progress in te r t ia r y education.

SAMPLE The TEAS (T e rt ia ry Education Allowance Scheme) ta rg e t group of students; th a t is , ’ those persons who were w ill in g and academically prepared to proceed to fu ll - t im e t e r t ia r y education, but who, because of backgroundhardship or poverty, faced finan c ia l b arrie rs to th e ir educational fu lf ilm e n t in th is way’ .

METHOD C r it ic a l review of the li te ra tu re in re la tio n to

. the effectiveness of TEAS in promoting the p a r t ic i­pation and progress in te r t ia r y education of the TEAS ta rg e t group

. finan c ia l b a rrie rs to p a rtic ip a tio n in te r t ia r yeducation from two d iffe re n t perspectives:( i ) a socio log ical or psychological perspective( i i ) an economic perspective

. the importance of finan c ia l factors or in fluence on student progress in te r t ia r y education.

RESULTS The review id e n tif ie s a number of areas where research is inadequate and ou tlines possible d irec tio n s fo r fu rth e r research. I t suggests the fo llow ing te n ta t iv e conclusions:

195CC1)

Page 161: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

155

DOCUMENTATION

. F i r s t , TEAS a l l o w a n c e s a p p e a r t o be b a r e l y s u f f i c i e n t t o p r o v i d e f o r t h e b a s i c needs o f f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s who can ea rn some a d d i t i o n a l incom e, and t h e a l l o w a n c e s seem t o be i n s u f f i c i e n t t o p r o v i d e f o r t h e b a s ic needs o f f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s s h a r i n g r e n te d accom m oda t ion away f ro m home o r l i v i n g in a r e s i d e n t i a l c o l l e g e , u n le s s t h e s e s t u d e n t s can f i n d r e g u l a r v a c a t i o n e m p lo y m e n t . Second , TEAS may i n c r e a s e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e TEAS t a r g e t g roup mare t h a n f o r e t h e r s w i t h r e s p e c t t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n and p r o g r e s s in f u l l - t i m e t e r t i a r y e d u c a t i o n , b u t t h e r e i s i n s u f f i c i e n t e v id e n c e a v a i l a b l e t o p e r m i t f i r m c o n c l u s i o n s t o be drawn a b o u t t h e e x t e n t t o w h ic h t h i s o c c u r s .

. The tw o p e r p s e c t i v e s - s o c i o l o g i c a l / p s y c h o l o g i c a l and e c o n o m ic - may g i v e d i f f e r e n t r e s u l t s a b o u t f i n a n c i a l b a r r i e r s t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n in t e r t i a r y e d u c a t i o n . M os t r e s e a r c h in A u s t r a l i a so f a r has te n d e d t o fo c u s on t h e s o c i o l o g i c a l / p s y c h o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s w h ich seem t o i n d i c a t e t h a t f i n a n c i a l f a c t o r s a r e n o t as i m p o r t a n t as o t h e r f a c t o r s in i n f l u e n c i n g p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Ad i f f e r e n t e m p h a s is (and d i f f e r e n t p o l i c y i m p l i c a t i o n s ) m ig h t emerge f ro m re s e a r c h a l l o w i n g mare w e ig h t t o an e conom ic p e r s p e c t i v e .

. F i n a n c i a l f a c t o r s a r e o f some im p o r ta n c e t o p r o g r e s s in t e r t i a r y e d u c a t i o n , b u t t h e r e i s a c l e a r need f o r more r e s e a r c h in o r d e r t o i n v e s t i g a t e t h e t y p e s o f s t u d e n t s whose p ro g r e s s i s l i k e l y t o be a f f e c t e d by f i n a n c i a l f a c t o r s , and t h e way in w h ic h i n s u f f i c i e n t f i n a n c e c o n t r i b u t e s t o t h e d e c i s i o n o f t h e s e s t u d e n t s t o w i t h d r a w f rom t e r t i a r y e d u c a t i o n .

R e p o r t l i s t e d above ( a v a i l a b l e f ro m t h e CommonwealthD e p a r tm e n t o f E d u c a t i o n ) .

Page 162: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

156

PRYOR, R . , and C. HAWKINS

The C haracteris t ics of Sixth Form Students in Relation to Tert ia ryStudies. Research Report. Sydney: Research Section, Division of Vocational Guidance Services, NSW Department of Labour and Industry, December 1975 [37p + tab les]

INSTITUTION Central Planning and Research Unit, Division of Vocational Guidance Services, Department of Industria l REIations, NSW

TIME 1975

PLACE New South Wales

AIM To investigate the charac ter is t ics of senior high school students leaving school intending to pursue fu rther study

SAMPLE Year 12 high school students (N = 1836) drawn from schools throughout New South Wales

METHOD Students were sent a comprehensive questionnaire.S ta t is t ic a l analysis included MANOVA, discriminantanalysis and chi-square. The study gathered data on

. demographic characteris tics

. psychological characteris tics (assessed a b i l i t i e s , in terests and work aspect preferences)

. study and occupational expectations

. factors influencing in s t i tu t io n a l choice

. parental a tt itu d es

. sources of career information

. use of vocational guiiance f a c i l i t i e s .

RESULTS Students aspiring to p a rt icu la r t e r t i a r y in s t i tu t io n s were characterised in the following ways:

. Teachers college - 76 per cent female, lower middleclass background, strong people o r ie n ta t io n , expecting to study f u l l - t im e , parents' f a i r l y high educational asp ira t ions

. NSW In s t i tu te of Technology - 61 per cent male, lower middle class background, strong economic o r ien ta t io n , stress vocational o rien ta t ion of courses, 76 per cent expect to study part-t im e

332 (C2)

Page 163: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

157

DOCUMENTATI ON

. U n i v e r s i t y - 61 p e r c e n t f ro m s e g re g a te d h ig h s c h o o ls , h i g h e r number f ro m u p p e r c l a s s b a c k g ro u n d , more p a re n t s w i t h t e r t i a r y q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , h i g h e s t assessed IQ, s t r o n g t h e o r e t i c a l and i n t r i n s i c o r i e n t a t i o n s , h i g h e s t o c c u p a t i o n a l a s p i r a t i o n s and g r e a t e r con ce rn a b o u t p r e s t i g e o f t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a t t e n d e d .

. O th e r CAE - 69 p e r c e n t f e m a le , lo w e r m id d le c l a s sb a c k g ro u n d , p a r e n t s o f t e n w i t h t e c h n i c a l c o l l e g e t r a i n i n g , i n t e r e s t in c l e r i c a l , p e r s u a s iv e and p e o p le a c t i v i t i e s , e x p e c t t o s t u d y f u l l t i m e .

. T e c h n i c a l C o l l e g e - lo w e r m id d le c l a s s b a c k g ro u n d , lo w e s t a s s e s s e d IQ, p r a c t i c a I / t h i n g s and e c o n o m ic / e x t r i n s i c o r i e n t a t i o n s , 74 p e r c e n t e x p e c t t o s t u d y p a r t - t i m e , l o c a t i o n o f i n s t i t u t i o n i n f l u e n t i a l in c h o i c e o f w he re t o s t u d y , m ore f r i e n d s in w o r k f o r c e .

R e p o r t c i t e d ab o ve .

Page 164: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

158

ANDERSON, D.S, R. BOVEN, P .J . FENSHAM, and J .P . POWELL

Students in A ustra lian Higher Education: A Study of Their Social Composition Since the A bo lition of Fees» Education Research and Development Committee Report No. 23. Canberra: AGPS 1980. I258p]

FUND 1NG . A ustra lian V ice-C hancello r’s Committee . Conference of P rin c ip a ls of Colleges of Advanced

Education . ERDC

INSTITUTIONS . Research School of Social Sciences, A ustralian National U nivers ity (Anderson)

. Faculty of Education, Monash U niversity (Fensham)

. T e rtia ry Education Research Centre, U nivers ity of New South Wales (Boven and Powell)

TIME 1976 plus comparison with studies dating from the 1930s

PLACE A u stra lia

AIM To estab lish the social background of students in the various sections of A ustra lian higher education and to detect changes which may have resulted from ab o litio n of tu it io n fees (and the other new arrangements) made in 1974

SAMPLE A ll students en ro llin g in f i r s t degree or diploma courses in an A ustra lian un ivers ity or CAE in 1976; excluding those who enro lled fo r external courses.

METHOD A questionnaire was completed by new students a t time of enrolment in 1976. A review of e a r l ie r studies is madeand there is some analysis of the s ta t is t ic s of p a r t ic i­p a tion . SES inform ation for new students at MelbourneU nivers ity from 1962 and Monash U nivers ity from 1970 are analysed.

A model is presented of the conditions which are necessary fo r an ind ividual to enrol in higher education. The elements in the model are SES, a b i l i t y , a s p ira tio n ,scholastic achievement, a c c e s s ib ility and a v a i la b i l i ty . The survey data which are analysed include parents'occupations, education, income and country of b irth ; students' age, residence, type of secondary school,deferment of entry and work experiences and country of b ir th . These are re la ted to type of in s t itu t io n , sex,fa c u lty , f u l l or p art-tim e enrolment and response to aquestion about the a b o lit io n of fees.

6(C3)

Page 165: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

159

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

Analyses es tab l is h e d t h a t students whose parents were in th e upper income brackets or who had achieved h igher educational lev e ls were more l ik e ly to enrol f u l l - t i m e than p a r t - t im e , in u n iv e rs i ty ra th e r than CAE and, w ith in u n iv e r s i t y , in medicine, law and engineering ra th e r than a r t s , sc ience or economics.

About o n e - th ird of a l l en tra n ts reported having had work experience (o th e r than vacation employment) before e n r o l l in g . The p roport ion and the type of jobs varied with sex and fo r u n iv e r s i t i e s and CAEs; e . g . , females in country CAEs were lea s t l i k e l y to have had work experience; u n iv e rs i ty students were more l ik e ly to have had a p ro fess ional job .

The most common reason given fo r delaying en try to higher education a f t e r leaving school was the b e l ie f th a t ou ts id e experience would be u s e fu l . About 20 per cent of those who delayed said th a t i n s u f f i c i e n t f inance had been th e main reason.

O n e - f i f t h of a l l e n tra n ts said t h a t they would not have en ro l le d (1 0 .6 per cent) or would have deferred (1 0 .4 per cent) i f th e re had been t u i t i o n fees . These responses c o rre la te d w ith various socia l groups: those under­represented in h igher education - females, o ld er students, students from lower SES fa m i l i e s , and country re s id en ts - were rrore l i k e l y to re p o rt being unable to continue than students from ovei represented socia l groups. Students were d iv ided in to f i v e approximate groups on the basis of SES. The p roport ion who said th a t r e - in t ro d u c t io n of fees would have caused them to d e fer or not to enrol in the highest and lowest SES groups re s p e c t iv e ly were: u n iv e r s i t i e s 13 per cent and 33 per cent, m e tro po l ita n CAEs 14 percent and 26 percent, country CAEs 19 per cent and 42 per cent.

A se r ies of repo rts was seen to each p a r t ic ip a t in g i n s t i t u t i o n and sponsoring agencies. F inal re p o rt as c i te d above.

Page 166: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

160

MACKAY, Lindsay, and Barbara FARY

T es t in g in T r a n s i t io n : A Report on the T e r t i a r y Education EntranceP ro je c t in V i c t o r i a . Melbourne: Facu lty of Education, Monash U n iv e r s i ty , 1979,

FUND 1NG Commonwealth and V ic to r ia n Governments

INSTITUTION Faculty of Education, Monash U n iv e r s i ty , V ic t o r ia

TIME 1973 - 1979

PLACE V ic t o r ia

AIM To examine the v a l i d i t y of inform ation of various fypes in th e process of t r a n s i t i o n from secondary school to t e r t i a r y education.

SAMPLE The 1973 cohort of s ix th form students in V i c t o r i a .

METHOD The cohort were tes ted with ASAT-B and ATWE during 1973. Subsequently HSC r e s u l ts and teacher assessments of the cohort were c o l le c te d , as were the f i r s t year t e r t i a r y re s u l ts of those members of the cohort who entered 119 V ic to r ia n t e r t i a r y in s t i t u t io n s in 1974. A v a r ie ty of analyses was conducted with these data. The studyincludes:

. analyses of p ro p e r t ie s of te s ts involved

. ex ten t to which various te s ts d i f f e r e n t i a t e betweeni d e n t i f i a b le groups of students

. examination of c r i t e r i a fo r s tand ard is in g marks acrosssubjects and sca l ing school assessments

. p re d ic t iv e v a l i d i t y of te s ts fo r t e r t i a r y performance

RESULTS Choice of a s e le c t io n instrument wi l l change the composition of the group se lected fo r t e r t i a r y education in terms of sex composition, composition by type of secondary school attended and socio-economic composition.

Over the whole se t of t e r t i a r y courses, HSC aggregate and teacher assessment aggregates have the h ighest p re d ic t iv e v a l i d i t y and s i g n i f i c a n t l y h igher than ASAT/ATWE scores.

DOCUMENTAT 1 ON Report c i te d above.

252(C 4)

Page 167: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

161

KIRALY, J . T . , and J . l . MALLEY

School Leavers o f t h e Inn e r Urban Melbourne C e n t ra l Region 1977.A R epo r t t o th e C e n t ra l Reg iona l C o un c i l f o r T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e r E d u c a t io n . V i c t o r i a : C e n t ra l Regiona l C o u n c i l f o r T e c h n ic a l and F u r t h e r E d u c a t io n , August 1978. [ 1 39p + append ices ]

1NST1 TUT 1 ON . C e n t ra l R eg iona l Counc i l f o r T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e rE d u c a t io n , V i c t o r i a .

. P rah ran C o l le g e of Advanced E d u c a t io n , V i c t o r i a ( K i r a l y )

. E du ca t io n U n i t , Royal M elbourne I n s t i t u t e of T echno logy , (Mai ley )

TIME 1977

PLACE P rahran R eg ion , M elbourne

AIM To i n v e s t i g a t e th e t e c h n ic a l and f u r t h e r e d uca t ion i n t e n ­t i o n s of school leave rs in th e Melbourne c e n t ra l r e g io n , w i th a view t o p r o v id in g p la n n in g in fo rm a t io n f o r TAFE c o l le g e s . S p e c i f i c a l l y th e survey s e t ou t

. t o o b ta in p o p u la t io n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of th e secondary schoo l p o p u la t io n w i t h i n th e C e n t ra l Region of M elbourne

. t o o b ta in data from a sample o f t h i s secondary school p o p u la t io n

. t o o b ta in da ta from a sample of r e c e n t school leave rs who were unemployed a t th e t im e o f t h e s u rv e y .

SAMPLE . S tud en ts e n ro l led in t h i r t y - e i g h t secondary schoo lsw i t h i n th e d e f in e d area of th e M elbourne C e n t ra l Region who were a t o r beyond yea r 8 in 1077 were i d e n t i f i e d as th e t a r g e t sample . The sch o o is were randomly s e le c te dfrom th e 4 t y p e s of secondary schoo ls in th e a rea : government h igh s c h o o ls , government te c h n ic a l s c h o o ls . C a t h o l i c scho o ls and independent s c h o o ls . Ten per cen t (2 ,0 8 1 ) of t h e o v e r a l l s tu d e n t p o p u la t io n was th e n s e le c te d from th e s e schoo ls so as t o m a in ta in th e p r o p o r t io n s o f s tu d e n ts a t t h a t yea r leve l w i t h i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r schoo l s e c t o r .

. 102 unemployed young peop le l i v i n g in t h e C e n t ra l Regionwere an a d d i t i o n a l sample g roup .

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re s a d m in is te re d t o schoo l s tu d e n ts . D is c u s s io n s w i t h unemployed young peop le . These covered in fo rm a t io n on s o c ia l and e d u c a t io n a l background, o c c u p a t io n a l and educa­t i o n a l i n t e n t i o n s , views of s c h o o l in g , in f lu e n c e s on school le a v in g and c a re e r c h o ic e .

226 (C 5)

Page 168: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

162

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

Most secondary school students looked towards a career which involved fu r th e r education at a u n iv e rs ity or c o lle g e of advanced ed u catio n . Only 17 per cent intended to choose a c a re e r re q u ir in g study a t a TAFE in s t i t u t io n . This compares w ith an ac tua l n a tio n a l enrolm ent fo r f u l l - t im e study a t TAFE in s t itu t io n s of 40 per cen t. O v e ra ll , th e m a jo rity of students had p o s it iv e a t t i tu d e s towards school.

. Report c ite d above.• J e f f M a lle y , Education a s p ira tio n s of secondary school

stu d en ts , RMIT Education U n it N e w s le tte r , November 1978, p p .3 -5 .

Page 169: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

163

UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE

R eport on O r ie n ta t io n and T ra n s it io n . Mimeo. Melbourne: Academic Board, U n iv e rs ity of M elbourne, 1978. [93p + append ices .1

INSTITUTION U n iv e rs ity o f M elbourne, V ic to r ia

TIME 1976 - 1978

PLACE U n iv e rs ity o f Melbourne

AIM To id e n t i fy a number o f problems experienced by s tuden ts g e n e ra lly and by p a r t ic u la r groups such as p a r t- t im e s tu d e n ts , o ld e r s tu d e n ts , overseas s tuden ts and country s tu d e n ts , when they come to adapt them selves to the new environm ent of the u n iv e rs ity .

METHOD The re p o r t was prepared by a sub-com m ittee o f th eU n iv e rs ity 's Academic Committee and comprises a number of p o lic y recommendations and papers an a lys in g s t a t is t ic a l and survey in fo rm a tio n re la t in g to s tuden ts who have language d i f f i c u l t i e s (m ig ran ts and overseas), are o ld e r , a re p a r t - t im e , are from th e co u n try , are from overseas or who de fe r e n try .

RESULTS Im p l ic i t in the d iscuss ions and recommendations is the conc lus ion th a t a l l s tuden ts are l ik e ly to have some problems and th a t s tuden ts in th e m in o r ity groups re fe rre d to above are p a r t ic u la r ly v u ln e ra b le .W ith respect to de fe rred e n try i t is reported th a t in recen t years in c re a s in g numbers of s tuden ts have expressed a p re fe rence fo r work experience between school and h igher educa tion . About h a l f (from a sample of school s tuden ts s tu d ie d in th e m id-1970s) in d ic a te d a p re fe rence fo r some experience o th e r than f u l l - t im e study but o n ly 2 per cent a c tu a l ly ap p lie d fo r de fe rred e n try .D eferred s tuden ts tend to do as w e ll a t o r s l ig h t ly b e tte r in t h e i r h ig h e r educa tion s tu d ie s than those who con tinue d i r e c t ly from schoo l.

DOCUMENTATION In a d d it io n to the re p o r t c ite d above, re p o r ts on O r ie n ta - t io n and T ra n s it io n (U n iv e rs itv Assemblv. October 1976^ and P ro sp e c tive S tudents (Committee fo r S tudent Services September 1977) have been prepared in th e U n iv e rs ity .

429 (C6)

Page 170: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

164

WILLIAMS, C live , and Tom PEPE. #

A survey of early univers ity experiences

INSTITUTION University of Sydney, New South Wales

TIME 1980 - 1981

PLACE Fifteen A ustralian un ivers it ies covering a l l States

AIM • To compare the early univers ity experiences ofstudents enrolled in d i f fe re n t courses and ind i f fe re n t A ustralian u n iv e rs i t ie s ,

. To re la te these experiences to discontinuation.

SAMPLE 30 percent sample of new fu l l - t im e f i r s t year students in Arts , Economics/Commerce, Education, Engineering, Law, Medicine, Science in f i f t e e n Australian u n iv e rs i t ie s .

METHOD Mailed questionnaire survey. Questionnaire data include personal information plus responses to items on two survey instruments: one providing scores on f iv e dimensions re lated to student experiences ( In s t i tu t io n a l Belongingness, Goal D ire c t io n , Academic Involvement, A lienation , Social In te rac t io n ) and the other providing scores on f iv e measures of student sa tis fac tion : (Quality of Education, Social L i fe , S ta f f Student Relationships, Compensation and P a rt ic ip a t io n in Decision Making)

Those students who discontinue th e ir courses during the year wi l l be id e n t i f ie d and th e i r responses compared with those who continue.

464(C7)

Page 171: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

165

POWELL, John, Lee ANDRESEN, E l i z a b e th de ROME, and C h r is WIENEKE §

The C ho ice Study: A s tud y o f a t t r i t i o n in a u n i v e r s i t y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o f i r s t yea r s tu d e n t en ro lm e n t d e c is io n s .

1 NST1 TUT 1 ON U n iv e r s i t y of New South Wales, K e n s in g to n , New South Wales

TIME 1980 academic yea r

PLACE U n iv e r s i t y of New South Wales

AIM . To i d e n t i f y any r e l a t i o n s h i p between a t t r i t i o n anden ro lm e n t d e c is io n s .

. To e s t a b l i s h w hethe r a s i g n i f i c a n t number of f i r s t yea rs tu d e n ts e n ro l w i th o u t hav ing made a w e i l in fo rm ed c h o ic e o f cou rse .

. To e s t a b l i s h whe the r t h e r e may be a case f o r increasedr e s p o n s i b i l i t y on th e p a r t o f t h e u n i v e r s i t y t o in fo rm and a d v is e s tu d e n ts p r i o r t o e n ro lm e n t .

SAMPLE S tud e n ts e n r o l l i n g in 1s t year cou rses in th e F a c u l t i e s o f A r t s , A r c h i t e c t u r e , and E n g in e e r in g were surveyed as a p a r t o f t h e i r en ro lm e n t p ro ced u re .

METHOD . S tud en ts com ple ted a q u e s t io n n a i r e aimed a t e s t a b l i s h in gt h e i r commitment t o t h e i r cou rse a t th e t im e o fe n ro lm e n t . The q u e s t io n n a i r e was a l s o designed t o e l i c i t s tu d e n t r a t i n g of th e in fo r m a t io n and gu idance s e rv ic e s a v a i l a b l e and t o i d e n t i f y d i f f i c u l t i e s encountered by s tu d e n ts in making t h e i r c h o ic e s .

. S tud en ts who s u b s eq ue n t ly change t h e i r cou rse o rd is c o n t in u e t h e i r s t u d ie s w i l l be fo l lo w e d up and in te r v ie w e d .

. By th e end o f th e academic y e a r , f o u r groups w i l l haveemerged: those who have changed cou rs e ; th o se who haved is c o n t in u e d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e ; th o s e who have f a i l e d ; and th e ' p e f s i s t e r s ' .

. The in ta k e q u e s t io n n a i r e w i l l be re-examined byd i s c r im in a n t f u n c t i o n a n a ly s is t o d e te c t anyd i f f e r e n c e s between th e fo u r groups as they were a te n ro Im en t.

327 (C8)

Page 172: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

166

SWEET, R.

The Work Values of F i rs t Year University Students, Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical andFurther Education, July 1976. [52p]

INSTITUTION Student Counselling Research U n it , NSW Department of Technical and Further Education

TIME 1975

PLACE New South Wales

AIM • To examine s im i la r i t ie s and differences between the work values of those entering d i f fe re n t un ivers ity fa c u I t ie s .

• To examine the relationship between work values and a tta in in g or not a tta in in g one’s f i r s t facu lty preference.

SAMPLE 1,341 f i r s t year university students drawn from 16separate fa c u l t ie s .

METHOD 13 statements drawn from 13 scales of Super's Work Values Inventory were rated in importance as bases for career choice in the eighth week of f i r s t term. Work value p ro f i le s were developed for each of sixteen fa c u l t ie s . Discriminant function analyses were performed usingpresent fa c u lty , facu lty of f i r s t choice, and coincidence between present facu lty and facu lty of f i r s t choice as bases of c la s s i f ic a t io n .

RESULTS . Each of the 16 facu lty groups could be described in terms of work values. With only one exception a l l work value statements s ig n if ic a n t ly discriminated between f a c u I t i es.

. S im i la r i t ie s and differences between groups could be described in terms of two underlying dimensions - "people versus things" and "conventionality versus c r e a t iv i ty " .

. Specific d ifferences in orientations to work between accepted and rejected applicants could be discerned on a faculty by faculty basis.

. Those not accepted for the faculty of th e i r f i r s t choice appeared to have chosen facu lt ies more for the e x tr in s ic rewards of careers than for the in t in s ic rewards offered by the work i t s e l f .

DOCUMENTATION Report cited above.

40UC9)

Page 173: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

167

McKe n z ie , r . w.

Causes of Student Withdrawals. Nedlands College of Advanced Education, Research Committee Reports Nos, 3 and 4, Perth: Nedlands CAE, October and December, 1978,

INSTITUTION Research Committee, Nedlands College of AdvancedEducation, Western A ustra lia

TIME 1978

PLACE Nedlands College of Advanced Education

AIM To discover why some Nedlands College of Advanced Educa­tio n students v o lu n ta rily withdraw.

SAMPLE A ll 183 students in a ll courses who v o lu n ta rily withdrew from Col lege between 1 January and 31 May 1978,

METHOD Postal survey including open-ended questionnaire,

102 students had provided w ritte n explanations for withdrawing using an accepted College form at, 81 students who had le f t no explanation were contacted by m ail. 74 per cent responded and th e ir reasons were so d iffe re n t from those given by the 102, th a t the la t te r too were contacted by m ail. 79 per cent of these responded and th e ir responses to these queries were very d iffe re n t from th e ir in i t ia l formal response and tended to agree with the responses provided by the 81 students. The o v e ra l1 response ra te fo r the two surveys was 77 per cent.

RESULTS The major reasons fo r withdrawal with percentage of c it in g s were:

. F inancial reasons 32 per cent

. Found course disappointing 31 per cent

. Workload too heavy 26 per cent

. Uncertain employment prospects 25 per cent

. Domestic problems 22 per cent

Student comments were also illu m in a tin g . As a re s u lt of the reports a new and improved College withdrawal form came in to use in 1979.

DOCUMENTATION Reseach Committee Reports c ited above.

255(C10)

Page 174: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

168

MALLEY, J . , and R. RAPER #

A soc ia l p r o f i l e of newly e n r o l l i n g s tudents of the Royal Melbourne I n s t i t u t e of Technology (Advanced C o llege)

INSTITUTION Education U n i t , P lanning Branch, Royal Melbourne I n s t i t u t e o f Technology, V ic t o r i a .

TIME February 1979, on-going c o l le c t io n and a n a lys is of data

PLACE Royal Melbourne I n s t i t u t e of Technology

AIM To ob ta in a s t a t i s t i c a l p r o f i l e of the soc ia l background ofs tudents e n te r in g th e I n s t i t u t e in 1979.

SAMPLE 1,169 s tuden ts of the popu la t ion of 3,409 newly e n r o l l in g undergraduate students of th e I n s t i t u t e ' s Advanced Co llege s e c to r .

Sampling procedures were designed around th e p rev ious ye a r 's record of f low s of s tudents through a c e n tra l e n r o l l i n g p o in t . Sample quotas were se t f o r p a r t i c u la r times during the s tuden t enro lment period in February 1979, the quotas being se t to predetermined p ropo r t ions of s tudents from p a r t i c u la r f a c u l t y areas who were expected to enro l dur ing t h a t p a r t i c u la r pe r io d . Time periods were se lected to represent t imes of high medium and low f low s of s tudents to ensure a p p ro p r ia te mix of p a r t - t im e and f u l l - t i m e s tuden ts .

METHOD Q ues t ionna ire . A seventeen item s e l f - r e p o r t q u e s t io n n a ire was handed out to s tudents included in each quota time per iod as p a r t of the formal enrolment process. Areas covered were re la te d t o fa m ily c h a ra c te r is t i c s (e th n ic background, educationa l le ve ls , occupation d e s c r ip t io n ) fa c to r s of choice in dec id ing upon t e r t i a r y educa t ion , modes of t r a n s p o r t and sources of f inance fo r f u l l t im e s tuden ts . The q u e s t io n n a ire was designed to complement o the r data c o l le c te d on o f f i c i a l s tuden t enrolment records such as age, sex, mode of study and course. The completion of the q u e s t io n n a ire was not compulsory; however a 92 per cent response ra te was achieved.

260CC11)

Page 175: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

169

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

The s u rv e y gave t h e f o l l o w i n g r e s u l t s a b o u t t h e new ly e n r o l l i n g s t u d e n t s in 1979:

a lm o s t 80 p e r c e n t were A u s t r a l i a n - b o r n , b u t 40 p e r c e n t had f a t h e r s who were born o u t s i d e A u s t r a l i a t h e m a j o r i t y o f p a r e n t s had n o t had fo rm a l e d u c a t i o n a l c o n t a c t beyond an e q u i v a l e n t o f s i x y e a rs o f s e c o n d a ry

p e r c e n t o f f a t h e r s and 49 p e r c e n t o f c o n t a c t beyond y e a r 10 a t s e c o n d a ry

andhad

s c h o o I , m o th e rs s c h o o l

24 p e r c e n t o f f a t h e r s were t r a d e s m e n , p ro c e s s w o rk e rs and la b o u r e r s ; 17 p e r c e n t b e lo n ge d t o a d m i n i s t r a t i v e , e x e c u t i v e and m a n a g e r ia l o c c u p a t io n smost s t u d e n t s (55 per c e n t ) e n t e r RMIT d i r e c t l y f ro m s e c o n d a ry s c h o o l , b u t o f t h o s e who d id n o t 46 p e r c e n t had p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d a n o th e r t e r t i a r y i n s t i t u t i o n .

T h i s r e p o r t sam ple was in te n d e d as a p i l o t s tu d y t o t e s t a d m i n i s t r a t i v e and s u rv e y p ro c e d u re s f o r a p o p u l a t i o n s u rv e y o f a l l n ew ly e n r o l l i n g s t u d e n t s in t h e Advanced C o l l e g e and TAFE c o l l e g e s e c t o r s o f RMIT f o r 1980. I n d i v i d u a l r e q u e s t s f o r d a ta f ro m t h e 1979 s u r v e y s h o u ld be d i r e c t e d t o t h e a u t h o r s . D a ta f ro m t h e 1980 p o p u l a t i o n s u rv e y w i l l be a v a i l a b l e in l a t e 1980.

J . l . Mai ley and R. R a p e r . Summary o f t h e 1979 S u rvey in RMIT E d u c a t io n U n i t N e w s l e t t e r , November 1979.

Page 176: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

170

MURRAY, R.S. #

A survey of entering students a t Royal Melbourne In s titu te ofTechnology, February 1980

INSTITUTION Royal Melbourne In s titu te of Technology Melbourne, V ic to r ia

TIME 1980

PLACE Royal Melbourne In s t itu te of Technology

AIM To in vestigate the perceptions th a t entering students have of th e ir oourses and eventual careers, th e ir reasons fo r choosing th e ir courses and the major influences on th e ir decisions.

SAMPLE 275 f i r s t - y e a r fu ll - t im e students a t RMIT

METHOD A questionnaire was prepared and used as a basis fo r interviews with 206 en ro llin g students by RMIT s ta f f . An attempt was made to interview a representative number of students from selected departments across a l l fa c u lt ie s . A fu rth e r 69 students from the Fine A rt and Physics Departments completed the questionnaire themselves during the f i rs t two weeks of f i rs t term.

The questions were concerned with

. students' knowledge of the course s truc tu re andphi losophies

. students' perceptions of career opportun ities and types of work av a lla b le

. sources of information on courses and careers used by students.

RESULTS In general, students appeared to be poorly informed on the number of hours per week of formal teaching in th e ir courses and also on the ro le of service subjects or e le c t!v e s .

About o n e - f if th of students f e l t th a t job opportun ities in th e ir chosen d is c ip lin e were worse than average. Less than half had a c lear p ic tu re of the type of work th a t they would be doing on graduation.

272(C12)

Page 177: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

171

DOCUMENTATI ON

A p p r o x im a t e l y 70 p e r c e n t o f s t u d e n t s had seen t h e RMIT d e p a r tm e n ta l p a m p h le ts and a b o u t 40 p e r c e n t had a t t e n d e d RMIT open d a y s / n i g h t s . By f a r t h e m a jo r i n f l u e n c e on c o u rs e c h o ic e was i n t e r e s t in t h e p a r t i c u l a r s u b j e c t / d i s e i p I i n e .

R e p o r t a v a i l a b l e 1980.

Page 178: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

172

SWEET, R.

Some R elationships Between TAFE Enrolments and Economic and Social Trends In the 1970s. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, August 1979. I40p]

INSTITUTION Student Counselling Research U n it, NSW Department ofTechnical and Further Education

TIME 1970 - 1978

PLACE New South Wales

AIM To investigate the extent to which trends in TAFEenrolments could be corre lated with broader economic and social trends.

METHOD For each of 24 teaching content areas, New South WalesTAFE enrolments fo r the period 1970 to 1978 were indexed to 1970 enrolment fig u res . The same method of analysing growth rates was used w ith in each teaching area to examine trends in enrolments In long and short courses.

Enrolment trends were studied in re la tio n to :. the decline of manufacturing Industry . technological change . unemployment . trends in trade tra in in g. changing patterns of work, le isu re and cosumption.

RESULTS TAFE enrolments r e f le c t long and short term fluc tua tio n sin the labour market and in social ind icators . TAFE’ s base in manufacturing industry is declining in favour of bases more closely linked to the te r t ia r y sector of the economy and to community needs. Throughout the 1970s highest growth rates were recorded in areas of TAFE associated with services employment, with leisure education, with adult education, with re tra in in g and fu rth e r education, and with general education. In no cases were high growth rates associated with broad based long term tra in in g for occupations in manufacturing industry. In re la t iv e terms, TAFE’ s ro le in the preparation of new labour market

399(C13)

Page 179: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

173

DOCUMENTAT I ON

e n t r a n t s f o r s k i l l e d o c c u p a t i o n s , p a r t i c u l a r l y in m a n u f a c t u r i n g i n d u s t r y , ha s been d e c l i n i n g . L i n k s w e r e d e m o n s t r a t e d b e tw e e n d e c l i n i n g l o n g c o u r s e e n r o l m e n t s and phenom ena s u c h as t e c h n o l o g i c a l c h a n g e , u n e m p lo y m e n t ,

s k i l l s h o r t a g e s and t h e g r o w t h o f e d u c a t i o n f o r l e i s u r e . I n c r e a s i n g e n r o l m e n t s i n s h o r t c o u r s e s p r o v i d i n g t r a i n i n g i n n a r r o w s e g m e n t s o f s k i l l s a p p e a r s t o be a g e n e r a l f o r m o f r e s p o n s e t o many s o c i a l c h a n g e s . T h i s a f f e c t s T A F E 's c a p a c i t y t o r e s p o n d t o s c h o o l t o w o r k t r a n s i t i o n p r o b l e m s by p r e p a r i n g y o u t h f o r l o n g t e r m c a r e e r s i n s k i l l e d o c c u p a t i o n s .

R e p o r t c i t e d a b o v e .

Page 180: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

174

MACKAY, L .D ., E.P. ATKINSON, B.A. FARY, R.F. GUNSTONE, M.A. HOY, and J.R. NORTHFIELD

TAFE in the Northern M etropolitan Region: Student Access and W ithdrawal. 2 vo ls. Melbourne: Faculty of Education, Monash U nivers ity , 1977.

FUNDING Education Department of V ic to ria

INSTITUTION Faculty of Education, Monash U n ivers ity , V ic to r ia

TIME 1976 - 1977

PLACE Northern M etropolitan Education Region, V ic to r ia

AIM To investigate

• reasons why students enter TAFE courses. reasons fo r student withdrawal from TAFE courses, and

th e ir subsequent h istory• reasons why secondary school students decide not to

undertake TAFE courses• reasons fo r withdrawal of students from a CAE, w ith a

view to ascerta in ing whether TAFE courses would have been more appropriate

SAMPLE 1258 students from 48 secondary schools 3011 students from 6 TAFE colleges 156 withdrawals from TAFE colleges 323 current te r t ia r y students 51 te r t ia r y withdrawals 46 teachers 25 employers

METHOD Questionnaire surveys and interview s. The study includes:

. a p ro f ile of the TAFE student in th is region• a p ro f ile of withdrawals from TAFE courses. an employer's viewpoint on TAFE students. a p ro f ile of te r t ia r y students a t Preston In s titu te of

Technology. a p ro f ile of withdrawals from P . l .T .. a p ro f ile of secondary school pupils in the region

251(C14)

Page 181: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

175

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

. F riends and re la t iv e s and the secondary schoola ttended have a pow erfu l in flu e n c e on the d ec is ion to take o r not ta k e TAFE courses.

. Many s tu d e n ts choose post-secondary courses w ith o u t an adequate in fo rm a tio n base fo r such a d e c is io n .

. W ithdrawal from courses u s u a lly invo lves a p o s it iv ed ec is ion to do something e ls e .

Report c ite d above.

Page 182: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

176

GORDON, M o ira , and Gerald McCALDEN

Women and Technical Education: A Newcastle and Hunter Region Study,Newcastle: The Datex C o -o p e ra t ive L t d . , A p r i l 1977.

FUND 1NG Assisted by a grant from the Technical and F urther Education Commission.

INSTITUTION Datex C o -o p e ra t ive L im ited, Newcastle , NSW

TIME 1976 c o l le c t io n of data; an a ly s is of data on the male and female workforce, drawn from th e 1971 Census ta b u la t io n s fo r the study area

PLACE Newcastle and Muswellbrook in the Hunter V a l le y o f NSW

AIM To examine, w ith in the context of the Newcastle and Hunter Region, those fac to rs which might adversely a f f e c t the o p p o rtu n i t ie s open to women to make use of a v a i l a b le te c h n ica l education f a c i l i t i e s or which might reduce t h e i r mot i vat i on to do so.

SAMPLE . 2 tec h n ica l c o l le g e s : Newcastle and Muswellbrook. 108 Year 10 and Year 12 sc h o o lg ir ls chosen by random

sample from s ix high schools of d i f f e r e n t kinds . 90 female tec h n ica l co l le g e students a t Newcastle and

Muswellbrook Technical Colleges . 105 women from the community chosen by a random c lu s t e r

sampling technique. 20 se lected employers in the Newcastle area .

METHOD The 1971 Census of Population ( th e most recent a t the t im e of the study) provided basic inform ation on the reg io n , i t s in d u s t r ia l and occupational s t ru c tu re s , the q u a l i f i c a ­t io n s of women and t h e i r employment o p p o r tu n i t ie s . Study of enrolments and course enrolments a t th e two tec h n ica l co l leges gave patterns of female p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Employer a t t i t u d e s were ascerta ined by d ir e c t in te rv ie w and a lso from s tru c tu red and unstructured responses received during the survey of women in the community and female tec hn ica l c o l le g e s tudents. In terv iews based on q uestionnaires were conducted w ith the s c h o o lg i r l , techn ica l c o l le g e student and community women samples.

180 (C15)

Page 183: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

177

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

The s tu d y c o n f i r m e d t h a t , a l t h o u g h i n c r e a s i n g , women's use o f t e c h n i c a l e d u c a t i o n rem a ins a t a l e v e l be low t h a t o f c o m p a ra b le m a le s , and i s s t i l l l a r g e l y c o n f i n e d t o a number o f t r a d i t i o n a l a re a s . Among t h e f a c t o r s i d e n t i f i e d as c o n t r i b u t i n g t o t h i s s i t u a t i o n a re t h e t r a d i t i o n a l a t t i t u d e s w h ic h a f f e c t women's own a s p i r a t i o n s and e x p e c t a t i o n s and t h e i r p e r c e p t i o n s o f t h e m s e lv e s and t h e i r r o l e s , and w h ic h lead e m p lo y e rs t o d i s c r i m i n a t e a g a i n s t women in t h e i r e x p e c t a t i o n s , p r o v i s i o n s f o r t r a i n i n g and p ro m o t io n p r a c t i c e s . These a t t i t u d e s a re r e i n f o r c e d by t h e k in d o f i n f o r m a t i o n p r o v id e d on c a r e e r a l t e r n a t i v e s and by s t r e a m in g o f s c h o o l c o u rs e s a lo n g t r a d i t i o n a l I i n e s .

R e p o r t c i t e d a b o v e .

Page 184: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

178

SWEET, R.

The R elationship Between Educational Levels and Access to Apprenticeships in N.S.W. Over a Five Year Period. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, July 1978, 113ppi.

INSTITUTION Student Counselling Research U n it, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education

TIME 1972/73 - 1976/77

PLACE New South Wales

AIM To examine the extent to which employers raised the educational levels required fo r entry to apprenticeship in NSW over the period 1972/73 to 1976/77.

METHOD Analysis of NSW apprenticeship s ta t is t ic s .

RESULTS In the period under consideration the number of early school leavers (those with a year 9 standard of education or less) entering apprenticeships decreased by 44 percent. At the same time there was a s ig n if ic a n t r is e in the number of new apprentices with higher levels of education. The changing pattern of apprentices' educational q u a lif ic a tio n s was not uniform across a l l trades. O pportunities fo r early school leavers continue to e x is t in some trades; in others most new re c ru its have a year 10 educational le v e l, and in others employers are placing more emphasis on re c ru itin g those w ith a year 11 standard or b e tte r .

DOCUMENTATION Report c ited above.

398 (C16)

Page 185: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

179

BURNS, K erry, and Helen HOCKING.

Apprentice tra in in g and career patterns of tradesmen in Tasmania

FUND ING Supported by Technical and Further Education Council

INSTITUTION Research Branch, Education Department of Tramania

TIME 1979 - 80

PLACE Tasmania - Mainly North West and Hobart Regions.

AIM • To describe the present apprenticeship system in Tasmania with an emphasis on trade entry decisions, apprentice dropout and problems faced in tra in in g .

. To investigate tradesman career paths a fte r tra in in g .

SAMPLE Apprentices, ex-apprentices, tradesmen.

METHOD Analysis of cohort data fo r apprentices registered in two separate years fo r Tasmania. Follow-up interviews of 316 cu rren t, discontinued and q u a lif ie d apprentices. In te r ­views w ith 109 tradesmen/ex-tradesmen in the carpentry and jo in e r y / f i t t in g and tu rn ing trades .

RESULTS Results re levant to school work tra n s it io n were:

. A number of apprentices le f t th e ir trade during orshortly a fte r completion of tra in in g .

. Apprentices interviewed f e l t they could have had morecareer guidance at school - there was no ind ication th a t the s itu a tio n had improved over a 3 year period.

. Over h a lf of the tradesmen interviewed in two trades,who completed th e ir tra in in g 7 - 2 2 years ago, are now not in trade employment.

• Apprentices commencing techn ical co llege appeared tobe poorly prepared fo r th is aspect of th e ir tra in in g - they did not know what to expect.

DOCUMENTATION: Report a v a ila b le m id-1980.

114(C17)

Page 186: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

180

CALVERT, Anne

G irls and Apprenticeships. Melbourne: TAPE Services, 1979. [306p]

INSTITUTION School of Education, Monash U n iv e rs ity , V ic to r ia .

TIME 1977 - 1978

PLACE Melbourne, V ic to r ia .

AIM To demonstrate the re la t iv e influence of counselling, employers' a tt itu d e s and parental a tt itu d e s on g ir ls becoming apprentices in trades other than LadiesHairdressing.

SAMPLE 25 employers from mast trades employing male appren­tic e s ; 33 g ir l apprentices in non-stereotyped trades.

METHOD Personal in terv iew . The In d u stria l T ra in ing Commission enabled wide contact to be made with trade personnel and enabled access to apprentices. G ir ls ' experiences of school counselling and parental assistance were probed, and also the d i f f ic u lt ie s encountered in seeking employment and attending trade schools.

RESULTS Parents were supportive in a l l cases. D if f ic u lt ie sencountered were in the a ttitu d e s of fe llow students and the iso la tio n in the trade schools. Workmates weresupportive. Employers were divided on accepting g ir ls as apprentices. Most were prepared to accept them and those who had already done so acknowledged the a b il i ty of females to perform in trades.

DOCUMENTATION M. Ed. thesis published by TAFE Services as c ited above.

116 (C18)

Page 187: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

181

SWEET, R.

S tu d e n t Needs and S tuden t Prob lem s: An E x p lo r a to r y Survey« Research R e p o r t . Sydney: S tuden t C o u n s e l l in g S e rv ic e , NSW Department o fT e c h n i c a 1 and F u r th e r E d u c a t io n , J u ly 1977. [24p]

INSTITUTION Student C o u n s e l l in g Research U n i t , NSW Department of T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e r E duca t ion

TIME 1976

PLACE Sydney m e t r o p o l i t a n area and Tamworth, NSW

AIM To i n v e s t i g a t e TAFE s t u d e n t s ' pe rc e iv e d needs f o r c o l le g e based s e r v i c e s , th e types of problems t h a t they ex p e r ie n c e and th e sources of he lp t h a t they see as a p p r o p r ia te f o r th e s e prob lem s.

SAMPLE 374 TAFE s tu d e n ts drawn from two m e t r o p o l i t a n c o l le g e s and one c o u n t r y c o l lege.

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re .

RESULTS S tud e n ts showed g r e a te s t p re fe re n c e f o r s e r v ic e s o f an i n f o r m a t io n a l , v o c a t io n a l and e d u c a t io n a l n a tu re . Next in o r d e r o f p r i o r i t y were s e rv ic e s p r o v id in g p r a c t i c a l a s s is ta n c e w i th m a t te rs such as hous ing and f in a n c e , fo l l o w e d by s u p p o r t i v e s e rv ic e s f o r he lp w i th problems such as shyness and lo n e l in e s s . Demand f o r a s s is ta n c e w i t h m a jo r persona l problems was m in im a l .

The most commonly expe r ienced problems were e d u c a t i o n a l , f i n a n c i a l , and those of an a d ju s tm e n t n a tu re . Campus based s e r v ic e s were seen as be ing no t r e le v a n t f o r e d u c a t io n a l and v o c a t io n a l p rob lem s. Community ag en c ies , f a m i l y and peer groups were seen as most r e le v a n t f o r p e rs o n a l , em otiona l and a d ju s tm e n t prob lem s.

DOCUMENTAT1 ON R eport c i t e d above.

400CC19)

Page 188: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

182

TAYLOR, N.

A Review of Vocational-Educational Counselling Evaluations. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, April 1979. M5pl

INSTITUTION Student Counselling Research U n it , NSW Department of Technical and Further Education

TIME 1979

PLACE American, B r i t is h and A ustralian studies

AIM To review published evaluations of educational and vocational counselling.

METHOD L ite ra tu re review

RESULTS Compared with the extensive l i te ra tu r e on the e f fe c t iv e ­ness of psychotherapeutic in tervention , very few studies have attempted to evaluate the effectiveness of vocational and educational counselling. I t is concluded th a tvocational-educational counselling has been investigated only s u p e r f ic ia l ly (although the l i te ra tu re does provide some useful guides for the p ra c t i t io n e r ) . Typ ica lly counselling is regarded as a unitary phenomenon, and c l ie n ts as a heterogeneous group. I t is argued th a tresearch needs to be directed towards examiningd i f f e r e n t ia l e ffec ts of varying treatments with varying c lie n ts and problem types.

DXUMENTAT ION Report cited above.

414(C20)

Page 189: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

183

TAYLOR, N.

Student Counselling - The C l ie n t 's View. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education, January 1980. [17p]

INSTITUTION Student Counselling Research U n it , NSW Department of Technical and Further Education

TIME 1979

PLACE Sydney

AIM To examine c l ie n t 's perceptions of the work of TAFE student counsellors.

SAMPLE 97 previous cI i entscontacted up to two years a f te r consulting a student counsellor. 44 per cent were under 20 a t the time of interview, 47 per cent were female, 64 per cent were Australian born, and 67 per cent were prospective TAFE students.

METHOD A questionnaire was mailed to 300 ex -c l ien ts of one co llege 's counselling u n it . A follow-up request wasmailed to non-respondents two weeks a f te r the f i r s t contact.

RESULTS Most c lie n ts had consulted a counsellor for help in course selection and for sp ec if ic information. Counsellors were seen as h e lp fu l, understanding, and interested in c l ie n t 's problems. C lien ts generally f e l t tha t they got the help th a t they wanted, f e l t more posit ive about th e ir problems and decided to take a new course of action a f te r seeing a counsel lor.

DOCUMENTATION Report cited above.

415 (C21)

Page 190: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

184

TAYLOR, N.

P o t e n t i a l Unemployment; How t o Cope» A D e s c r ip t io n and E v a lu a t io n o fa P r e v e n t a t i v e Menta l H e a l th Program f o r S e c r e t a r i a l S tu d e n ts . Research R e p o r t , Sydney: S tud en t C o u n s e l l in g S e r v ic e , NSW Department o f T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e r E d u c a t io n , January 1979, 122pp],

INSTITUTION S tud en t C o u n s e l l in g Research U n i t , NSW Department o f T e c h n ic a l and F u r t h e r E du ca t io n

TIME 1978.

PLACE Sydney T e c h n ic a l C o l le g e , NSW

AIM To d e s c r ib e and e v a lu a te a course on cop ing w i t hunemployment g iven t o s e c r e t a r i a l s tu d e n ts a t Sydney T e c h n ic a l C o l le g e in 1978,

SAMPLE 104 fem a le s e c r e t a r i a l s tu d e n ts p a r t i c i p a t i n g in a cou rse on cop ing w i th unemployment.

METHOD The c o u rse , which was run by c o u n s e l lo r s and s e c r e t a r i a l te a c h e rs , had s i x sess ions d e a l in g w i th unemployment and how t o cope w i t h i t . F i lm , r o l e p la y , group d i s c u s s io n , in fo r m a t io n g i v in g and group e x e rc is e s were used in t h e programme.

A l l s tu d e n ts p a r t i c i p a t i n g in t h e programme completed a q u e s t io n n a i r e on r e a c t io n s t o and p e rc e p t io n s o f t h e programme. 64 o f th e s tu d e n ts completed p re - and p o s t ­cou rse q u e s t io n n a i r e s t o assess change in a t t i t u d e s t o and knowledge of unemployment.

RESULTS Most s tu d e n ts re a c te d p o s i t i v e l y t o th e cou rse and th o u g h t t h a t i t shou ld be re p e a te d . As a r e s u l t of t h e programme most s tu d e n ts became aware of community resou rces and some s tu d e n ts le a r n t more abou t th e problems o f th e unemployed and le a r n t more s u c c e s s fu l ways t o cope w i th unemployment. No s i g n i f i c a n t change occu rred in s tu d e n ts ' a t t i t u d e s t o unemp1oyment.

DXUMENTAT 1 ON R epo rt c i t e d above.

4 13 (C22)

Page 191: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

185

TAYLOR, N.

T r a n s i t i o n To? A S u rv e y o f S e c r e t a r i a l S t u d e n t s ' A t t i t u d e Towards Unemp1oym e n t . R esea rch R e p o r t . Sydney : S tu d e n t C o u n s e l l i n g S e r v i c e , NSW D e p a r tm e n t o f T e c h n i c a l and F u r t h e r E d u c a t i o n , O c to b e r 1978,[3 0 p ] .

INSTITUTION S tu d e n t C o u n s e l l i n g R e s e a rc h U n i t , NSW D e p a r tm e n t o fT e c h n ic a l and F u r t h e r E d u c a t io n

TIME m id -1 9 7 8

PLACE

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

RESULTS

Sydney m e t r o p o l i t a n t e c h n i c a l c o l l e g e s

To e s t a b l i s h w h e th e r s e c r e t a r i a l s t u d e n t s saw unem p loym ent as an u n e x p e c te d and u n p re p a re d f o r c r i s i s and t h e r e b y t o e x p l o r e t h e need f o r a c o u rs e on how t o cope i f unem p Ioyed .

384 s e c r e t a r i a l s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d a t s i x Sydney m e t ro ­p o l i t a n t e c h n i c a l c o l l e g e s . 71 p e r c e n t had c o m p le te d t h e NSW S choo l C e r t i f i c a t e E x a m in a t io n t h e p r e v io u s y e a r and 29 p e r c e n t t h e NSW H ig h e r Schoo l C e r t i f i c a t e E x a m in a t io n .

A q u e s t i o n n a i r e was a d m in i s t e r e d s e e k in g d e t a i l s of r e a s o n s f o r e n r o l l i n g , p e r c e iv e d em p loym en t p r o s p e c t s , ' p e r s o n a l ' and ' p o l i t i c a l ' a t t i t u d e s to w a rd s unem p loym en t , a t t i t u d e to w a rd s w o rk (a d a p te d f r o m M i r e l and G a r r e t ' s P r o t e s t a n t E t h i c S c a l e ) , a w a reness o f t h e e f f e c t s o f unem p loym ent and aw areness o f com m un ity r e s o u r c e s .

A l t h o u g h many s t u d e n t s were n o t b l i n d t o t h e em ploym ent s i t u a t i o n , t h e y w ere n o t p re p a re d f o r p o s s i b l e une m p lo y ­m en t . They had o n l y s u p e r f i c i a l kno w le d g e o f t h e p ro b le m s o f t h e unemployed and l i t t l e c o n s t r u c t i v e a d v ic e a b o u t ways t o co p e . Many had l i t t l e id e a o f a v a i l a b l e community r e s o u r c e s .

DOCUMENTATION R e p o r t c i t e d above .

416 (C23)

Page 192: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

186

D

EMPLOYMENT, UNEMPLOYMENT AND LEISURE

education and employment the labour market and the labour force youth unemployment the e ffe c ts of unemployment work le 1 sure

Page 193: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

187

SHEARS, M ered ith , Sue STEVENS and JAN LOKAN #

Work Importance Study - A u s t r a l ia and New Zealand. Hawthorn, V ic t o r ia : ACER, November 1979 ( d r a f t ) .

INSTITUTION ACER, Hawthorn, V ic t o r ia

TIME 1979 review of 1970s l i t e r a t u r e

PLACE Covering A u s t r a l ia and New Zealand as p art of a proposal fo r an in te rn a t io n a l Work Importance Study involving 15 co u ntr ies

AIM To present a review of research stud ies which throw l ig h t on the importance of work in the l i f e of th e in d iv id u a l .

METHOD The review begins w ith a general discussion of the A u s tra l ia n context re le v a n t to work: the nature of th e work fo rc e , working co n d it io n s , trends in employment/ unemployment and p a r t i c ip a t io n in secondary and t e r t i a r y ed uca tion . The annotations are arranged in the fo llo w in gca teg o r ies :

. s tud ies aiming to measure the psychological dimensions of o r ie n t a t io n to work

. s tud ies in v e s t ig a t in g commitment to s p e c i f ic occupa­t io n s , work ro les or careers

. some examples of research in to job s a t is f a c t io n

. s tud ies concerned w ith work values or w ith the purpose of work and working

. stud ies of va lues, a t t i t u d e s or commitments in r e la t io n to other v a r ia b le s such as socia l c lass

. s tud ies overlapping two or more of the above categories

Each annotation describes the methodology and discusses th e conclusions.

DOCUMENTATION P u b l ic a t io n expected during 1980 - 1981.

3 7 1 (D1)

Page 194: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

188

CAELLI, W.J.

The M icrocom puter R e v o lu tio n . Monograph No. 1. Sydney: The A u s tra lia n Computer S oc ie ty In c . , 1979.

INSTITUTION The A u s tra lia n Computer S o c ie ty In c . , P .0 . Box 640, Crows N est, NSW

TIME 1975 - 1979

PLACE N a t io n a l/ in te rn a t io n a l in focus

AIM To survey developments in m ic ro -techno logy and to d iscuss t h e i r s o c ia l im p lic a t io n s , in c lu d in g the im p lic a t io n s fo r education and employment.

METHOD The rronograph begins w ith an o u t l in e of the development of m icro-com puter technology from the massive e a r ly computers of 30 years ago. I t goes on to d iscussb r ie f ly th e s tru c tu re and components of the computer, to d e fin e terms such as m icroprocessor and microcomputer and to describe va rious m icrocomputer based systems o f use.

Most of the book, however, is concerned w ith the a p p lic a t io n s and so c ia l im p lic a tio n s of m icrocom puter techno logy now and in the coming decades. Among the aspects discussed are

. the c o l le c t io n , c o n tro l and m on ito r in g of data and the a v a i la b i l i t y of in fo rm a tio n

. th e use of th e techno logy in the home, fo r personal convenience and in d a ily l i f e g e n e ra lly

. th e im p lic a tio n s fo r business and in d u s try

. the changes in the methods and d is t r ib u t io n o f educa tion a t a l l le ve ls

. the e f fe c ts on peop le , governments and s o c ie ty

. the problems and im p lic a tio n s fo r A u s tra l ia .

RESULTS In education th e w r ite r sees developments in th e use of m ic ro -techno logy which may wel l change th e whole shape and process of e d u ca tio n ; in p a r t ic u la r :

115(D2)

Page 195: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

189

DOCUMENTAT I ON

. t h e u s e o f t h e home a s an i m p o r t a n t c e n t r e f o r t h e d e l i v e r y o f e d u c a t i o n ba se d on c o m p u t e r i s e d ’ t w o - w a y ’ i n t e r c h a n g e b e tw e e n t e a c h e r and s t u d e n t

. t h e g r o w i n g need f o r an d a v a i l a b i l i t y o f c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n

. t h e i n c r e a s i n g i n t e r e s t by p r i v a t e i n d u s t r y i n e d u c a t i o n as a p r o f i t a b l e g r o w t h e n t e r p r i s e .

M i c r o t e c h n o l o g y w i l l a l s o b r i n g f u n d a m e n t a l c h a n g e s t o p a t t e r n s o f e m p lo y m e n t an d l e i s u r e . T h e j o b r e v o l u t i o n w i l l o c c u r i n t h e p r o v i s i o n o f new t y p e s o f s e r v i c e s and p r o d u c t s , g i v i n g r i s e t o f l u c t u a t i o n s i n e x i s t i n g i n d u s t r y e m p lo y m e n t p a t t e r n s . T h e s e i m b a la n c e s can o n l y be c o r r e c t e d by e x p a n d i n g t h e e m p lo y m e n t base so as t o c r e a t e new o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r e x i s t i n g j o b h o l d e r s and f o r y o u n g p e o p l e e n t e r i n g t h e w o r k f o r c e . M i c r o ­t e c h n o l o g y ha s t h e p o t e n t i a l t o do t h i s , p r o v i d e d A u s t r a l i a i s p r e p a r e d t o s u p p o r t an d s t i m u l a t e i t s own b a s i c r e s e a r c h , i n n o v a t i o n and e x p e r t i s e .

. M o n o g ra p h c i t e d a b o v e .

. S econ d e d i t i o n s c h e d u l e d O c t o b e r 1 9 8 0 .

Page 196: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

190

SHEEHAN, P . J . , and R.G. GREGORY #

Labour market flows

FUND 1NG Utah Foundation grant fo r 1980

INSTITUTIONS . I n s t i t u t e of Applied Economic and Social Research, U n iv e rs i ty of Melbourne, V ic t o r ia

. Department of Economics, Research School of SocialSciences, A u s t ra l ia n N ational U n iv e r s i ty , Canberra

TIME 1980 - 1981

PLACE National

AIM . To analyse f u l l y the ways in which persons in d i f f e r e n tgroups move between the s ta te s of being employed, being unemployed and being outs ide the labour fo rce

. The use the an a ly s is to a t t a i n a deeper understanding ofth e labour market as a whole and, in p a r t i c u l a r , youth unemployment, th e paradox of the u n f i l l e d vacancies, the socia l consequences of unemployment, the displacement of o ld er persons.

372(D3)

Page 197: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

191

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRY AND OOMMERCE. BUREAU OF INDUSTRY #ECONOMICS

Study of changes in th e occupational s tru c tu re of th e A u s tra lia n w orkforce

INSTITUTION Bureau of Industry Economics, Department of Industry and Commerce, Canberra , ACT

TIME 1971 P o p u la tio n Census and 1976 Populations Census.A n a lys is in progress.

PLACE N a tio n a 1

AIM . To examine changes in th e occupational s tru c tu re of theA u s tra lia n w orkforce during th e period 1971-1976 and to id e n t ify th e major components of such changes

. To consider the r e la t iv e co n cen tra tio n of d if fe r e n tdemographic groups by occu p ation , and changes in th e degree of co n centra tion between 1971 and 1979.

DOCUMENTAT1 ON BIE In fo rm atio n B u l le t in S e r ie s . Expected p u b lic a tio ndate: 1980.

36 (D4)

Page 198: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

192

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE. BUREAU OF INDUSTRY ECONOMICS

Employment o f Dem ographic Groups in A u s t r a l ia n In d u s try . BIE ResearchR e p o rt 3. C anberra : AGPS, 1979. [ 1 18 p ]

INSTITUTION Bureau o f In d u s try Econom ics, D epartm ent o f In d u s try and Commerce, C a n b e rra , ACT

TIME 1971 P o p u la t io n Census and ABS Labour F orce Survey data f o r 1971-1978

PLACE N a tio n a l

AIM To examine th e v a ry in g unemployment ra te s o f d i f f e r e n t dem ographic groups and to c o n s id e r th e in f lu e n c e o f s e v e ra l s u p p ly and demand fa c to rs on th e se ra te s .

METHOD A n a ly s is o f d a ta .

RESULTS . The h ig h e r unemployment ra te s o f th e m id-1970s can bea t t r ib u t e d to a d e f ic ie n c y in th e grow th of la bo u r demand ra th e r tha n to an in c re a s e in labour s u p p ly o r an im balance between th e typ e s o f labou r demanded and s u p p l ie d .

. C e r ta in dem ographic g roups , p a r t i c u la r ly yo u th s andm a rrie d women, a re c o n c e n tra te d in a narrow range o f i n d u s t r i es.

. S u b s ta n t ia l changes in th e p a t te rn o f in d u s try g row thhave n o t led t o s u b s ta n t ia l changes in r e la t iv e group unem ploym ent ra te s due to a d ju s tm e n ts in in d u s try p re fe re n c e s f o r typ e s o f la b o u r.

. The causes o f h ig h you th unemployment d i f f e r by sex:fo r m a les, d i f f e r e n t i a l grow th o f in d u s try andc o n c e n tra t io n o f male you th in s lo w -g ro w in g in d u s tr ie s a re th e p r im a ry fa c to r s ; f o r fem a les , s u b s t i t u t io n o f m a rr ie d a d u lt women f o r fem a le you th appears to be th e m a jo r f a c to r .

. D u rin g 1977-78 th e re was an a p p a re n t t r a n s fe r o f h ighunemployment ra te s from y o u th s (1 5 -1 9 ) t o young a d u lts , due to th e im pact of measures to a s s is t y o u th s , in c o n ju n c t io n w ith th e f a c t t h a t you ths and young a d u lts o f th e same sex a re c o n c e n tra te d in th e samein d u s t r ies.

DOCUMENTAT 1 ON R e po rt c i te d above.

37 (D5)

Page 199: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

193

GREGORY, R .G . , and R.C. DUNCAN

High teenage unemployment: t h e r o l e o f a t y p i c a l labour supp ly b e h a v io u r . Paper p resen ted t o t h e E ig h th Confe rence o f Econom is ts , La T robe U n i v e r s i t y , 1979.

1NST1 TUT 1ONS . A u s t r a l i a n N a t io n a l U n i v e r s i t y , Canberra ACT (G regory). I n d u s t r ie s A s s is ta n c e Commission, Canberra ACT (Duncan)

TIME 1979 a n a ly s is o f 1964-1979 ABS data on labour supp ly and demand

PLACE N a t io n a I

AIM To a n a lyse ABS data on labour s u p p ly and demand between 1964-1979 and t o i d e n t i f y th e f a c t o r s p roduc ing h igh teenage unemployment.

METHOD The paper p ro v id e s an ove rv iew of th e demand f o r and s u p p ly of teenage la b o u r , d isc u s s e s th e f a c t o r s a f f e c t i n g th e teenage labour s u p p ly , and p re sen ts th e r e s u l t s d e r iv e d from e s t im a t in g p a r t i c i p a t i o n r a t e fu n c t i o n s f o r teenage males and fem a les .

RESULTS Along w i t h th e genera l r i s e o f unemployment accompanying th e c u r r e n t long re c e s s io n t h e r e has been a s p e c ta u la r r i s e in teenage unemployment. Over th e decade 1964 t o1973 th e r a t e of teenage unemployment, as measured by th eABS Labour Force Surveys a t May, averaged 3 .2 pe r c en t and never exceeded 4 .6 per c e n t . By May 1979 teenageunemployment s tood a t 16.9 p e r c e n t , which is a p p r o x i ­m ate ly f o u r t im e s th e a d u l t unemployment r a t e .

The paper shows t h a t , c o n t ra r y t o widespread b e l i e f , teenage employment d u r in g th e c u r r e n t r e c e s s io n has been fav o u re d r e l a t i v e t o th e employment t r e n d s o f th e p a s t . The main in f l u e n c e le ad ing t o th e very h igh teenage unemployment le v e ls r e l a t i v e t o th e unemployment of o th e r groups stems from labour supp ly and n o t demand. S ince1974 t h e la rge inc rea ses in teenage unemployment have comeabout because th e teenage labour f o r c e has Inc rea sed . F a c to rs p ro du c ing th e changes in teenage labour s u p p ly in c lu d e d e c l i n in g school r e t e n t i o n r a te s f o r males, th e inc reased im portance of p a r t - t im e work , th e le v e ls and c o n d i t i o n s o f unemployment b e n e f i t s , changes in wage le v e ls and c o n d i t i o n s of unemployment b e n e f i t s , changes in wage le v e ls and th e im p o r ta n t i n t e r a c t i o n s among a l l th e s e f a c t o r s . The paper goes on t o i d e n t i f y areas where arese a rch is needed, p a r t i c u l a r l y in th e e f f e c t s ofgovernment p o l i c i e s on s c h o o l in g d e c is io n s , f o r example, th e c o n d i t i o n s a t t a c h in g t o unemployment b e n e f i t s .

DOCUMENTATION . Paper l i s t e d above.. Revised v e rs io n t o be p u b l is h e d in Economic Record -

p o s s ib ly December 1980 o r March 1981.

182(D6)

Page 200: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

194

SHEEHAN, P . J . , and P .P . STRICKER 0

Youth unemployment

INSTITUTION I n s t i t u t e of Applied Economics and Socia l R esea rch , U n iv e r s i ty of Melbourne, V ic to r i a

TIME On-going a n a l y s i s

PLACE N ational

AIM To unders tand th e o p e ra t io n of th e youth labour market in A u s t r a 11 a .

METHOD A n a ly s is of r e l e v a n t d a ta , mainly from th e A u s t r a l i a n Bureau of S t a t i s t i c s and th e Commonwealth Employment S e r v ic e ,

RESULTS A com prehensive r e p o r t on th e r e s u l t s of th e s e s tu d i e s of youth unemployment was l a s t given In The A u s t r a l i a nEconomic Review, 1 s t q u a r t e r , 1978 ( c i te d below). This r e p o r t d isc u sse d• youth unemployment In A u s t r a l i a compared with some

ov erse as c o u n t r i e s. th e Incidence of youth unemployment compared with

o v e r a l l unemployment. long and s h o r t - t e r m In f lu e n ce s on youth unemployment. p o l i c i e s fo r reduc ing youth unemployment.

The r e p o r t makes t h e fo l low ing comments:

. . . two d i s t i n c t phases need to be d i s t in g u i s h e d in a n a ly s in g t h e g e n e ra t io n of th e p r e s e n t youthunemployment problem, namely th e p r o g r e s s iv ed e t e r i o r a t i o n in t h e p o s i t i o n of youth In th e two decades t o 1973-74 and th e r i s e in r a t e s of youth unemployment In l in e w ith o th e r unemployment r a t e s In th e pe r iod s in c e 1973-74. Various f a c t o r s seem t ohave c o n t r ib u te d t o th e r e l a t i v e d e t e r i o r a t i o n in th e youth labour market between 1954 and 1973-74: t h e r ehas been some demographic p r e s s u r e , w ith th e labour f o rc e of p e rsons 20 t o 24 yea rs in p a r t i c u l a r growing r a p id l y ; t h e matching of supply and demand in th e j u n io r labour market appears to have worsened in r e l a t i o n t o broad s k i l l occupat ional c a t e g o r i e s ; t h e

375(D7)

Page 201: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

195

DOCUMENTATION

labo ur m arket does not seem to have a d ju s te d a p p r o p r i a t e l y t o th e r a p id in c r e a s e in th e sup p ly of m a rr ie d women e n t e r in g t h e labour fo r c e o ver t h i s p e r io d , and th e y have t o some e x t e n t d is p la c e d y o u th . The main reason f o r th e r i s e in r a te s of youth unemployment s in c e 1973-74 appears t o be th e impact of t h e re c e s s io n (and o th e r f a c t o r s a f f e c t i n g unemployment g e n e r a l l y ) on a labour market a l re a d y adverse to y o u th , a l th o u g h in c re as e s in r e l a t i v e male j u n i o r wage r a t e s and in th e r e a l va lu e ofunemployment b e n e f i t s p ayab le t o j u n i o r s may have been minor c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s .

. P . J . SHEEHAN, and P .P . STRICKER. Youth unemployment in A u s t r a l i a : a S u r v e y , in The A u s t r a l i a n Economic R eview . 1 s t q u a r t e r 1978 ( I n s t i t u t e of A p p l ie d Economic and S o c ia l R esearch , U n i v e r s i t y of M elb ou rn e , V i c t o r i a ) p .1 2 - 2 7 .

. P . J . SHEEHAN, and P .P . STRICKER, The c o l la p s e of f u l l employment, in R .B . SCOTTON and Helen FERLER, P u b l ic E x p e n d i tu re s and S o c ia l P o l i c y in A u s t r a l i aM elbourne: Langman C h e s h i r e , 1980.

. P . J . SHEEHAN, and P .P . STRICKER, Hidden Unemployment in A u s t r a I i a ( t o be p u b l is h e d by t h e I n s t i t u t e of A p p l ie d Economics and S o c ia l Research d ur in g 1 9 8 0 ) .

Page 202: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

196

KARMEL, P e te r

Y o u th , 1979.

E du ca t io n and Employment. Radford Memoria l L e c tu r e , November M elbourne : ACER, 1979. [19 p l

1NST1 TUT 1 ON T e r t i a r y E du ca t io n Commission, Canberra , A .C .T .

TIME Based on A u s t r a l i a n s t a t i s t i c s f o r th e p e r io d 1964 - 1979 showing th e p e rs p e c t i v e s of you ths in s c h o o l , p o s t ­secondary e d u c a t io n , a p p r e n t ic e s h ip s , employment andunemployment.

AIM . To p re s e n t an a n a ly s is of t r e n d s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n o fyoung peop le in ed u c a t io n and employment.

. To p re s e n t some p o l i c y p ro p o s a ls .

RESULTS The main c o n c lu s io n s a re quoted from th e le c tu r e :

. A t p re s e n t , f u l l - t i m e jo b o p p o r t u n i t i e s a re l im i t e d ,and f o r many young peop le , p a r t i c u l a r l y th o se who have l e f t school e a r l y w i th low ach ievement and poor m o t i v a t i o n , p ro s p e c ts of f u l l - t i m e employment a re s l im . The c o n d i t i o n s a s s o c ia te d w i th unemploymentb e n e f i t s o p e ra te a g a in s t acceptance of p a r t - t im e jo bs and th e u n d e r ta k in g of p a r t - t im e s tu d y . Support under th e T e r t i a r y Educa t ion A l low ance Scheme is compara­t i v e l y low and s u b je c t t o a s t r i c t means t e s t . These f a c t o r s work in th e d i r e c t i o n of reduced r e t e n t i o n a t s c h o o l , lower p a r t i c i p a t i o n in t e r t i a r y e d u c a t io n , and a lack o f p a r t - t im e employment combined w i th p a r t - t im e t r a i n i n g .

I t is reasonab le t o assume t h a t t h e r e w i l l be some r e v i v a l of economic a c t i v i t y and an in c re a s e in th e r a t e of growth o f th e A u s t r a l i a n economy. [However] . . . i t is u n l i k e l y t h a t th e r a t e of economic growth c o u ld be so h igh as t o c re a te enough a d d i t i o n a l employment t o produce f u l l employment in th es t r u c t u r a l f a c t o r s c o n t r i b u t i n g t o you th employment . . . th e young w i l l remain a t a s i g n i f i c a n td is a d v a n ta g e in th e employment m arke t. T h is isp a r t i c u l a r l y th e case f o r th e bo ttom 20 t o 25 per c e n t o f school a c h ie v e rs . . . t h e r e is u n l i k e l y t o be any lo n g - te rm r e l i e f f o r the se groups th rough t h eexpans ion of t r a d i t i o n a l a p p re n t ic e s h ip t r a i n i n g , . . . th e re is no reason t o expec t an immedia te resum pt ion o f th e upward t r e n d in th e r e t e n t i o n of males a t secondary s c h o o l , and r e t e n t i o n of females may le ve l o u t . . .

217(D8)

Page 203: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

197

DOCUMENTATION

I t i s som e t im es a rgued t h a t when t h e numbers in t h e 15 t o 19 y e a rs g roup b e g in t o d e c l i n e , t h e la b o u r m a rk e t w i l l sw in g in f a v o u r o f t h e yo u n g . The s t r u c t u r a l f a c t o r s m e n t io n e d above a re r e a s o n s f o r n o t r e l y i n g t o o much on such r e l i e f b u t , in any c a s e , numbers in t h e age g roup a re n o t g o in g t o d e c l i n e u n t i l t h e e a r l y 1990s . . .

The c o n c lu s io n s t h a t I d raw f ro m th e s e f a c t s and t r e n d s a r e t h a t , in t h e a bsence o f a p o s i t i v e p o l i c y f o r y o u t h , an i n c r e a s i n g number o f young p e o p le w i l l s l i p i n t o u n s a t i s f a c t o r y a c t i v i t i e s ( i n c l u d i n g b e in g on t h e d o le ) and t h a t t h i s w i l l im p in ge more h a r s h l y on g i r l s t h a n on b oys . I f r e l a t i v e l y f e w e r young p e o p le a r e t o be in f u l l - t i m e em p loym en t and i f unem pIoym en t i s t o be r e g a r d e d as an u n a c c e p ta b le o p t i o n f o r t h e yo u n g , a s p e c t ru m o f a c t i v i t i e s must be d e v e lo p e d r a n g in g f ro m f u l l - t i m e e d u c a t io n a t t h e one end t o f u l l - t i m e em p loym en t a t t h e o t h e r , w i t h many h a l f - w a y houses in b e tw een . T h i s w i l l have t o be a g o v e rn m e n t r e s p o n s i b i l i t y .

R e p o r t c i t e d ab o ve .

Page 204: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

198

BURKE, Gerald #

Youth unemployment and educational p a rtic ip a tio n

INSTITUTION Faculty of Education, Monash U n ivers ity , Melbourne

TIME On-going. In terim papers during 1980.

PLACE A ustra1ia-wide

AIM To id e n tify p rinc ipa l influences a ffec tin g educational p a rtic ip a tio n and unemployment, and the re la tio n sh ip s between them.

METHOD Analysis of ABS data on wages, employment, unemployment and educational p a rtic ip a tio n ; regression analysis where appropriate to te s t mainly economic th eo ries .

RESULTS T enta tive find ings are th a t the recession is mainly responsible fo r youth unemployment, together with a slowing in the growth of educational p a rtic ip a tio n . There isl i t t l e evidence of schooling or wages as factors in emergence of unemployment. Declining propects forgraduates and increased unemployment benefits may have influenced educational p a rtic ip a tio n .

DOCUMENTATION Gerald Burke, Teenage unemployment and educational p a rtic ip a tio n . Paper presented to 50th ANZAAS - Jubilee Congress, Adelaide 12 - 16 May 1980 I14p + tab les ]

1 1 3 ( D 9 )

Page 205: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

199

MILLER, P a u l , W.

E d u c a t ion,

INSTITUTION

TIME

PLACE

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

#

employment and e a r n in g s . Ph .D . T h e s is

Economics D ep ar tm en t , Research School o f S o c ia l S c ie n c e s , The A u s t r a l i a n N a t io n a l U n i v e r s i t y , C a n b e rra .

1979 - 1982

N a t io n a l

To examine t h e s c h o o l in g and w o r k fo rc e behaviour of te e n a g e r s . The f o l lo w in g q u e s t io n s a r e in v e s t ig a t e d :

. how does th e age, sex s p e c i f i c unemployment r a t e depend upon labour market e x p e r ie n c e , school le a v in g age, m a r i ta l s t a t u s , co u n try of b i r t h , and th e genera l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of t h e Local Government a re a in which t h e te e n a g e r re s id e s

. how do average teen age e a rn in g s vary w i th th e above f a c t o r s

. what is th e in f lu e n c e of f a m i ly background v a r ia b le s such as household income and fa m i ly s i z e upon t h e school en ro lm en t d e c is io n

. what a r e th e d e te rm in a n ts of t h e d egree of o v e r la p between th e labour fo r c e and th e schools s e c to r ( f o r exam ple , p a r t t im e employment w h i l s t a t school f u l l t i m e ) .

1976 Census Data

E co no m etr ic a n a ly s is using t h e Maximum L ik e l ih o o d Method of e s t im a t io n .

R e s u l ts w i l l not be known b e fo re l a t e 1980. P r e l im in a r y work suggests t h a t school le a v in g age is an im p o r tan t d e te rm in a n t of unemployment r a te s f o r te e n a g e r s . The unemployment-school le a v in g age r e l a t i o n s h i p e x h i b i t s l a rg e d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e sexes , between n a t i o n a l i t y groups, and between l o c a l i t i e s .

P h .D . t h e s i s when com ple ted .

2 6 6 (D 1 0)

Page 206: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

200

FREELAND, John, and Rachel SHARP #

The function and functioning of the State and schooling in the reproduction of labour power; the school-work connection through the present economic recession.

INSTITUTIONS . School of Education, University of Sydney, NSW (Freeland)

. School of Education, Macquarie U nivers ity , NSW (Sharp)

TIME 1979 - 1980

PLACE National in focus

. To develop a theoretica l understanding of the in te r ­re lationships between schooling, the labour market and the s ta te .

. To develop a c r i t ic a l analysis of the WiI Iiam Report and its implications for school to work t ra n s it io n and other s ta te in i t ia t iv e s concerning youth unemployment, schooling and the labour market.

METHOD Analysis, on the basis of a developing theoretica l pers­pective, of

. a l l the o f f i c ia l reports, a r t ic le s , books and media coverage of the intei—relationships between school, the labour market and unemployment

. various government in i t ia t iv e s .

RESULTS In i ts e f fo r ts to orchestrate the present economicrecession the State is cutting areas of unproductive expenditure to enable a greater expenditure on economic restructuring .

Education is not d ire c t ly productive but certa in areas of educational a c t iv i ty are in d irec t ly productive in th a t they can increase labour productiv ity ; e .g. technical education, s c ie n t i f i c education. Thus the State is attempting to cut the non-productive areas of education expenditure and increase emphasis on the in d irec t ly productive areas.

Education is also being used to soak up the mass of unemployed youth: to keep them in s t i tu t io n a l is e d , toreduce unemployment s ta t is t ic s .

175 (D1 1)

Page 207: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

201

DOCUMENTATION . J. FREELAND and R. SHARP 'E d u c a t io n , th e S ta te and t h e R e p ro d u c t io n o f Labour Power: some backgroundc o n s id e r a t io n s t o th e W i l l ia m s R e p o r t ' . Paper p resen ted t o th e S .A .A .N .Z . C on fe rence , C anberra , 1979.

. J. FREELAND, 'E d u c a t io n and th e Labour M a rke t . Some T h e o r e t i c a l C o n s id e r a t i o n s ' , Rad ica l Educa t ion D o s s ie r , No. 10, 1979.

. J. FREELAND and R. SHARP, 'The W i l l ia m s Report on E d u c a t io n , T r a in in g and Employment: th e d e c l in e andf a l l o f K a r m e lo t ' , I n t e r v e n t i o n , No. 14, 1980(F o r th c o m in g ) .

Page 208: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

202

SWEET, R.

A Labour Market Perspective on the Basic Standards Debate. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling Service, NSW Department ofTechnical and Further Education, June 1979. [18p]

INSTITUTION Student Counselling Research U n it, NSW Department of Technical and Further Education

TIME 1962 - 1978

PLACE New South Wales

AIM To account fo r the debate over declining standards among school leavers in terms of changing re la tionsh ips between education and the labour market.

METHOD . Analysis of secondary school enrolment figu respublished by the A ustralian Bureau of S ta t is t ic s .

. Analysis of trade course curriculum reviews conducted by the NSW Department of TAFE.

RESULTS Over a period of twelve years, changes in secondary school retention rates had the e ffec ts th a t the group of students who entered the labour market a fte r year 10 more than doubled in s ize , increased in its v a r ia b i l i ty and possibly declined in its overa ll level of a b i l i t y . These changes pose s ig n if ic a n t selection problems for employers of apprentices to the s k ille d trades - the employer group th a t has been mast vocal in complaints about declining standards of lite ra c y and numeracy. I t is argued in the report th a t a fa i lu r e by employers to recognise the school leaver changes mentioned above and to adjust th e irse lection techniques accordingly has led them to the mistaken conclusion th a t basic standards have declined.

At the trade level technology appears to deski 1 1 jobs ra ther than to ra ise th e ir s k i l l le ve l. As a consequence i t cannot be argued th a t complaints about basic standards at the trade level a rise from standards not having increased s u ff ic ie n t ly to cope with the demands posed by new technology.

The adoption by industry of improved selection techniques is advocated as an a lte rn a tiv e to an increased emphasis on basic s k i l l s in the schools.

DOCUMENTAT 1 ON Report c ited above.

396 (D12)

Page 209: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

203

SWEET, R.

The New Marginal Workers: Teenage Part-T im e Employment in A u s t ra l iain th e 1970s. Research Report. Sydney: Student Counselling S erv ice ,NSW Department of Technical and F urther Education, February 1980.145p. ]

INSTITUTION Student Counsell ing Research U n i t , NSW Department of Technical and F u r th e r Education, NSW.

TIME 1970s.

PLACE National

METHOD Analys is of ABS census data and of labour fo rce surveys.

RESULTS Teenage p a r t - t im e work was A u s t r a l ia 's fa s te s t growing employment in d ic a to r in the 1970s. In August 1979 21 per cent of a l l teenage employees were p a r t - t im e workers. Most are employed in lo w -s k i l le d sales and serv ice jobs fo r only a few hours a week; a m a jo r i ty are school students and of these a m a jo r i ty are very young teenagers. In August 18 1978 per cent of a l l A u s tra l ia n schoolstudents aged 15-19 were in the p a r t - t im e labour market. The teenage p a r t - t im e labour market is h igh ly segregated, overlapping m in im ally w ith e i t h e r the teenage f u l l - t i m e or a d u lt p a r t - t im e labour markets. I t s growth has coincided w ith a d e c l in e in the number of f u l l - t i m e teenage workers. However the two trends have occurred in d i f f e r e n t employment areas. N e ith e r unemployment, labour cost norlabour supply fa c to rs account s a t i s f a c t o r i l y fo r the growth in teenage p a r t - t im e work. An account is given in terms of changing p atterns of work o rg an isa t ion in r e t a i l and se rv ic e in d u s t r ie s . Im p lica t io n s fo r q u a l i ty of work l i f e , t r a n s i t i o n from school to work p o l ic ie s and th e s k i l l s t ru c tu re of the teenage workforce are discussed.

DOCUMENTATION Report c i te d above.

39 7 (D1 3)

Page 210: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

NOWAK, M .J . , and G.V. CROCKETT

School le a v e rs ' en try in to the labour market

FUNDING ERDC Research Grant

INSTITUTION Department of Economics I n s t i t u t e of Technology

and Finance, Western A u s t ra l ia n

TIME 1980 - 1981

PLACE Western A u s t r a 1ia

AIM . To determine the way forces in t e r a c t w ith the

in which f i rm s ' in te rn a l labour labour market.

. To id e n t i f y the requirements and procedures fo r expan­sion and fo r replenishment of f i rm s ' labour fo rce ,

. To assess whether the In te rn a l Labour Market ( ILM) paradigm could be re le va n t to the en try of school leavers in to the labour market,

SAMPLE A group of West A u s tra l ia n companies.

METHOD Case s tu d ie s . These wi l l attempt to answer the fo l lo w in gquestions:

. What fac to rs have led to the development of ILM s t r u c ­tu re s ; e . g . , o rg a n is a t io n a l , tec h n o lo g ic a l , economic?

. How does the ILM a f f e c t the re la t io n s h ip between q u a l i f i c a t io n s and s e le c t io n , both fo r entry level and promotional posit ions?

. What is the ro le of formal education as a screening device in the s e le c t io n process ( in c lu d in g the issue of c red en t!a Iism)?

. What mechanisms are a t work in the in t e r - f a c e between the formal educational system and the informal (o n - th e - jo b t r a in i n g ) education of workers?

. What im p lica t io n s are th e re fo r( i ) c u r r ic u la( i i ) g e n e r a l is t versus s p e c ia l is t courses( i i i ) length of c e r t i f i c a t e courses and s t r u c tu r e of

course attendance (such as f u l l - t i m e versus p a r t - t im e , day re le a s e ) .

. How is i t best to se t about f i t t i n g persons fo r employ­ment ( e . g . , w ith t r a in in g , r e - t r a i n in g , employment subsidy, vocational t r a in in g in the schools, or work re lease)?

278(D14)

Page 211: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

205

BONNELL, S h e i l a M. #

An examinat ion of a s p e c t s of employment and unemployment in pe r iod s of r ec ess io n and s t a b i l i t y in A u s t r a l i a . Ph.D. Thes i s

INSTITUTION Department of Economics, La Trobe U n iv e r s i t y , V i c t o r i a

TIME 1978 - 1981.

PLACE La Trobe U n i v e r s i t y .

AIM To examine t h e p a t t e r n s of t eenage employment and unemployment in t h e post -war pe r iod . The sp e c i a l emphasis of t h e s tudy i s however t h e a n a l y s i s of t h e r e l a t i v e p r i c e r e s po ns i ven es s of t h e demand for j u n i o r labour in th e r e t a i l i nd us t ry 1974-1979.

SAMPLE A large m u l t i - p l a n t r e t a i l f i rm wi th 1200 employees, surveyed a t s ix -month l y i n t e r v a l s between 1974 and 1979.

METHOD An economometric a n a l y s i s of t h e demand for labour by ty pe . Labour demand eq ua t io ns a r e e s t ima ted using Fui lInfo rmation Maximum Like l ihood Techniques . The s tudyexamines whether j u n i o r labour has been s u b s t i t u t e da g a i n s t a d u l t labour s a l e s a s s i s t a n t s and c l e r i c a lworkers .

RESULTS Re su l t s wi l l not be known before th e end of 1980. P re se n t i n d i c a t i o n s a r e t h a t d e s p i t e t h e very heavy j u n i o r unemployment, j u n i o r employment has been a t l e a s t as s t r o n g as a d u l t t h roughou t t h e c u r r e n t r e c e ss i o n in s p i t e of a marked in c re as e in th e r e l a t i v e p r i c e of j u n i o r labour.

DOCUMENTATION . Ph.D. T he s i s when completed.

. S h e i l a M. Bonn e l l , A s tudy of changes in labour c o s tand employment in r e t a i l f i rms : p re l im ina ry d i s c u s s io n of theory and d a t a . A paper p r ese n te d t o t h e EighthConference of Economists , La Trobe U n i v e r s i t y , August 1979.

101(D15)

Page 212: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

206

DAVIS, Denis, and Graham HERMANN #

Unemployment and education In Western Sydney. An investigation commissioned and funded by the New South Wales Planning and Environment Commission

FUND 1NG New South Wales Planning and Environment Commission

INSTITUTION Macquarie U n iv e rs ity , Sydney, New South Wales

TIME 1979

PLACE Western Sydney

AIM . To gauge the extent of s k i l l shortage in the workforce of Western Sydney.

• To analyse the reasons fo r high unemployment levels and to gauge the extent of any discrim inatory employment practices against Western Sydney youth.

. To consider the a p p lic a b ility of education and other s tra te g ie s fo r employment.

SAMPLE Study 1: 80 firm s , 41 of which respondedStudy 2: 18 firm s which engage ju n io r female c le rks , 16 of

which respondedStudy 3: 3 large employers; 27 g ir ls a t school who

Intended to leave a t the end of the year and wanted to obtain a c le r ic a l p os ition .

METHOD Analysis of d iscrim inatory behaviour was p rim arily in s t i tu ­ted through the id e n tif ic a t io n of employment c r i t e r ia . Three methods were used:

. questionnaire to employers • case studies fo r employer ra tin g. ro le play in interview s itu a tio n with student and

employer p a rtic ip a n ts

RESULTS D iscrim inatory behaviour is hard to separate from what might be good p rac tice to minimise recruitm ent and tra in in g costs. Employment c r i te r ia are complex; schooling variables ra te amongst many others which schooling cannot a f fe c t , such as transporta tion and age. Furthermore, the

144(D16)

Page 213: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

207

DOCUMENTATION

s c h o o l i n g v a r i a b l e s a r e c o m p l i c a t e d by f a c t o r s such as home b a c k g ro u n d , m a s te r y o f E n g l i s h and num eracy , p e r s o n a l i t y and d e p o r tm e n t , and c o n f i d e n c e o f c a r e e r i n t e n t i o n . When e d u c a t io n i s h e ld c o n s t a n t , t h e s e t r a i t s , w h ich a r e e s s e n t i a l l y a s s o c ia t e d w i t h a m id d le c l a s s and p r o f e s s i o n a l f a m i l y u p b r i n g i n g , a r e e s p e c i a l l y i m p o r t a n t .

. The r e p o r t w o u ld have t o be s o u g h t th ro u g h t h e NSW M i n i s t e r f o r P l a n n i n g , Mr B e d fo rd

. The a u t h o r s a r e p r e p a r i n g a r t i c l e s f ro m t h e d a ta f o r pub I i c a t i o n .

Page 214: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

208

SMART, J . , D. STÖRER, T. KEEGAN, and M. DAVIDSON #

Unemployed y o u th survey

1NST1 TUT 1ONS . Department of S o c io lo g y , U n iv e r s i t y o f N ew cas t le , New South Wales (Smart and S t o r e r )

. Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e (Newcast le Reg ion)

. Newcast le Youth S upport Scheme

TIME March - J u l y 1980

PLACE N ewcast le

AIM To produce a s o c ia l p r o f i l e o f you th in c o n ta c t w i t h th e Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re s were handed o u t ove r a one week p e r io d a t Newcast le and C har les tow n Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e o f f i c e s . The q u e s t io n n a i r e covered in fo r m a t io n on background, e d u c a t io n , employment e x p e r ie n c e , leng th o f unemployment, use of unemployed re fe re n c e ag e n c ie s , o u t - o f -w o rk e x p e c ta t io n s , d a i l y a c t i v i t i e s , t r a i n i n g areas of i n t e r e s t .

RESULTS These a re s t i l l be ing coded and an a lysed . A p r e l im in a r y i n d i c a t i o n is t h a t a very h igh pe rcen tage o f unemployed y o u th have had t h r e e o r rrore years of work e x p e r ie n c e . The issue needs f u r t h e r i n v e s t i g a t i o n .

DOCUMENTATION I t is hoped t h a t th e r e p o r t w i l l be pu b l is h e d under th e ausp ices of t h e Task Force on Youth Unemployment.

381(Dl 7)

Page 215: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

209

EARLEY, P e te r #

Female unemployment, te c h n o lo g y and s o c ia l change.

INSTI TUT I ON Department o f S o c io lo g y , U n iv e r s i t y o f Newcast le , New South Wales

TIME 1980 - 1981

PLACE Newcast le and H unte r V a l le y

AIM To examine

. th e e f f e c t s of t e c h n o lo g ic a l change on 'women's w o rk '

. th e e n t r y o f fem ales i n t o t r a d i t i o n a l l y male areassuch as th e t ra d e s

. th e problems of female unemployment, e s p e c ia l l y f o re a r l y school leave rs

. th e adequacy o f school c a re e r e d u c a t io n in e x te nd ingo c c u p a t io n a l ch o ic e

SAMPLE . A sample of unemployed fem ale schoo l leavers (d e r iv e dla r g e ly f rom Commonwealth Youth S u p p o r t Schemes and t h e Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e

. a sample of fem ale h igh school s tu d e n ts (1 o r 2s c h o o ls )

. a sample of ' t h e h idden unemployed ' (a d o o r -k n o c k in ge x e r c is e )

. a sample o f the community (a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e c r o s s -s e c t i o n ) .

Sample s iz e s are s t i l l be be d e c id ed .

METHOD A n a ly s is and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of data ga thered from a number o f samples on th e b a s is of in -d e p th in te r v ie w s . The s tudy w i l l c o v e r :

. t r a n s i t i o n from schoo l t o w o rk /d o le

. c a re e r e d u c a t io n and v o c a t io n a l gu idance. unemployment. o c c u p a t io n a l h o r iz o n s and a s p i r a t i o n s , and p e rc e p t io n s

of t h e 'p ro b le m '. t e c h n o lo g ic a l change and t h e e f f e c t s on 'women's

w o r k '. t h e e n t r y o f females i n to s k i l l e d t ra d e s and

a p p r e n t ic e s h ip s. t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between pa id work and female i d e n t i t y

In genera l te rm s , th e s tud y w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e th e degree t o which s e x i s t b a r r i e r s a re being overcome and young g i r l s a re b roaden ing t h e i r c a re e r h o r iz o n s t o in c lu d e th o s e areas p r e v io u s ly con s id e red t o be ' o u t of bounds ' .

161(D18 )

Page 216: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

210

DEL IN , Jane, Q. INSHAW and J . SAUNDERS

Employment R a tes among Com m ercial S tudents« A d e la id e : South A u s t r a l ia n D epartm ent o f E d u c a t io n , January 1979. [25p ]

INSTITUTION Research S e c t io n , South A u s t r a l ia n E d u c a tio n D epa rtm en t

TIME 1977 - 1979

PLACE A d e la id e

AIM To c o n f irm th e p e rc e p tio n s o f te a c h e rs in th e Commerci al Teachers A s s o c ia t io n t h a t 'com m erc ia l s tu d e n ts w ith sk 1 Is a re o b ta in in g em p lo ym e n t'.

SAMPLE 315 'c o m m e rc ia l' schoo l le a ve rs from 11 SA h igh s c h o o ls

METHOD Commercial schoo l le a ve rs were fo llo w e d up v ith q u e s t io n n a ire s a f t e r th e y had been o u t o f schoo l a few months and da ta were compared w ith da ta from th e S c loo l Leave rs P r o je c t Isee a n n o ta t io n : Del in , 19791.

The s tudy cove red em ploym ent, unem ploym ent, p e rc e p tio n s o f schoo l co u rs e s , fu tu r e p la n s and a s p ir a t io n s o f com m ercial le a v e rs and compared them w ith le a ve rs who have ta k e n ess v o c a t io n a l ly o r ie n te d c o u rs e s .

RESULTS The scho o l le a ve rs who had ' s k i l l s ' were o b ta i i in g employment a t a h ig h e r ra te and a ls o appeared ra 'h e r h a p p ie r w i t h t h e i r s c h o o lin g and t h e i r jo b s tha n th e S c io o l Leave rs P r o je c t le a v e rs , (see a n n o ta t io n : Del in , SaunJers and Inshaw ).

DOCUMENTAT I ON R e p o rt c i te d above.

151(1119)

Page 217: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

211

DEL IN, J . , and Q. INSHAW

The S horthand Survey : An I n v e s t i g a t i o n I n t o The Use o f Shorthand by Young People Who Have Taken S horthand Courses a t Schoo l. A d e la id e : South A u s t r a l i a n Departm ent o f E d u c a t io n , 1979, I 21p ]

INSTITUTION Research S e c t io n , South A u s t r a l i a n Department ofEduc a t io n

TIME 1978 - 1979

PLACE A de la ide

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

RESULTS

To f i n d o u t th e e x te n t t o which people who had taken sho r thand a t schoo l a c t u a l l y used i t a f te rw a rd s .

Peop le who had taken sho r thand were drawn from a group of peop le who had p r e v io u s ly been in v o lv e d in a f o l l o w up s tud y of commercia l s tu d e n ts (N=166). [Del i n , 19791

School leave rs were c o n ta c te d by q u e s t io n n a i r e a f t e r the y had been in th e w o rk fo rc e a p p ro x im a te ly 12 months. The q u e s t io n n a i r e cove red aspec ts of employment, use of s h o r th a n d , impact of w o rd -p ro c e s s e rs , d ic taphones and th e t e c h n o lo g ic a l in n o v a t io n s , e m p lo y e rs ' c r i t e r i a .

The main f i n d i n g was t h a t most o f t h e sample d id not use t h e i r sho r th an d though i t had he lped them get jo b s .

DOCUMENTATION Report c i t e d above.

150CD20)

Page 218: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

212

WASSEL, Mohamed

Problems of Unemployed Youth in the Western Region of Melbourne» Canberra: TAFEC, 1977

FUND ING Technical and Further Education Commission

INSTITUTION Footscray Technical C ollege, V ic to r ia

TIME 1976

PLACE Footscray and Sunshine regions of Melbourne, V ic to ria

AIM . To enquire in to the educational backgrounds ofdisadvantaged youth

. To id e n tify barriers th a t in h ib it attendance a t TAFE col leges

, To investigate the extent to which youth return to school because they cannot find employment and the extent to which they gain access to TAFE and the degree of success achieved.

SAMPLE Three groups of youths in the 15-19 years age group: 100 unemployed, 30 who had returned to school because they were unable to find employment, and 50 youths who were continuing to study a t a technical co llege.

METHOD The sample answered a questionnaire which was madified fo r each of the three groups. Information was gathered on general c h a ra c te ris tic s , migrant s tatus, educational background, present educational s tatus, fam ily background, asp ira tio n s , knowledge of TAFE colleges and employment h is to ry .

RESULTS The study produced a large number of findings; among them, an apparent lack of pressure on the unemployed to remain a t school, a fe e lin g among the group th a t th e ir teachers underrated them, and a dearth of knowledge about work s itu a tio n s and about ways, means and opportunities to fu rth e r th e ir own development.

DOCUMENTATION Report ci ted above.

450(D21)

Page 219: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

WILSON, B.

Yoi+h unemployment in t h e M i ld u ra d i s t r i c t

INST ITU" ION Department o f E d u c a t io n a l S o c io lo g y and S o c ia l S c ience , Melbourne S ta te C o l le g e , V i c t o r i a .

TIME 1978 - 1980

PLACE S u n rays ia D i s t r i c t , V i c t o r i a

AIM To i n v e s t i g a t e th e s ta te o f you th unemployment in t h e M i ld u ra d i s t r i c t , w i th p a r t i c u l a r re fe re n c e t o i t s e x te n t , n a tu re and causal f a c t o r s , in r e l a t i o n t o n a t io n a l p a t t e r n s .

SAMPLE S tud en ts sampled were from Years 9, 10, 11 in fo u rsecondary and t e c h n ic a l schoo ls in th e d i s t r i c t .

METHOD . Documentary a n a l y s is. i n te r v ie w s w i t h te a c h e rs , em p loyers , government

o f f i c i a l s , unemployed y ou ths . q u e s t io n n a i r e survey o f schoo l s tu d e n ts .

The s tudy cove rs. The e x te n t o f unemployment, e s p e c i a l l y amongst you th. community and school responses t o you th unemployment. a s p i r a t i o n s and school e x p e c ta t io n s o f school

s tu d e n ts .

RESULTS A n a ly s is is not y e t com p le te ; however, i t is c l e a r t h a t th e lo c a l economy has been s e r i o u s l y a f f e c t e d by t re n d s a t t h e n a t io n a l l e v e l . In a d d i t i o n , th e re a re s p e c i f i c developments which a re l i k e l y t o f u r t h e r reduce employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o young p e op le . I t is hoped t h a t a n a l y s is w i l l be comple ted by th e end o f 1980.

472(D22)

Page 220: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

214

LANGLEY, Paul C.

G rea te r Shepparton Area Labour Force and Community Survey, O ctober-November 1979: General Report. Melbourne: School of Economics, La Trobe U n iv e r s i ty , February 1980. [73p + appendices]

FUNDING V ic to r ia n Employment Committee and Shepparton C i t i z e n 's Employment Committee

INSTITUTION School of Economics, La Trobe U n iv e r s i ty , V i c t o r i a

TIME October - November 1979 col lection of data

PLACE Shepparton Area , V ic t o r ia

AIM To provide comprehensive demographic and labour market data fo r th e Shepparton area .

SAMPLE 1,252 usable responses from a random sample of households in th e Shepparton area: the c i ty of Shepparton, Sh ire of Rodney and S h ire of Shepparton.

METHOD Q uestionnaires administered by t ra in e d in te rv iew ers to a l l persons over 15 in households which were se lected and agreed to p a r t i c i p a t e . The q ues t ion n a ire covered such areas as educational q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , employment experience and s ta tu s , unemployment, job seeking, m o b i l i t y , unpaid voluntary work, farm work.

RESULTS The survey gives comprehensive s t a t i s t i c a l data on the labour fo rce in the Shepparton area , each section of th e survey providing i t s own s e t of conclusions. Among these are:

. 5 .7 per cent of the population 15 years of age and overreported being c u rre n t ly en ro l le d in a course a t a t e r t i a r y i n s t i t u t i o n of some k ind, mainly in theShepparton area

. the Shepparton area , l ik e a number of o ther regionalcen tres , has experienced a s i g n i f i c a n t reduction in both aggregate and a g e -s p e c i f ic labour fo rce p a r t ic ip a t io n ra te s , and a r i s e in o v e ra l l unemployment ra te s - p a r t i c ­u la r l y fo r female labour fo rce members.

The survey re s u l ts are seen as an important step in the estab lishm ent of regional data bases in V i c t o r i a .

DOCUMENTATION Report c i te d above.

233(D23)

Page 221: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

215

CLANCY, J e f f #

A s tu d y o f you th unemployment

INSTITUTION ACER, V i c t o r i a

TIME 1980: an e x te n s io n of th e f o l i o w - u p s tu d ie s in 1978 and 1979 o f 6 ,000 18 -year o ld s who c o n s t i t u t e d t h e 14 yeai—o ld sample in th e 1975 A u s t r a l i a n S tu d ie s of School P e r f o r ­mance [See a n n o ta t i o n : W i l l i a m s , T r e v o r ]

PLACE V i c t o r i a

AIM To i n v e s t i g a t e

. th e s o c ia l and p s y c h o lo g ic a l e f f e c t s o f unemployment on young peop le

. whe the r th e e f f e c t s ( i f the se a re e s ta b l i s h e d ) a re due t o leng th a n d /o r f requency o f unemployment

. t h e s o c ia l p rocesses which u n d e r l i e you th unemployment

SAMPLE A sample o f 200-250 unemployed you th drawn from th e V i c t o r i a n sample of 18-19 y e a r o ld s abou t whom da ta have been c o l l e c t e d s y s t e m a t i c a l l y in 1975, 1978, 1979 as p a r t o f the ACER c o re programme o f re s e a rc h , The Study of School Leave rs ,

METHOD The s tu d y is framed p a r t l y on a s t a t u s a t ta in m e n t model in which c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s such as c u r r e n t employment s t a t u s , o c c u p a t io n a l a s p i r a t i o n s and a t t i t u d e s t o work a re seen as m u l t i p l e outcomes of o c c u p a t io n a l e x p e r ie n c e , educa­t i o n , f a m i l y background and pe rsona l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . The s tud y a ls o uses a t h e o r e t i c a l model de r iv e d f rom M e r to n 's n o t io n of means-goals d i s j u n c t i o n s (e la b o ra te d in h i s paper 'S o c ia l S t r u c t u r e and A no m ie ') and Rodman's (1963) th e o ry of th e 'Low er C lass V a lue S t r e t c h ' t o examine th e long te rm impact o f unemployment on work va lu e s .

The da ta w i l l be c o l le c t e d by persona l in te r v ie w d u r in g May/June 1980 and ana lysed (u s in g m u l t i v a r i a t e te c h n iq u e s ) d u r in g 1980 t o e a r l y 1981.

12KD24)

Page 222: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

216

FEATHER, N . T . , G.E. O'BRIEN and B. KABANOFF #

A l o n g i t u d i n a l s tudy of th e unemployed

INSTITUTION School o f S o c ia l S c iences , The F l i n d e r s U n iv e r s i t y o f South A u s t r a 1ia

TIME August 1980 - 1983

PLACE M e t r o p o l i t a n h igh sch o o ls in A d e la id e

AIM To s tudy t h e e f f e c t s of employment and unemployment on a number of v a r i a b le s which in c lu d e : work v a lu e s , s e l f ­esteem, pe rsona l s a t i s f a c t i o n , causal a t t r i b u t i o n s , home l i f e and a c t i v i t i e s , p e rc e p t io n s of c o n t r o l , cop ingb e h a v io u r .

SAMPLE Between 4 ,0 0 0 and 5 ,0 0 0 s c h o o l c h i l d r e n from a w ide sample o f m e t r o p o l i t a n h igh scho o ls in A d e la id e w i l l be t e s te d in 1980 and fo l lo w e d up o v e r 2 t o 3 y e a rs .

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re s w i l l be a d m in is te re d a t school and f o l l o w ­up q u e s t io n a a i r e s w i 11 be sen t by pos t ove r th e ensuing two y e a rs . Q u e s t io n n a i re s w i l l in c lu d e items r e l a t i n g t o t h e above v a r i a b le s p lu s items o f a demographic n a tu re and items concerned w i th employment s t a t u s .

S e le c te d in te r v ie w s may be a r ra n g e d . A new c o h o r t w i l l be t e s te d a t school in 1982. The s tudy shou ld be ab le t o f o l l o w up school leave rs from many d i f f e r e n t backgrounds and w i l l be one o f th e few t h a t has in v o lv e d a l o n g i t u d i ­na l e n q u i r y over th e long te rm on th e e f f e c t ofempIoyment/unempIoyment.

17CKD25)

Page 223: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

217

WINEFI ELD, A .H . , P . I . TILLETT, J . DELIN, and M. TIGGEMAN #

P s y c h o lo g ic a l e f f e c t s of unemployment and th e I m p l i c a t io n s f o r sch o o ls

FUND 1NG Supported by an ERDC g ra n t

INSTITUTIONS . Department of P sycho lo gy , U n iv e r s i t y of A d e la id e . Research S e c t io n , South A u s t r a l i a n E du ca t io n

Departm ent

TIME 1980 - 1982

PLACE Adel a i de

AIM To in v e s t i g a t e th e p s y c h o lo g ic a l e f f e c t s of unemployment on schoo l leave rs w i t h i n th e framework o f S e l ig m a n 's t h e o r y of lea rned h e lp le s s n e s s and t o p ro v id e in fo rm a t io n t o s c h o o ls .

SAMPLE 3 ,5 00 p u p i i s o f schoo l le a v in g age in Years 10, 11 and 12 from m e t r o p o l i t a n s t a t e h igh s c h o o ls ( y e t t o be chosen).

METHOD T h is is a l o n g i t u d i n a l s tud y fo c u s in g on v a r i a b le s such as a t t i t u d e s , moods and m o t i v a t i o n , u s in g an i n i t i a l q u e s t io n n a i r e survey a d m in is te re d a t school fo l lo w e d by repea ted p o s t -s c h o o l f o l l o w - u p i n v e s t i g a t i o n s in th e form o f m a i led q u e s t io n n a i r e s and in -d e p th in te r v ie w s .

RESULTS A p i l o t s tu d y (by M a r ika T iggeman) has tended t o c o n f i r m t h e th e o ry t h a t learned p e rc e p t io n s of h e lp le s s n e s s a f f e c t s e l f - e s te e m , m o t iv a t io n and ach ievem ent and may c o r r e l a t e w i t h unemployment.

476(D26)

Page 224: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

218

GURNEY, Ross

A spec ts of s c h o o l - le a v e r unemployment, Ph.D. t h e s i s . Department of P s y c h o lo g y , U n iv e r s i t y of M e lbou rne , 1979,

INSTITUTIONS Departm ent o f P sycho lo gy , U n iv e r s i t y of M e lbou rne ,V i c t o r ! a

TIME November 1978 t o A p r i l 1979

PLACE M elbourne , V i c t o r i a

AIM To i n v e s t i g a t e t h e p s y c h o lo g ic a l e f f e c t s on s c h o o l - le a v e r s o f le a v in g school in th e c u r r e n t r e c e s s io n .

SAMPLE 417 schoo l leave rs o f both sexes from yea rs 10 and 11 in e ig h te e n secondary s c h o o ls - h ig h , t e c h n i c a l , p r i v a t e .

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re s were a d m in is te re d t o th e s tu d e n ts in school t im e d u r in g November 1978. A sample o f the se was c o n ta c te d by mail a t t h e i r home addresses in A p r i l 1979 w i t h a second q u e s t io n n a i r e t o be com p le ted . The q u e s t io n n a i r e s focused on v a r i a b le s such as s e l f - e s te e m , l i f e s a t i s f a c t i o n , p e r s o n a l i t y , p a ren t a t t i t u d e s , psycho­s o c ia l deve lopm ent.

RESULTS A n a ly s i s of t h e q u e s t io n n a i r e s p ro v id e d an i n s i g h t i n t o what p s y c h o lo g ic a l changes had o c c u r re d in th e se peop le and a l lo w e d some c o n c lu s io n s about th e e f f e c t s o f le av in g s c h o o l . Leav ing and g e t t i n g a jo b had p ro v id e d th e f o r t u n a t e ones w i t h th e s t im u la t i o n t o make s i g n i f i c a n t p s y c h o lo g ic a l deve lopm ent, w h i le th e u n fo r t u n a te ones who had not o b ta in e d work remained s t a t i o n a r y and showed n e i t h e r development nor d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f a p s y c h o lo g ic a l k in d .

DXUMENTAT ION . Ph.D. t h e s i s l i s t e d above. Ross M. Gurney, Does unemployment a f f e c t th e s e l f ­

esteem of school le ave rs? Unemployment, school leave rs and s e l f - e s te e m , A u s t r a l ia n Jou rna l o f Psycho logy ( in p re s s )

. Ross M. G urney , The e f f e c t s of unemployment o r t h e p s y c h o -s o c ia l development of school le a v e rs , Jou rna l o f O c c u p a t io n a l Psycho logy ( i n p ress )

186(D27)

Page 225: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

219

BREWER, Graeme if

The human c o s t o f unemployment

INSTITUTION B ro th e rho od o f S t . Laurence, M elbourne , V i c t o r i a .

TIME 1979

PLACE Me I bourne

AIM To conduc t a q u a l i t a t i v e s tu d y t h a t examines th e changes ove r t im e in th e behav iou r and s i t u a t i o n o f a group o f 30 p e o p le , a l I o f whom were unemployed a t th e t im e o f t h e i r i n c lu s i o n in th e sample .

SAMPLE 31 unemployed p e o p le , c o m p r is in g 22 males and 9 fem a les . Among th e s e , 12 were under 19 yea rs o f age and 8 in t h e 19-24 age group .

The s e le c t i o n p rocess was a v o lu n ta r y one, th e responden ts be ing tho se peop le w i l l i n g t o be in te rv ie w e d fo r th e s tu d y . They were c o n ta c te d th ro u g h th e B ro th e rho od o f S t Laurence K ing S t r e e t Job C e n t re , a jo b -m a tc h in g c e n t r e , community groups and in fo rm a l ne tw orks . The sample in c lu d e d lo n g - te rm unempIoyed p e o p le , r e c e n t l y a r r i v e d and e s ta b l i s h e d m ig ra n ts , u n s k i l l e d and p r o fe s s io n a l w o rk e rs , o ld e r re t re n c h e d workers and m a r r ie d women.

METHOD I n t e r v ie w and a t t i t u d e s u rv e y s . People were in te rv ie w e d fo u r t im e s a t q u a r t e r l y i n t e r v a l s . Data shou ld p ro v id e in fo r m a t io n on:

. jo b h i s t o r y

. b a r r i e r s t o employment

. th e search f o r work

. consequences o f unemployment

. p e rc e p t io n s o f r e le v a n t i n s t i t u t i o n s

. s o c ia l p e r c e p t io n s o f th e unemployed

. a t t i t u d e s u rv e y s .

DOCUMENTATION R eport t o be p u b l is h e d d u r in g 1980.

105(D28)

Page 226: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

220

ARNOLD, M ark, and Gordan INMAN

Nowhere No-way. A r e p o r t on you th hom elessness. A s h f ie ld , N .S .W .: C a re fo rc e , May 1980. I70p ]

INSTITUTION C a re fo rc e , 16 B ru n sw ick Parade, A s h f ie ld , New South Wales

TIME March - May 1980

PLACE Sydney

AIM To c o n ta c t a number o f homeless young peop le and a tte m p t t o d is c o v e r th ro u g h th e s e c o n ta c ts • what i t fe e ls l ik e t o be homeless . how they came to be homeless. what th e y saw as reasons f o r t h e i r hom elessness . what can be done abou t th e prob lem

SAMPLE 30 young peop le were co n ta c te d (17 m a les, 13 fe m a le s ) a t d ro p - in c e n tre s , re fu g e s , s q u a t t in g , o r on th e s t r e e t s . E ig h t p a re n ts o f homeless you th were a ls o in te rv ie w e d .

METHOD The re p o r t Is d e l ib r a t e ly im p r e s s io n is t ic and does n o t a s p ire to any p a r t i c u la r s t a t i s t i c a l v a l i d i t y . An a tte m p t was made in in te rv ie w s to e s ta b l is h a r e la t io n s h ip o f t r u s t , so t h a t th e young peop le c o u ld sha re t h e i r f e e l in g s abou t be ing hom eless, as w e ll as p o in t to causes and th e k in d s of responses th e y had had to t h e i r s i t u a t io n s . In th e l i g h t o f t h e i r comments, th e r e p o r t has a tte m p te d t o e v a lu a te t r a d i t i o n a l responses and c u r re n t responses to yo u th hom elessness. I t a ls o sug ge s ts th e responses now needed.

The re p o r t cove rs a reas such as :. th e e f f e c t s o f fa m ily l i f e , yo u th unem ploym ent,

e d u c a tio n and s o c ia l a l ie n a t io n . pen ske tch es and b r ie f p r o f i le s o f th e 30 young peop le . a n a ly s is o f reasons o f le a v in g home; age; how th e y l e f t

home; c u r re n t c o n ta c t w ith p a re n ts ; c u r re n t employment s ta tu s ; econom ic s ta tu s ; s o c ia l o r ie n ta t io n ; p re v io u s h is to r y

. p a re n ts ’ th o u g h ts

. a n a ly s is o f responses to yo u th hom elessness.

9(D 29)

Page 227: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

221

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATI ON

. F a m i ly c o n f l i c t was h ig h on t h e l i s t o f p r e c i p i t a t i n g ca u s e s ,

. Unemploym ent and p o v e r t y w e re f a c t o r s c a u s in g a s i g n i f i c a n t number t o le a v e home and were a m a jo r i n f l u e n c e on c o n t i n u i n g h o m e le ssn e ss f o r t h e m a j o r i t y ,

. C h i l d r e n a r e becoming hom e less a t a y o u n g e r age.

. Few had any c o n t i n u i n g c o n t a c t w i t h p a r e n t s .

. M os t had a l r e a d y been i n v o l v e d in t h e w e l f a r e o r j u v e n i l e j u s t i c e sy s te m .

R e p o r t c i t e d a b o v e .

Page 228: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

222

HARRISON, M ic h e l l e , and D i j ' a n n e CEVAAL

S o c ia l w e l f a r e law ass ignm en t . Canberra : ACT Schools A u t h o r i t y , E v a lu a t io n and Research S e c t io n , 1979.

INSTITUTION E v a lu a t io n and Research S e c t io n , ACT Schools A u t h o r i t y

TIME June 1979

PLACE C a nb e rra , ACT

AIM To in v e s t i g a t e th e needs of Canberra you th (15 -19 y e a rs ) in r e l a t i o n t o hous ing and employment.

SAMPLE 126 r e p l i e s t o a q u e s t io n n a i r e which was d i s t r i b u t e d a t P h i l l i p C o l le g e , Melba High S choo l , Job less A c t io n ( C i v i c and Woden), YMCA (Jam ison)

METHOD Q u e s t io n n a i re t o a group of young peop le in th e age- g roup .

RESULT The q u e s t io n n a i r e covered a wide range of t o p i c s and th e re s e a rc h e rs found many problems a r i s i n g in th e age -g roup . The r e p o r t d iscusses these in r e l a t i o n t o t h e r o le s of v a r io u s w e l f a r e ag en c ies (government and independen t) and t h e a t te m p ts made by them to s o lv e th e problems.

The survey in d ic a t e s t h a t

. th e young peop le surveyed had an u n r e a l i s t i c idea of th e jo b market in Canberra (b e fo re seek ing a jo b )

. m ig ra n t and female members were l i k e l y t o have g r e a te r problems than o th e r young peop le in o b t a in in g jo b s

. t h e r e were some accommodation problems and a su g g e s t io n t h a t th e young peop le d id no t have ready access t o community sources of he lp , l a r g e ly because they were unaware of th e se sources of h e lp .

DOCUMENTAT1 ON R epo rt a v a i l a b l e from E v a lu a t io n and Research S e c t io n , ACT Schoo ls A u t h o r i t y .

189(D30)

Page 229: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

223

VAN MOORST, H. #

L e is u re p a t te r n s of peop le n o t in th e w o rk fo rc e

FUND 1NG A s s is te d w i t h funds from t h e Department o f Youth, S p o r t and R e c r e a t i o n , V i c t o r i a

INSTITUTION S o c io lo g y Departm ent, F o o tsc ra y I n s t i t u t e of Techno logy , V i c t o r i a

TIME 1980

PLACE Mel bourne

AIM . To d e s c r ib e th e le i s u r e p a t te r n s of peop le nof in t h e w o rk fo rc e .

. To d is c o v e r any a c tu a l o r p e rc e iv e d ’ p ro b le m s ’ in th e use o f l e i s u r e t im e f o r tho se n o t in th e w o rk fo rc e .

. To compare t h e l e i s u r e p a t te rn s of unemployed you th w i th a c o n t r o l group o f employed and s tu d e n t you th t o a s c e r t a in what d i f f e r e n c e s ( i f any) e x i s t in th e use of l e i s u r e t im e and th e l e i s u r e needs o r d e s i re s of each o f th e se g roups .

. To make a p p r o p r ia te recommendations to Government bod ies shou ld th e res e a rc h f i n d i n g s w a r ra n t i t .

SAMPLE 1,000 househo lds in th e Melbourne m e t r o p o l i t a n area (persons no t in th e w o r k fo r c e ) .

METHOD A n a ly s is and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of da ta ga thered from:. q u e s t io n n a i r e s a d m in is te re d t o sample househo lde rs . d i a r i e s a d m in is te re d t o unemployed persons under 25

yea rs of age

The s tu d y examines th e use of l e i s u r e t im e and t h e d e s ire d use of l e i s u r e t im e o f :. peop le no t in th e w o rk fo rc e ; t h i s in c lu d e s unemployed,

p e n s ione rs and o th e rs on b e n e f i t s , bu t ex ludes house- w iv e s .

. peop le in t h e w o r k fo r c e , in c lu d in g s tu d e n ts (as a c o n t r o l g ro u p ) .

DOCUMENTATION R eport t o be p repared f o r th e Departm ent of Youth S po r t and R e c r e a t io n , V i c t o r i a .

43K D 31)

Page 230: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

224

E

YOUTH PROGRAMMES AND EVALUATIONS

the e ffe c tiv e n e s s of manpower programmes programmes fo r th e handicapped educational and vocational youth programmes

Page 231: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

225

BROTHERHOOD OF ST LAURENCE

D isadvan taged Workers and Employment: P o l i c i e s , Programs and Jobs. A R e po r t convened by th e V i c t o r i a n S o c ia l W e l fa re Departm ent. Melbourne : B ro th e rh o o d o f S t Lau rence , 1979. [231p . ]

FUNDING . V i c t o r i a n S o c ia l W e l fa re Departm ent. Department o f You th , S po r t and R e c re a t io n ( p r i n t i n g )

INSTITUTION B ro th e rh o o d o f S t . Laurence, M e lbourne , V i c t o r i a

TIME 1978 - 1979

PLACE V i c t o r i a

AIM To develop nrodel packages and programmes and i n v e s t i g a t eo p t io n s and d i r e c t i o n s a v a i l a b l e w i th a v iew t o b e t t e r a s s i s t i n g d isad van ta ged unemployed groups in g e n e r a l , bu t w i t h p a r t i c u l a r emphasis be ing p laced on t h e s i t u a t i o n o f young j o b s ee ke rs . I n i t i a l l y , t h e resea rch was to c o n c e n t r a te on:

. i d e n t i f y i n g e x i s t i n g p r o je c t s which a re approved f o r Commonwealth f u n d in g , and which c ou ld be developed i n t o model packages

. p ro d u c in g a document on o p t io n s , and p o s s ib le d i r e c t i o n s f o r manpower programmes

. d e v e lo p in g a re v is e d approach t o community s e r v ic e p r o j e c t s wh ich would be o p e ra b le w i t h i n Federa l g u i de I in e s .

METHOD The s tud y was designed in fo u r d i s t i n c t phases:

. da ta co l l e c t i o n and assessment

. t h e p ro d u c t io n of an i n t e r im r e p o r t based on th e data and i t s assessment, o f f e r i n g a t e n t a t i v e framework f o r t h e a n a ly s is of manpower programmes

. a community c o n s u l t a t i o n around th e i n t e r im r e p o r t t o t e s t t h e framework f o r a n a l y s is and t h e broad o p t io n s f o r manpower programmes

. th e f i n a l r e p o r t which in c o rp o ra te d t h e feedback from th e community, developed th e framework f o r a n a l y s is of programmes and dev ised programmes f o r d isadvan taged w o rk e rs .

1 0 7 ( E 1)

Page 232: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

226

RESULTS

The r e p o r t d e s c r ib e s the framework used f o r a n a ly s is . T h is is based on s ta te m e n ts of va lues and assumptions abou t c u r r e n t and f u t u r e a t t i t u d e s and developments . The r e p o r t d iscusses th e r e l a t i v e e f f e c t i v e n e s s of fo u r employment s t r a t e g i e s : t h e use of macro-economic p o l i c i e s whichin c rea s e em ployment; an improvement in th e e f f i c i e n c y o f t h e w o rk fo rc e , j o b c r e a t i o n , and employment red i s t r i b u t io n . On t h i s d is c u s s io n is based an o u t l i n e o f th e te n most im p o r ta n t p la n n in g p r i n c i p l e s f o r manpower programmes, and th e se a re used t o assess A u s t r a l i a ' s c u r re n t manpower programmes. F i n a l l y , manpower p o l i c i e s f o r d isadvantaged w o rke rs a re d is c u s s e d .

The main c o n c lu s io n of th e Report is ' t h a t a manpower p o l i c y which does no t in c lu d e la r g e -s c a le (and e x p en s ive ) j o b c r e a t i o n programmes h e lp s few of th e unemployed and, in p a r t i c u l a r , ig no res th e d isadvan taged unemployed w o rk e r whose p o s i t i o n is r a p i d l y d e t e r i o r a t i n g ' . On c u r r e n t government programmes, t h e Report conc ludes ' t h a t t h e rem ed ia l p o l i c i e s and programmes being pursued by t h i s Government need t o be abandoned and rep laced by more s y s te m a t ic and in te g r a te d p o l i c i e s and programmes'. From th e s e c o n c lu s io n s , th e R e po r t makes a number of recommen­d a t io n s f o r government a c t i o n .

DOCUMENTATION R epo rt c i t e d above,

Page 233: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

DEL IN, Jane, and JANET DAWSON

Bowden

FUND ING

INSTITUTION

TIME

PLACE

AIM

Bromp+on e a r l y schoo l le a v e rs p r o j e c t

Schoo ls Commission In n o v a t io n s Program

Research S e c t io n , South A u s t r a l i a n Department of E duca t ion

1980

Bowden Bromptom Communi+y Workshop S cho o l , SA

To p ro v id e programmes f o r peop le who have l e f t schoo l e a r l y and w ish t o r e t u r n on a p a r t - t im e ba s is t o upgrade t h e i r academic and jo b - s e e k in g s k i l l s . Through t h i s a c t io n rese a rch p r o j e c t , i t is hoped t o p ro v id e a model f o r o th e r scho o ls t o f o l l o w .

148(E2)

Page 234: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

228

AUSTRALIA.

Schoo! to

DEPARTMENTS

AIM

PROVISIONS

COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

work t r a n s i t i o n p o l i c y

. E d ucat ion

. Employment and Youth A f f a i r s

. S t a t e Government d epartm ents

To p ro v id e a l l young people in th e 15-19 age group w i th o p t io n s in e d u c a t io n , t r a i n i n g and employment, o r any com­b in a t io n of t h e s e , e i t h e r p a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e , so t h a t unemployment becomes th e le a s t a c c e p ta b le a l t e r n a t i v e .

The Commonwealth Government has undertaken t o p ro v id e $150 m i l l i o n o ver f i v e y e a rs (1 9 8 0 -1 9 8 4 ) in t r a n s i t i o n program­mes which w i l l r e q u i r e c o n t r ib u t io n s from t h e S ta te s a f t e r th e f i r s t y e a r . The Commonwealth w i l l spend $25 m i l l i o n in 1980, r i s i n g to $40 m i l l i o n in re a l terms in 1984. The S ta te s have been asked t o c o n t r i b u t e $9 m i l l i o n in 1981 and t o match Commonwealth c o n t r ib u t io n s t h e r e a f t e r .

Programmes proposed by th e S ta te s a re c o n s id ered f o r ap p ro va l a t Commonwealth leve l by a T r a n s i t i o n Programme S ta n d in g Committee c o n s is t in g of r e p r e s e n t a t iv e s from t h e D epartm ents of E d u c a t io n and Employment and Youth A f f a i r s , t h e T e r t i a r y E d u c a t io n Commission and th e Schools Commission. The Committee adv ises th e M i n i s t e r fo r E d u ca t io n and Youth A f f a i r s on t h e e s ta b l is h m e n t of gen era l p r i n c i p l e s and on th e ap p ro va l of p a r t i c u l a r programmes.

Funds a r e a v i l a b l e o n ly f o r agreed programmes in school and t e c h n ic a l and f u r t h e r e d u c a t io n systems. The p r im ary focus of th e t r a n s i t i o n programme is on school leavers l i k e l y t o have d i f f i c u l t y f i n d in g employment and on s tu d e n ts s t i l l a t school who a r e reg ard ed as l i k e l y to be ' a t r i s k ' o r e x p e r ie n c in g s i m i l a r d i f f i c u l t y .

P r o je c t s approved up t o May 1980 in c lu d e :

. a l t e r n a t i v e courses on secondary schools

. e x te n s io n of work e x p e r ie n c e programmes

. improved c a r e e r e d u c a t io n and c o u n s e l l in g

. o c c u p a t io n a l awareness programmes

. ' t r a n s i t i o n ' c la s s e s o r courses

. app o in tm ent of re s o u rc e persons youth e d u c a t io n o f f i c e r s , ' t r a n s i t i o n ' o f f i c e r s

. i n - s e r v i c e courses f o r te a c h e rs in t r a n s i t i o n e d u c a t io n

. expansion of E d u ca t io n Programmes f o r Unemployed Youth (EDUY), pre-em ploym ent cou rses , l in k co u rses , p r e -v o c a t io n a l co u rses , p r e -a p p r e n t ic e s h ip courses .

2 1 (E 3 )

Page 235: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

229

DOCUMENTATION . A Comprehensive P o l i c y f o r T r a n s i t i o n from School t o Work. S ta tem ent by th e M i n i s t e r f o r E d u c a t io n , Senator Honourab le J .L . C a r r i c k , 22 November 1979

. F i r s t School t o Work t r a n s i t i o n * P r o je c t s t o Cost S13 M i l l ion . M in i s t e r f o r E d u c a t io n . M i n i s t e r i a l 10/80. P a r l ia m e n t House, C a nb erra , 22 February 1980

. T r a n s i t i o n f rom School t o Work Programme. P r o je c t s Funded as a t 30 May 1980 - by S ta te . In fo rm a t io n paper a v a i l a b l e from Commonwealth Department o f E d u ca t io n .

Page 236: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

230

AUSTRALIA.

E duca t ion

DEPARTMENTS

AIM

PROVISIONS

COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

Programme f o r Unemployed Youth (EPUY)

. Employment and Youth A f f a i r s . E duca t ion. S ta te Departments o f T e c h n ic a l and F u r t h e r E du ca t io n

To improve th e l i t e r a c y and numeracy s k i l l s and the m o t iv a t i o n o f unemployed young p e o p le w i th inadequate e d u c a t io n a l a t t a in m e n ts .

Commonwealth fu n d in g is p ro v id e d th ro u g h th e Departm ent o f E du ca t io n t o t e c h n ic a l i n s t i t u t i o n s in t h e S ta te s t o p ro v id e s h o r t courses such as in l i t e r a c y , numeracy, pe rsona l deve lopm ent, and jo b - s e e k in g s k i l l s . To be e l i g i b l e t o p a r t i c i p a t e in th e se cou rses , young peop le must be

. 15-24 y e a rs o f age

. unemployed and away from f u l l - t i m e e d u c a t io n f o r 4 o f t h e l a s t 12 months

. r e g i s t e r e d w i th and r e f e r r e d by the Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e

Those ta k in g th e courses r e t a i n unemployment b e n e f i t s and a re g iven an e x t r a $6 a week f o r expenses.

21 (E4)

Page 237: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

231

HUBBERT, G.D.

An E v a lu a t io n o f th e E du ca t io n Program f o r Unemployed Youth .Canberra: AGPS, 1980 [ 2 16p]

FUNDING G ran t t o ACER by Commonwealth Department of Educa t ion

INSTITUTION ACER, Hawthorn, V i c t o r i a

TIME September 1978 - 1980

PLACE Queensland, New South Wales, V i c t o r i a and South A u s t r a l i a

AIM To e v a lu a te th e e f f e c t i v e n e s s o f EPYU (E duca t ion Programs f o r Unemployed Y outh) in a c h ie v in g i t s s ta te d aim o f im p rov ing e m p lo y a b i l i t y . A secondary o b je c t i v e was t os tu d y unemployed school leave rs w i t h a view t o le a rn in g more abou t t h e i r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t io n a l and persona l needs.

SAMPLE P a r t i c i p a n t s and s t a f f in a l l programmes commencing in th e f i r s t s i x months o f 1979 in th e f o u r S ta te s l i s t e d above. Some data were a ls o o o l le c t e d from n o n - p a r t i c i p a t i n g unemployed y o u th .

METHOD C o l le c t i o n o f da ta f rom p a r t i c i p a n t s by use o f q u e s t io n ­n a i re s and t e s t s on l i t e r a c y ; numeracy; s e l f - c o n f i d e n c e and a t t i t u d e s t o work; le v e ls o f n e g o t ia b le s k i l l s .

In s t ru m e n ts used a t th e s t a r t and end of programmes were:. q u e s t io n n a i r e a d m in is te re d t o n o n - p a r t i c i p a t i n g

unemployed you th. q u e s t io n n a i r e a d m in is te re d t o cou rse c o - o r d in a to r s • i n te r v ie w s / d i s c u s s io n w i th c o - o r d in a t o r s , s t a f f . o b s e rv a t io n of programmes.

RESULTS The e v a lu a t io n in d ic a te s t h a t th e o b je c t i v e s of EPUY a re be ing ach ie ved t o some degree in a l l S ta te s . Those f e a tu r e s o f EPUY programmes in th e d i f f e r e n t S ta te s shown t o be most e f f e c t i v e in th e ach ievem ent of o b je c t i v e s have been drawn to g e th e r and p resen ted as a model f o r f u t u r e EPUY programs.

DOCUMENTATI ON . Report c i t e d above. G.D. H u bb e r t , An E v a lu a t io n o f th e Educat ion Proqram

f o r Unemployed You th . Summary R e p o r t . C anberra : AGPS1980 I2 8 p ]

2 0 K E 5 )

Page 238: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

232

DAVIES, Amanda C la r e , David Henry KINNEAR, Michael Gerald O'NEILL

The Unemployed Youth Programme: An E va lu a t io n . Adelaide: South A u s tra l ia n Department of F ur th e r Education , August 1978. I236p]

FUND 1NG South A u s tra l ia n Department of F ur the r Education

INSTITUTION Research Branch, SA Department of F u r th e r Education

TIME 1978

PLACE South A u s t r a l ia

AIM To e v a lu a te the Unemployed Youth Programme of theDepartment of Furher Education in order to asce rta in what b e n e f i ts unemployed youth were rece iv in g through t h e i r p a r t i c ip a t io n in these courses. S p e c i f ic a l ly toin v e s t I gate

. th e o rg an is a t ion s t ru c tu re and method of operation

. the e f fe c t iv e n e s s in p rov id ing and improving s k i l l s needed by young unemployed people and the s o c ia l , psychological and moral support made necessary bycondit ions of unemployment.

SAMPLE The programmes a t 9 m etropo litan and 5 country co lleges of f u r t h e r education were surveyed. The 230 p a r t ic ip a n ts in the programmes a t these co lleges were a lso surveyed.

METHOD Six questionnaires ( in c lu d in g both closed and open-ended questions) were designed, one each fo r the fo l lo w in g groups: p a r t ic ip a n t s , p r in c ip a ls , p ro je c t o f f i c e r s ,in s t ru c to rs , parents and employers. The question n a ires were administered by the survey team in co-operation w ith p r in c ip a ls and p ro je c t o f f i c e r s .

RESULTS The e v a lu a t io n f ind ing s s t ro n g ly support the co n tin u ation of the unemployed Youth Programme, Incorpora t ing and expanding th e present 'o u tre a c h ' educational philosophy. One aspect of the outreach philosophy which encouraged th e p a r t i c i p a t i o n of unemployed youth in th e programmes was the estab lishm ent of a learning environment characterised by th e fo l lo w in g elements:

143(E6)

Page 239: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

233

DOCUMENTATION

. a n o n - c o m p e t i t i v e and n o n - t h r e a t e n i n g e n v i ro n m e n t. a s i t u a t i o n where s t u d e n t s may le a rn a t t h e i r own pace. a r e l a x e d , i n f o r m a l a tm o s p h e re. programmes u s u a l l y c o n d u c te d in venues e x t e r n a l t o t h e

c o l lege. p a r t i c i p a n t s b e ing t r e a t e d as a d u l t s and e x p e c te d t o

behave a c c o r d i n g l y, an e n v i r o n m e n t u n l i k e t h a t p r e v i o u s l y e x p e r ie n c e d a t

s c h o o l .

The e v a l u a t i o n i n d i c a t e s :

. O v e r a l l r e s p o n d e n ts l i k e d t h e l i s t e d a s p e c ts o f t h e programm e. O n ly 1 p e r c e n t o f a l l r e s p o n d e n ts e x p re s s e d d i s l i k e f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l a s p e c ts o f t h e i r programmes ( e . g . t h e i n s t r u c t o r , t h e h o u rs o f a t t e n d a n c e , t h e a tm o s p h e re , w h a t th e y w e re l e a r n i n g , c o n t a c t w i t h a d u I t s ) .

. R e s p o n d e n ts ag reed t h a t t h e programmes p ro v id e d s o c i a l b e n e f i t s such as t h e m ak ing o f new f r i e n d s , in c r e a s e d s e l f - c o n f i d e n c e and t h e chance t o meet o t h e r p e o p le .

. 34 pe r c e n t o f t h e c u r r e n t p a r t i c i p a n t s had s u c c e s s f u l l yg a in e d em p loym en t w h i l e a t t e n d i n g t h e programme.

. M arked changes in l i f e - s t y l e o c c u r r e d as a r e s u l t o f a t t e n d i n g t h e programme. The c y c le o f a c t i v i t y , l a s s i t u d e and d e p re s s io n was b ro k e n .

. KINNEAR, D a v id , Mandy DAVIES and M ic h a e l O 'N E IL L . An e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e unem ployed y o u th programme. R esea rch B u i l e t i n . No. 4 . S ou th A u s t r a l i a : D e p a r tm e n t o fF u r t h e r E d u c a t i o n , M arch 1979, p p . 3 3 -4 3 .

Page 240: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

234

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

S pe c ia l Youth Employment T r a in in g Programme (SYETP)

DEPARTMENT Employment and Youth A f f a i r s

AIM To a s s i s t peop le who have found i t d i f f i c u l t t o o b ta ins t a b le employment by p r o v id in g them w i th a l im i t e d amount o f o n - t h e - j o b t r a i n i n g .

PROVISIONS The scheme p ro v id e s em ployers w i th a su b s id y o f $50 a weekf o r 17 weeks so t h a t the y may employ and t r a i n a young person who meets th e c o n d i t io n s of e l i g i b i l i t y . To be e l i g i b l e , t r a in e e s must be

. 15-24 yea rs o f age

. unemployed and away from f u l l - t i m e e d u c a t io n f o r 4 o f th e la s t tw e lv e months

. r e g is t e r e d w i t h th e Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e .

Under th e scheme, employers are re q u i re d t o p ro v id e t h e t r a i n e e w i th p ro pe r s u p e r v is io n and pay th e award o r go ing r a t e . S ta te and Commonwealth government departm ents p a r t i c i p a t e in th e scheme as em ployers .

2 1 (E7)

Page 241: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

235

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. PROGRAM EVALUATION AND REVIEW BRANCH

S p e c ia l Y o u th Em p loym en t T r a i n i n g P rog ram (SYETP): e m p lo y e r s t u d y . F e b r u a ry 1980.

INSTITUTION Prog ram E v a l u a t i o n and R ev iew B ra n c h , D e p a r tm e n t o f Em ployment and Y o u th A f f a i r s , M e lb o u rn e , V i c t o r i a

TIME F i e l d - w o r k u n d e r ta k e n March q u a r t e r 1979 and r e p o r tf i n a l i s e d F e b r u a ry 1980

PLACE N a t i o n a l

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

RESULTS

To g a t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on

. t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f e m p lo y e rs o f SYETP t r a i n e e s

. r e t e n t i o n r a t e s

. e m p lo y e r s ' a t t i t u d e s t o t r a i n e e s and t h e scheme.

A u s t r a l i a n sam p le o f e m p lo y e rs p a r t i c i p a t i n g in SYETP. T h i s c o m p r is e d e m p lo y e rs o f a t r a i n e e sample equa l t o 5 p e r c e n t o f i n d i v i d u a l s p la c e d u n d e r SYETP d u r i n g t h r e e t im e s spans (March q u a r t e r s 1977 and 1978; and t h e month o f A p r i l 19 7 8 ) .

M a i l q u e s t i o n n a i r e s u r v e y , i n c l u d i n g b o th f i x e d re s p o n s e and op e n -e n d e d q u e s t i o n s . The s u r v e y g a th e re d i n f o r m a t i o n on

. e m p lo y e r s ' e x p e r i e n c e w i t h t r a i n e e s in te rm s o f r e t e n ­t i o n , d i s m i s s a l s and v o l u n t a r y d e p a r t u r e s , and c o m p a r i ­sons w i t h o t h e r new w o rk e rs and young p e o p le g e n e r a l l y

. t h e t r a i n i n g p r o v id e d

. e m p lo y e r i n v o lv e m e n t w i t h SYETP and t h e Commonwealth Em ployment S e r v i c e , and re a s o n s f o r SYETP vacancy

. c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e e m p lo y in g body

. g e n e ra l comments and s u g g e s t i o n s f o r changes t o t h e scheme.

. T h e re was e v id e n c e t h a t changes t o t h e programme had led t o changes in t h e p a t t e r n s o f p a r t i c i p a t i o n and use o f t h e scheme.

3 2 ( E 8 )

Page 242: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

236

DOCUMENTAT! ON

. A t t h e t im e o f t h e s u rv e y n e a r l y one f i f t h o f t r a i n e e s p la c e d in March q u a r t e r 1977 ( n e a r l y tw o y e a rs e a r l i e r ) w e re s t i l l w i t h t h e t r a i n i n g e m p lo y e r , as w ere a t h i r d o f t h o s e p la c e d in March q u a r t e r 1978 (10 t o 13 months e a r l i e r ) and 4 5 .5 pe r c e n t o f t h o s e p la c e d in A p r i l 1978 (10 t o 11 months e a r l i e r ) . E m p lo ye rs w i t h a s m a l l number o f t r a i n e e s r e p o r t e d h ig h e r r e t e n t i o n r a t e s , as d i d t h o s e who p r o v id e d t r a i n i n g in e x c e s s * o f t h a t p r o v id e d f o r norm a l r e c r u i t s .

U n p u b l is h e d r e p o r t a v a i l a b l e f ro m t h e D e p a r tm e n t o f Employment and Y o u th A f f a i r s .

Page 243: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

237

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. PROGRAM EVALUATION 0

AND REVIEW BRANCH

Specia ! s e c to r :

Youth Employment T r a in in g Program (SYETP) in th e p r i v a t e f o l l o w - u p survey o f A p r i l 1979 p lacem ents .

INSTITUTION Program E v a lu a t io n and Review Branch, Department o f Employment and Youth A f f a i r s , M e lbourne , V i c t o r i a

TIME F ie ld - w o r k unde r ta ken November/December 1979

PLACE N a t io n a l survey

AIM To assess th e post-programme ex p e r ie n c e s o f t r a in e e s

SAMPLE Twenty per c e n t o f A p r i l 1979 SYETP p lacem ents in New South Wales, V i c t o r i a , Queensland, South A u s t r a l i a and Western A u s t r a l i a , and a l l Tasmanian p lacem en ts , w i th r e s u l t s we igh ted t o correspond w i t h th e S t a t e ' s p r o p o r t i o n o f p lacem en ts .

METHOD M a i l q u e s t io n n a i r e surveys of employers and t r a in e e s , c o v e r in g

. em p lo y e rs ' p a r t i c i p a t i o n

. c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of t r a in e e s

. t h e n a tu re of t r a i n i n g p ro v id e d

. wastage d u r in g t r a i n i n g p e r io d

. outcomes.

DOCUMENTATION The s tud y is expected t o be completed in th e second h a l f of 1980.

33(E9)

Page 244: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

238

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. OFFICE OF YOUTH AFFAIRS

T r a in in g and work e x p e r ie n c e in Commonwealth e s ta b l i s h m e n ts : a s tudy of th e i n i t i a l 1 ,000 t r a in e e s . March 1980.

INSTITUTION Program E v a lu a t io n and Review Branch, Department o fEmployment and Youth A f f a i r s , M e lbourne , V i c t o r i a

TIME F ie ld - w o r k undertaken September-November 1979. Studycom ple ted March 1980

PLACE N a t io n a 1

AIM . To assess th e n a tu re of t r a i n i n g p o s i t i o n s madea v a i l a b l e

. To g a in a p r o f i l e o f th e t r a in e e s p laced

. To assess whe the r th e programme had a s s is te d t h e i r employment p ro s p e c ts .

SAMPLE A l l t r a in e e s and t h e i r s u p e r v is o r s (N=100)

METHOD M ail q u e s t io n n a i r e t o t r a in e e s and r e s p o n s ib le s u p e r v i s o r s . Q u e s t io n n a i re s f o r s u p e rv is o rs covered th e n a tu re oft r a i n i n g p ro v id e d ; assessment of th e impact o f t h a tt r a i n i n g on th e t r a i n e e ' s work pe r fo rm ance ; whe the r th e t r a i n e e completed th e 17-week p e r io d ; reasons f o r te rm in a ­t i o n ; and w hethe r t r a i n e e was s t i l l employed by t h e t r a i n i n g a u t h o r i t y . T ra in e e s were asked about t h e i rexp e r ie n c e s b e fo re , d u r in g and a f t e r t h e t r a i n i n g .

DOCUMENTATION The r e p o r t is an i n t e r n a l Departm enta l document. Some o f th e data cou ld be made a v a i l a b l e t o in te r e s t e d p a r t i e s on re q u e s t .

34 ( E10)

Page 245: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

239

AUSTRALIA.

N a t io n s I

DEPARTMENT

AIM

PROVISIONS

COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

Employment and T r a in in g Scheme (NEAT)

Emloyment and Youth A f f a i r s

To p ro v id e t r a i n i n g in s k i l l s f o r unemployed people in o c c u p a t io n s where s u f f i c i e n t numbers of s k i l l e d employees a re no t a v a i l a b l e .

The scheme has a number of components:

O n - th e - jo b t r a i n i n g . Where s k i l l e d employees a re not a v a i l a b l e f o r p a r t i c u l a r o c c u p a t io n s , th e Commonwealth Government pays a s ub s id y t o employers t o p ro v id e o n - th e - jo b t r a i n i n g . C u r re n t s u b is ides a re $62.25 a week f o r a d u l t s and $45.65 a week f o r j u n i o r s . T ra inees must be unemployed peop le r e g is t e r e d w i th and s e le c te d by t h e Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e . They a re pa id th e award o r go ing r a t e f o r th e jo b w h i le be ing t r a i n e d .

Formal T r a i n i n g . Where s k i l l e d employees a re not a v a i la b l e in p a r t i c u l a r o c c u p a t io n s , th e Commonwealth Government may p ro v id e f u l l - t i m e o r p a r t - t im e fo rm al t r a i n i n g a t e d u c a t io n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s f o r unemployed people r e g is t e r e d w i t h th e Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e . F u l l - t i m e t r a in e e s r e c e iv e :

. f o r a d u l t s , a t r a i n i n g a l lo w a n c e of $33.20 pe r week (as long as th e combined f a m i l y income of th e t r a in e e and spouse does not exceed one and a h a l f t im es th e average week ly e a r n in g s ) ; in a d d i t i o n , an a l low an ce equal t o and s u b je c t b ro a d ly t o th e same income t e s t as unemployment b e n f e f i t may be pa id

. f o r j u n i o r s , a t r a i n i n g a l low an ce of $15.30 p e r week ( s u b je c t t o th e same t e s t on income as f o r a d u l t s ) ; s i m i l a r l y , an a l low an ce equal t o and s u b je c t t o b ro a d ly th e same income t e s t as unemployment b e n e f i t may a ls o be pa id

. s u b je c t t o an income t e s t , a l i v i n g away from home a l low an ce may be p a id . In a d d i t i o n , a l low ances f o r books and equipment and payment of fees may be paid where a p p I i c a b le .

T r i a l T r a in in g Programmes. Where p a r t i c u l a r s k i l l s a re r e q u i re d f o r in d u s t r y , a s s is ta n c e is a v a i l a b l e t o e s t a b l i s h t r i a l t r a i n i n g programmes in e d u c a t io n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s o r in i n d u s t r y . A llow ances f o r t r a in e e s and employers a re a ls o a v a i I a b le .

T r a in in g f o r d is a b le d pe rsons . S p e c ia l ra te s of subs idy a re a v a i l a b l e t o employers t o p ro v id e t r a i n i n g f o r p h y s i c a l l y and m e n ta l l y handicapped persons . Spec ia l courses may be a r ra ng ed i f ne cessa ry .

2 1 ( E 11)

Page 246: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

240

FUNNELL, Sue

The NEAT Work E xpe r ie nce Program f o r Handicapped Secondary S tud en ts :an E v a lu a t io n . Sydney: D i v i s i o n o f E d u c a t io n a l Research, NSW Department of E d u c a t io n , A p r i l 1971.

1NST1 TUT 1 ON D i v i s i o n o f E d u c a t io n a l Research, New South WalesDepartm ent o f E du ca t io n

TIME 1978

PLACE Sydney

AIM To e v a lu a te NEAT work e x p e r ienc e programmes f o r h a nd i­capped secondary s tu d e n ts

SAMPLE S tud e n ts in e leven Sydney schoo ls

METHOD The design in v o lv e d g a th e r in g in fo rm a t io n from s tu d e n ts , p a re n ts , t e a c h e r s , DEYA s t a f f , employers and s u p e r v is o r s , by means of in te r v ie w s and q u e s t io n n a i r e s , in c lu d in g open- ended q u e s t io n s , c h e c k l i s t s and r a t i n g s c a le s . P o s t -h o c p ro g re ss r e p o r t s and anecdo ta l i n fo rm a t io n were a ls o in c o rp o ra te d .

A p r im a ry focu s was th e employment h i s t o r y and p o s t -s c h o o l a d ju s tm e n t o f 36 e x -s tu d e n ts from two scho o ls f o r th e m i l d l y i n t e l l e c t u a l l y handicapped who had p a r t i c i p a t e d in th e programme and had l e f t school b e fo re O c to b e r , 1978.

RESULTS These e x -s tu d e n ts were most s a t i s f i e d w i th th e remunera­t i o n , v a r i e t y and le a rn in g o p p o r t u n i t i e s which t h e programme f a c i l i t a t e d . T h e i r p a re n ts p e rce ived th e scheme t o be p a r t i c u l a r l y e f f e c t i v e in de ve lo p in g s e l f - c o n f id e n c e , s o c ia l c o n ta c t and persona l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y in th e work e n v i ro n m e n t . Employers were more f a v o u ra b ly d isposed t o employ handicapped a d u l t s as a r e s u l t o f t h e i r ha v ing employed NEAT s tu d e n ts .

DOCUMENTATION R eport c i t e d above.

176 (E 1 2)

Page 247: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

241

HURCOMB, M er le E.

An E v a lu a t io n o f t h e V o c a t io n a l Employment T r a in in g Scheme 1978.Green V a l le y Community C e n t re . A P r o j e c t of t h e Sydney C i t y M is s io n . Sydney: Sydney C i t y M is s io n , January 1979. I88p]

1NST1 TUT 1 ON Sydney C i t y M is s io n , NSW

TIME 1978 - 1979

PLACE Green V a l le y - a Housing Commission E s ta te in th e C i t y ofL i v e r p o o l , NSW

AIM To assess th e c o n te n t and r e s u l t s of the V o c a t io n a lEmployment T r a in in g Programme conducted in Green Val ley by t h e Sydney C i t y M is s io n . T h is programme has th e aim o f p r o v id in g v o c a t io n a l t r a i n i n g , l i f e s k i l l s t r a i n i n g and r e l a t e d e d u c a t io n f o r men and women aged 16 yea rs and upwards who a re unemployed and la c k in g in work s k i l l s .

SAMPLE 200 young peop le ove r 16 y e a rs , r e s id e n t in th e L iv e r p o o l d i s t r i c t and unemployed f o r a t le a s t 4 months in t h e p r e v io u s 12 months, were in te r iv e w e d . Of them 40 were s e le c te d f o r th e c o u rse .

METHOD The e v a lu a t io n was on -go ing w i t h th e cou rse . The course i t s e l f in c lu d e s :. v o c a t io n a l t r a i n i n g in p r e - n u r s in g , s e c r e t a r i a l ,

c l e r i c a l and genera l e n g in e e r in g . rem ed ia l te a c h in g in ba s ic comprehensives . l i f e s k i l l s . counse11ing. work e x p e r ie n c e and p lacem ent.

RESULTS The s tud y in d ic a te d t h a t a p p l i c a n t s f e l l i n t o 3 g roups :

Group 1: Those who were unemployed because of th e p re ­v a i l i n g economic c l im a t e , bu t who were w e l l enough equ ipped t o f i n d and r e t a i n s a t i s f a c t o r y employmentw i t h o u t th e a s s is ta n c e o f t h e Scheme.

Group 2 : Those who were unemployed and who were unab le t o ga in work f o r one o r more of th e f o l l o w i n g reasons:

2 0 4 (E13)

Page 248: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

242

DOCUMENTATION

. a la c k o f v o c a t i o n a l s k i l l s

. an i n a b i l i t y t o p r e s e n t th e m s e lv e s f a v o u r a b l y

. e d u c a t i o n a l d i s a d v a n t a g e

. a d e p r i v e d s o c i a l and f a m i l y backg round

G roup 3 : T hose who were unemployed and w o u ld re m a in unem­p l o y a b l e in a norm a l w ork s i t u a t i o n ow ing t o low a b i l i t y compounded by one o r more o f t h e f a c t o r s m e n t io n e d une r G roup 2 . Such a g ro u p w o u ld r e q u i r e a f u l l - t i m e re m e d ia l p rogramme.

T hose chosen f o r t h e c o u rs e be lo n ge d t o G roup 2 . Unem­p lo y e d young p e o p le in t h i s c a t e g o r y , when g iv e n t h e s k i l l s , d e v e lo p e d c o n f i d e n c e , s e l f - e s t e e m and a d e s i r e and a b i I i t y t o h o ld a j o b .

R e p o r t c i t e d a b o ve .

Page 249: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

243

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

Community Youth S uppo r t Scheme (CYSS)

DEPARTMENTS . Emloyment and Youth A f f a i r s . S ta te and lo c a l CYSS Committees

AIM To enab le community groups t o a s s i s t unemployed young peop le by p r o v id in g courses t o develop o c c u p a t io n a l and r e c r e a t i o n a l s k i l l s .

PROVISIONS Funds a re p ro v id e d t o community groups o f f e r i n g courses t o unemployed young peop le . P a r t i c i p a t i o n is v o lu n ta r y and does not a f f e c t e l i g i b i l i t y f o r unemployment b e n e f i t s . In a d d i t i o n , p a r t i c i p a n t s may re c e iv e up t o $6 per week f o r in c u r re d expenses.

2 1 ( E 14)

Page 250: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

244

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. PROGRAM EVALUATION AND REVIEW BRANCH

Community You th S up po r t Scheme: n a t io n a l e v a lu a t io n s tu d y .Department o f Employment and Youth A f f a i r s , 1978.

INSTITUTION Program E v a lu a t io n and Review Branch , Department o fEmployment and Youth A f f a i r s , M e lbourne , V i c t o r i a

TIME F ie ld - w o r k unde rtaken A ugust-Sep tem ber 1977. R e po r tf i n a l i s e d December 1978

PLACE AI 1 S ta te s e xce p t N o r th e rn T e r r i t o r y

AIM To assess w hethe r t h e Community Youth S uppo rt Scheme (CYSS) is a c h ie v in g th e o b je c t i v e s s e t f o r i t ; t h a t i s , t o p ro v id e community-based a c t i v i t i e s which g iv e s u p p o r t t o young unemployed peop le , encourage t h e i r persona l development and enhance t h e i r e m p lo y a b i l i t y .

SAMPLE Young unemployed peop le (up t o 25 y e a rs ) a t CYSS p r o j e c t s , young unemployed r e g i s t r a n t s a t Commonwealth Employment S e r v ic e (CES) o f f i c e s , CYSS p r o je c t o f f i c e r s , YouthO f f i c e r s and Managers a t CES o f f i c e s and communityr e p r e s e n t a t i v e s .

The sample com prised :

. 357 CYSS p a r t i c i p a n t s

. 409 yong unemployed a t CES o f f i c e s

. 92 CYSS p r o je c t o f f i c e r s

. 39 community r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s

. Youth O f f i c e r s a n d /o r Managers a t 51 CES o f f i c e s

METHOD Using p e r i o d i c a l , s e m i - s t r u c tu r e d in te r v ie w s , th e s tud y ga the re d o b je c t i v e in fo r m a t io n on th e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and work h i s t o r y of young unemployed and th e a c t i v i t i e so f f e r i n g a t CYSS p r o je c t s , and a ls o more s u b je c t i v e in fo r m a t io n on th e exp e r ie n c e s and o p in io n s of th e v a r io u s groups in te rv ie w e d on th e s o c ia l and economic e f f e c t s of unemployment, th e process of a c h ie v in g employment, and p a r t i c i p a t i o n in CYSS and o th e r community-baseda c t i v i t i e s .

31 (E 15)

Page 251: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

245

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

The s tu d y fo u n d t h a t young unem p loyed p e o p le a t t e n d i n g CYSS p r o j e c t s w e re v e ry s i m i l a r t o o t h e r young unemployed r e g i s t e r e d a t CES o f f i c e s e x c e p t t h a t CYSS p a r t i c i p a n t s had e x p e r ie n c e d g r e a t e r unem p loym ent and had had le s s voca ­t i o n a l a d v ic e p r i o r t o a t t e n d i n g CYSS p r o j e c t s . The g r e a t m a j o r i t y o f a l l young unem p loyed saw t h e i r f u t u r e in te rm s o f em p loym en t and were i n v a r i a b l y d e m o r a l i s e d and bo red by u n e m p lo ym e n t . M os t f e l t t h a t t h e p u b l i c condemned them f o r b e in g unem p loyed d e s p i t e a la c k o f j o b o p p o r t u n i t i e s .

B o th P r o j e c t O f f i c e r s and p a r t i c i p a n t s saw l a r g e b e n e f i t s f r o m th e j o b p r e p a r a t o r y and s o c i a I / p e r s o n a l d e v e lo p m e n t a c t i v i t i e s . G a ins r e p o r t e d in c lu d e d a c q u i s i t i o n o f j o b r e l a t e d s k i l l s , c l a r i f i c a t i o n o f c a r e e r a ims and b e t t e r k n o w le d g e o f how t o o b t a i n p r e r e q u i s i t e s , in c re a s e d s o c i a l s k i l l s , c o n f i d e n c e and m o t i v a t i o n , and a b roadened kn o w le d g e o f t h e i r comm unity and i t s f a c i l i t i e s .

U n p u b l is h e d R e p o r t a v a i l a b l e f ro m t h e D e p a r tm e n t o f Employment and Y o u th A f f a i r s , C a n b e r r a .

Page 252: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

246

AUSTRALIA.

Vo Iu n + e e r

DEPARTMENT

AIM

PROVISIONS

COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

Y o u th Programme (VYP)

Emloyment and Y o u th A f f a i r s

To a s s i s t young unemployed p e o p le t o become in v o l v e d in v o l u n t a r y com m un ity s e r v i c e w i t h a v iew t o

. h e l p i n g p a r t i c i p a n t s t o m a i n t a i n w o r k - o r i e n t e d m o t i ­v a t i o n and s k i l l s

. p r o v i d i n g manpower t o community o r g a n i s a t i o n s f o r u s e f u l p r o j e c t s

The scheme began in November 1979 and i s s t i l l i n a p i l o t s t a g e w i t h 10 p r o j e c t s u n d e r way. Community o r g a n i s a t i o n s a p p l y f o r g r a n t s t o a s s i s t in p r o v i d i n g s t a f f and f a c i l i t i e s t o o r g a n i s e t h e p r o j e c t . V o lu n t e e r s re m a in e l i g i b l e f o r unem p loym en t b e n e f i t s and r e c e i v e an a d d i t i o n a l $6 p e r week f o r i n c i d e n t a l e xp e n s e s .

2 1 ( E 16)

Page 253: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

247

AUSTRALIA. DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AND YOUTH AFFAIRS. PROGRAM EVALUATION # AND REVIEW BRANCH

V o lu n te e r Youth Program: th e p i l o t phase.

INSTITUTION Program E v a lu a t io n and Review Branch, Department ofEmployment and Youth A f f a i r s , M e lbourne , V i c t o r i a

TIME F ie ld - w o r k unde r ta ken in J u n e /J u ly 1980

PLACE 9 p i l o t p r o j e c t s ( i n a l l ) i n New South Wales, V i c t o r i a , South A u s t r a l i a , Western A u s t r a l i a , Tasmania

AIM To examine th e p i lo t /d e v e lo p m e n ta l a c t i v i t i e s o f V o lu n te e r Youth Program (VYP) p r o j e c t s in a s s i s t i n g young unemployed peop le .

SAMPLE P r o je c t o f f i c e r s a t VYP p r o je c t s P a r t i c i p a n t s in VYP p r o je c t sR e p re s e n ta t iv e s o f o rg a n s a t io n s s po nso r ing VYP p r o je c t s Young unemployed r e g is t e r e d a t Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e (CES) o f f i c e s S t a f f a t CES o f f i c e sP a r t i c i p a n t s in Community Youth S uppo r t Scheme (CYSS) p r o j e c tP r o j e c t o f f i c e r s a t CYSS p r o j e c t s .

METHOD The s tud y o f t h e p i l o t o p e ra t io n o f th e VYP w i I I com pr ise :

. a n a l y s i s o f o b j e c t i v e in fo r m a t io n on p a r t i c i p a n tc h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and v o lu n ta r y a c t i v i t i e s conducted by VYP p r o j e c t s

. in te r v ie w s t o g a th e r in fo rm a t io n on how p r o je c t s were e s ta b l i s h e d and deve loped ; t h e i r success , and t h e va lue o f VYP a c t i v i t i e s

. a com p a ra t iv e s tudy o f CYSS p a r t i c i p a n t s and young unemployed a t CES.

DOCUMENTATION The s tudy is expected t o be completed towards th e end of 1980.

3 5 (E 17)

Page 254: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

248

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

Group One Year Scheme

DEPARTMENTS . Employment and Youth A f f a i r s. O th er Commonwealth and S t a t e Departm ents and a u t h o r i t i e s

AiM To p ro v id e t r a i n i n g in government departm ents and a u t h o r i t i e s f o r f i r s t - y e a r a p p r e n t ic e s as an in c e n t iv e t o p r i v a t e employers to ta k e on a p p r e n t ic e s .

PROVISIONS A p p ren t ice s ind en tu red t o p r i v a t e employers a r e t r a i n e d and p aid by Commonwealth and S t a te a u t h o r i t i e s f o r t h e i r f i r s t y e a r .

21 ( E 18)

Page 255: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

249

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

P r e - a p p r e n t ic e s h ip a s s is ta n c e

DEPARTMENT Employment and Youth A f f a i r s

AIM To p ro v id e s u p p o r t f o r young peop le who have been unab le t o o b ta in a p p r e n t ic e s h ip s and who e n ro l f o r approved p re ­a p p r e n t ic e s h ip courses a t te c h n ic a l and f u r t h e r ed u c a t io n co l leges

PROVISIONS The courses a re in tended t o p r o v id e p r a c t i c a l v o c a t io n a l s k i l l s wh ich may he lp th o s e p a r t i c i p a t i n g t o ga in an a p p r e n t ic e s h ip and in some cases t o reduce th e le ng th of a p p r e n t ic e s h ip t r a i n i n g . T ra in e e s may be e l i g i b l e f o r ana l lo w a n c e o f $20 pe r week.

2KE19)

Page 256: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

250

AUSTRALIA. 00MM0NWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

Commonwealth Rebate fo r A p p ren tice F u ll-T im e T ra in in g (CRAFT)

DEPARTMENT Employment and Youth A f fa ir s

AIM To extend the t ra in in g of tradesmen through appren ticesh ip s by p ro v id in g employers w ith in cen tives to increase th e number of th e ir ap p ren tices and improve th e q u a lity of t h e i r t r a in in g .

PROVISIONS Employers who take on appren tices

. re c e iv e tax-exem pt rebates which are re la te d to th e s ix occupational tra d e groupings

. q u a li fy fo r a 40 per cent increase in t h e i r re b a te by engaging a f i r s t - y e a r ap p ren tice who has completed an approved pre-employment course which re s u lts in ared u ctio n of th e normal period of ap p ren ticesh ip by 6 months

. re c e iv e a $1 ,000 cash re b a te , fre e of ta x , fo r each ap p ren tice taken on between December 1, 1979 and June 30, 1980, a d d it io n a l to th e number they took on duringth e same period la s t ye ar.

A pprentices may be e l ig ib le fo r 1 iving-aw ay-from -hom eallowances of $22 weekly fo r f i r s t - y e a r appren tices and $9 w eekly fo r second-year ap p ren tice s .

2 1 (E20)

Page 257: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

251

AINLEY, John, and A d r ia n FORDHAM.

Between School and A d u l t L i f e : An Approach t o t h e E v a lu a t io n o f P re -V o c a t io n a l E d u ca t io n in TAFE. ACER Research Monograph No. 5. Hawthorn,V i c t o r i a : ACER, 1979 [207p.

FUNDING S upported by a g ra n t f rom th e T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e rE d u c a t io n C o u n c i l o f th e T e r t i a r y E du ca t io n Commission.

1NST1 TUT 1 ON ACER, Haw tho rn , V i c t o r i a

TIME 1978

PLACE N a t io n a l fo c u s . Sample taken from NSW and Queensland.

AIM To s tu d y some new developments in p r e - v o c a t io n a l e d u c a t io n in o rd e r t o p ro v id e f o r t h e T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e rE d u c a t io n Commission

. a genera l m e th o d o lo g ic a l f ramework f o r th e c o n t in u in ge v a lu a t io n of TAFE programmes designed t o p repa re peop le f o r w o rk ing l i f e - a framework which c o u ld be adapted as necessary f o r f u r t h e r e v a lu a t io n o f courses of t h i s k in d

. an assessment of th e e f f e c t i v e n e s s of fo u r s e le c te dp r e - v o c a t i o n a I programmes

. an i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of m ajor problems and f a c t o r s f o rth e b e n e f i t o f f u t u r e programmes.

SAMPLE S tu d e n ts e n r o l le d in fo u r p r e - v o c a t io n a I programmes ( tw o in NSW and two in Queensland) and t h e i r t e a c h e r s ; a ls o s tu d e n ts whose a p p l i c a t i o n s f o r en ro lm e n t in the se programmes were r e j e c t e d and s tu d e n ts fo r m e r ly e n r o l l e d .

method . Development o f a genera l framework o f e v a lu a t io n th rou ghv i s i t s , o b s e r v a t io n and in t e r v ie w s ; g a th e r in g in fo r m a t io n on s tu d e n t c h a r a c te r i s t i c s , te a c h e r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and c o n te x tu a l f a c t o r s as p a r t o f an e v a lu a t io n o f background f a c t o r s , p ro cesses , outcomes ( im m e d ia te , in te r m e d ia te and e n d u r in g .

. Developm ent, a d a p ta t io n and t r i a l l i n g of q u e s t io n n a i r ein s t ru m e n ts : s tu d e n t q u e s t io n n a i r e , te a c h e r q u e s t io n ­n a i r e , c a re e r q u e s t io n n a i r e ( f o r s t u d e n ts ) .

. D is c u s s io n o f means by which data on each element in t h eframework c o u ld be used in f u r t h e r a n a l y s is .

1 (E21)

Page 258: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

252

RESULTS

DOCUMENTATION

A s e t of in s t ru m e n ts which form a sound basis f o r t h e e v a lu a t i o n of p r e - v o c a t io n a l programmes a g a in s t a s e r ie s of s ta t e d o b j e c t i v e s was d eve lo p ed . The in s t ru m e n ts , which in c lu d e q u e s t io n n a i r e s and t e s t s , have been developed in r e l a t i o n t o background f a c t o r s , programmes t r a n s a c t io n s and course outcomes.

. P u b l is h e d R e p o rt as c i t e d above.

. John A in ley and A d r ia n Fordham, An Approach t o t h e E v a lu a t io n o f P r e - V o c a t ion a I E d u c a t io n a l Programs in T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e r E d u c a t io n . A Summary of th e R e p o r t . H aw th o rn , V i c t o r i a : ACER, 1979. [ 1 9 p ]

Page 259: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

253

QUEENSLAND DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. DIVISION OF TECHNICAL AND FURTHER #EDUCATION. CURRICULUM AND EVALUATION. METHODS SECTION

Review o f s e l e c t i o n p rocedure f o r p r e - v o c a t i o n a l ( t r a d e -b a s e d ) course

INSTITUTION Methods S e c t io n , C u r r ic u lu m and E v a lu a t i o n , D i v i s i o n ofT e c h n ic a l and F u r th e r E d u c a t io n , Department o f E d u c a t io n , Queens land

TIME 1979

PLACE

AIM

SAMPLE

METHOD

RESULTS

Queens land

To i n v e s t i g a t e w he the r schoo l scores a re u s e fu l in p r e d i c t i n g 's u c c e s s ' in p r e - v o c a t i o n a l ( t ra d e -b a s e d ) c ou rses .

S tud en t p o p u la t io n e n r o l le d in p r e - v o c a t io n a l course in e leven c o l le g e s o f TAFE in 1979 (N = 823).

A n a ly s is and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of s tu d e n t school scores in E n g l i s h , M athem at ics and S c ience . C o r r e la t i o n w i th success in t h e p r e - v o c a t i o n a l cou rse . E xam ina t ion of ' h i g h ' and ' l o w ' a c h ie v e rs in te rm s of p r i o r school e x p e r ie n c e s . Data were ana lysed t o d e te rm in e :. which group perfo rm ed w e l l . which group perfo rm ed bad ly . whe the r 's u c c e s s ' cou ld be p r e d ic te d. w hethe r a t y p i c a l ' s u c c e s s f u l ' s tu d e n t group cou ld be

i dent i f i ed

P r e l im in a r y r e s u l t s i n d ic a t e t h a t yea r 12 and yea r 11 s tu d e n ts perfo rm ed s i g n i f i c a n t l y b e t t e r than t h e yea r 10 g roup . The school s u b je c ts which p r e d ic te d success in th e cou rse f o r Module 1 and Module 2 proved t o be M athem at ics and th e Manual A r t s s u b je c ts .

DOCUMENTATI ON Review S e le c t io n P rocedure f o r P re -V o c a t io n a l (T rade - Based) Course INTERIM REPORT, 1979A Review o f th e M e r i t s o f t h e P re -V o c a t io n a l (Trade-Based Course , June 1978P.E. Hack, and M.S.H. Khan, Towards a v o c a t io n , Quest 25, Queensland: Methods S e c t io n , C u r r ic u lu m and E v a lu a t i o n , D i v i s i o n of TAFE, Departm ent of E d u c a t io n , Queensland, August 1978M.S.H. Khan, A Second Review o f t h e M e r i t s o f t h e P re -V o c a t io n a l (T rade-Based) Course , Queensland: TAFE, December 1978E v a lu a t io n s of P r e - A p p r e n t ic e s h ip Careers such as in R e g r ig e r a t ion and S ig n w r i t i n g , both com ple ted and in p ro g re s s .

349 (E22)

Page 260: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

254

HOCKING, Helen

An E v a lu a tio n o f L in k C ourses . Research S tudy No, 33 , H o b a rt: Research B ranch , E d u c a tio n D epartm ent o f Tasm ania, January 1978, I3 6 p ]

INSTITUTION Research B ranch , E d u c a tio n D epartm ent o f Tasmania

TIME 1977

PLACE Tasmania

AIM To seek some in d ic a t io n o f th e v a lu e o f l in k cou rses in te rm s o f th e o b je c t iv e s o f th e co u rse s . Key issu es were w h e th e r th e cou rses a s s is te d s tu d e n ts to make d e c is io n s abou t t h e i r f u t u r e ; w hether cou rses improved th e a t t i t u d e s o f s tu d e n ts to y e a r 10 s tu d ie s re le v a n t t o t ra d e co u rs e s ; and w hethe r th e c o n te n t and le v e l o f work was u s e fu l and a p p ro p r ia te .

SAMPLE 49 y e a r 10 (m a le ) h ig h scho o l s tu d e n ts who were e n ro l le d in l in k cou rses and a im in g fo r a p p re n t ic e s h ip s .

method P a r t ic ip a t in g s tu d e n ts and s t a f f from bo th th e h igh schoo l and te c h n ic a l c o l le g e were in te rv ie w e d in d iv id u a l ly b e fo re and a f t e r th e programme. In a d d i t io n , a t th e end o f each u n i t , s tu d e n ts com ple ted a s im p le q u e s t io n n a ire . The s tu d y covered s tu d e n t and s t a f f e x p e c ta t io n s f o r th e l in k c o u rs e s , s tu d e n t assessm ent o f th e cou rses , s tu d e n toutcom es and r e a c t io n s , and s t a f f e v a lu a t io n of th e c o u rs e s .

RESULTS B oth s tu d e n ts and s t a f f found th e programme an in te r e s ­t in g , s t im u la t in g and w o r th w h ile e x p e rie n c e . The response o f th e s tu d e n ts in v o lv e d in th e programme and t h a t o f o th e rs on o th e r programmes, such as work e x p e r ie n c e , re v e a le d a need f o r th e e d u c a tio n system to p ro v id e s o c ia l le a rn in g re la te d to work and to b r id g e th e gap between scho o l and work. The l in k cou rse balanced th e genera lgo a ls o f a sound b a s ic e d u c a tio n a t secondary le v e l and a p e rs p e c t iv e on th e f u t u r e . As such , th e e x te n s io n o f l in k cou rses seemed h ig h ly d e s ira b le . The s tudy found t h a t a m a jo r i t y o f s tu d e n ts were he lped in one o r more o f th e fo l lo w in g ways th ro u g h th e l in k co u rse :

. to dec ide on a jo b

. to change o r m od ify t h e i r v iews on some o f th e t ra d e s

. to in c re a s e m o t iv a t io n in b a s ic school s u b je c ts .

DXUMENTAT ION R e p o rt c i te d above. 198(E23)

Page 261: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

255

TAYLOR, N.

Link Program f o r Deaf High School S tu d e n ts : An E v a lu a t io n , Research R e p o rt , Sydney: S tuden t C o u n se l l in g S e rv ic e , NSW Department ofT echn icaI and F u r th e r E d u ca t io n , October 1978 I30p]

INSTITUTION Studen t C ounse ll ing Research U n i t , NSW Department of T echnica l and F u r th e r Education

TIME 1977

PLACE Sydney

AIM To e v a lu a te a p i l o t link programme fo r a s s i s t i n g deaf high school s tu d e n t s in th e t r a n s i t i o n from school to work conducted in 1977.

SAMPLE . 20 o u t of 28 p a r e n t s of c h i ld r e n p a r t i c i p a t i n g in th eprogramme

. 15 ou t of 28 s tu d e n t s p a r t i c i p a t i n g in th e programme

. 7 high school t e a c h e r s of th e s tu d e n ts in th eprogramme

• 9 of th e 10 t e c h n ic a l c o l l e g e te a c h e r s Involved in th eprogramme

METHOD Opinions of th e e f f e c t i v e n e s s of th e link programme were s o l i c i t e d from:

. p a r e n t s by mail q u e s t io n n a i r e

. s tu d e n t s by personal in te rv iew

. school t e a c h e r s by personal in te rv iew

. t e c h n ic a l c o l l e g e t e a c h e r s by q u e s t io n n a i r e

RESULTS Within th e l im i t s of th e occ u p a t io n a l a r e a s sampled th e l ink programme seemed t o e n a b le s tu d e n t s to become mere aware of t h e i r a b i l i t i e s and i n t e r e s t s , and many te a c h e r s and p a re n ts b e l ieved t h a t t h i s enabled a wider c a r e e r cho ice to be made. The programme appeared to be q u i t es u c c e s s fu l in enhancing s t u d e n t s ' so c ia l development. Many s tu d e n t s secured employment as a r e s u l t of a t te n d in g th e programme, though t h i s may be r e l a t e d to i t s new and s p e c ia l n a tu re . Link cou rses should not be seen as th et o t a l c a r e e r educat ion re q u i r e d of a deaf s tu d e n t but shou ld be p a r t of a mere comprehensive programme

DOCUMENTATI ON Report c i t e d above.

412(E24)

Page 262: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

256

LIMBRICK, D. ( c o - o r d i n a t o r ) , Den is MEADOWS and P h i l i p MEADE #

A c t i v i t y Therapy C e n t re (ATC) de m o n s tra t io n p r o je c t s

1NST1 TUT 1ONS . Development and S p e c ia l P r o je c t s S e c t io n , R e h a b i l i t a t i o n and S u b s id ie s D i v i s i o n , Department of S oc ia l S e c u r i t y , C a nb erra , ACT ( L im b r ic k )

. Mt G r a v a t t C o l le g e of Advanced E d u c a t io n , B r is b a n e , Queensland (Meadows)

, K e lv in Grove C o l le g e of Advanced E d u c a t io n , B r is b a n e , Queensland (Meade)

TIME March 1980 - December 1982

PLACE B r is b a n e , Queensland

AIM To d e s ig n , deve lop and implement d ia g n o s t i c assessment p rocedures and deve lopm enta l t r a i n i n g programmes f o rm e n ta l l y and p h y s i c a l l y handicapped c l i e n t s a t te n d in ga c t i v i t y th e ra p y c e n t re s . These c e n t re s f u l f i l a p o s t ­schoo l t r a n s i t i o n f u n c t i o n f o r c e r t a i n s e v e re ly handicapped p e o p le . They a re f a c i l i t i e s designed t o promote th ep e rson a l and s o c ia l development of handicapped a d o le s c e n ts and a d u l t s . The f u n c t i o n s of ATCs in c lu d e a s se ss in gs k i l l s , persona l ca re s k i l l s and v o c a t io n a l s k i l l s and then p r o v id in g s u i t a b l e s t r u c t u r e d programmes of t r a i n i n g in th e s e a reas . The p r o je c t shou ld up -grade th e q u a l i t y ofprogrammes in a c t i v i t y th e ra p y c e n t re s and th e re b y in c re a s e t h e i r e f f e c t i v e n e s s as t r a n s i t i o n a l programmes.

SAMPLE A c t i v i t y Therapy C e n tres in th e B r is b a n e area

METHOD The f i r s t s tage of th e p r o je c t w i l l be a needs assessment and a l i t e r a t u r e rev iew as a ba s is f o r de ve lo p in g s u i t a b l e programmes t a i l o r e d t o th e c l i e n t ’ s needs. The programmes developed w i l l then be t e s te d f o r t h e i r e f f e c t i v e n e s s and t r a n s f e r a b i 1i t y t o o th e r ATCs not p a r t i c i p a t i n g d i r e c t l y in th e p r o j e c t . As an i n te g r a l p a r t o f t h e p r o j e c t , t h eC o l le g e w i l l be de ve lo p in g methods and te c h n iq u e s of i n t e g r a t i n g th e programmes in t o th e e x i s t i n g o p e r a t io n s and s t r u c t u r e s of ATC’ s.

242(E25)

Page 263: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

257

WARD, James, T re v o r R. PARMENTER, V iv ie n n e RICHES, and Margary HAURITZ #

G r a n v i l l e Work P r e p a r a t io n C e n t re Research and Development P r o je c t

INSTITUTION M acqua r ie U n i v e r s i t y , N o rth Ryde, NSW

TIME 1975 - 1981

PLACE Sydney

AIM To develop and e v a lu a te programmes t o a s s i s t m i l d l y i n t e l ­l e c t u a l l y handicapped a d o le s c e n ts in l i v i n g in d e p e n d e n t ly in th e community.

SAMPLE G r a n v i l l e Work P re p a ra t io n C e n t re draws a d o le s c e n ts who a re a t r i s k v o c a t i o n a l l y from h ig h schoo ls and s p e c ia l s c h o o ls in i t s a re a . Programmes being developed by th e C e n t re and t h e Research Team a re t r i a l l e d on s i m i l a r p o p u la t io n s in o th e r areas o f t h e s t a t e .

METHOD A v a r i e t y o f b a s ic and a p p l ie d re s e a rc h s t u d ie s , some o f a l o n g i t u d i n a l n a tu r e , have been conducted in o rd e r t o form a data base from which v a r io u s forms of t e c h n ic a la s s is ta n c e may be deve loped . The s tu d ie s have c o n s is te d o f :

. f o l l o w - u p su rveys o f p o p u la t io n s t h a t have been t r a in e d in th e C e n t re

. b a s ic s tu d ie s of t h e le a rn in g o f m i l d l y i n t e l l e c t u a l l y hand icapped a d o le s c e n ts .

C u r r e n t l y th e main emphasis is upon th e development of t r a i n i n g programmes f o r :

. th e a d o le s c e n ts them se lves

. t h e s t a f f in th e C e n t re and s i m i l a r C e n tres which o f f e r p r e v o c a t io n a l and v o c a t io n a l t r a i n i n g .

RESULTS The p r i n c i p a l c o n c lu s io n s reached by th e Research Team a re t h a t t h e r e a re inadequa te c u r r i c u l a and inadequate s t a f f t r a i n i n g programmes f o r peop le who a re charged w i th th e respons i bi 1 i t y of te a c h in g th e s e s tu d e n ts . Consequent ly t h e Research Team is p re p a r in g and v a l i d a t i n g t r a i n i n g programmes f o r bo th s tu d e n ts and t h e i r i n s t r u c t o r s . By t h e end of 1981 t h e r e shou ld be a v a i l a b l e a number of programme modules in th e areas o f s p e c i f i c v o c a t io n a l s k i l l s and s o c ia l and in te r p e r s o n a l developm ent.Programmes a re a ls o be ing developed in bas ic academic s k i l l s such as re a d in g and f u n c t i o n a l a r i t h m e t i c .

444(E 26)

Page 264: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

258

DOCUMENTATION . See a ls o a n n o ta t i o n , L im b r ic k , D . , S te w a r t Sykes and James Ward

. See a ls o a u th o r l i s t under

A tk in s o n , E . , and S. Sykes D i s le y , B. e t a I .Faber, C.Gorman, P ie r r eGow, L.H a u r i t z , M. e t a I .Owens, D,P a rm e n te r , T. e t a I .R ic h e s , V.S c o t t , B.Sear I , G.W. e t a I .S m ith , H.M.T u rn e r . M . , and S. Sykes Ward, J. e t a I .

Page 265: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

259

LIMBRICK, D. ( c o - o r d i n a t o r ) , S te w a r t SYKES and James WARD #

E v a lu a t io n o f work p r e p a r a t io n programmes f o r m i l d l y m e n ta l ly re ta rd e d a d o le s c e n ts

INSTITUTIONS Development and S p e c ia l P r o je c t s S e c t io n , R e h a b i l i t a t i o n and S u b s id ie s D i v i s i o n , Department of S o c ia l S e c u r i t y , C anb e rra , ACT ( L im b r ic k )F a c u l ty o f E d u c a t io n , Monash U n i v e r s i t y , V i c t o r i a (Sykes)School o f E d u c a t io n , M acquar ie U n i v e r s i t y , NSW (Ward)

TIME 1976 -- December 1981

PLACE South Y a r ra , M e lbou rne , V i c t o r i a and G r a n v i I l e , Sydney, NSW

AIM . To ana Iyse th e p o p u la t io n c u r r e n t l y and l i k e l y t o beserved by th e two Department o f S o c ia l S e c u r i t y Work P re p a r a t io n C en tres f o r m i l d l y m e n ta l l y r e ta rd e d a d o le s c e n ts .

. To a n a lyse th e employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s and types o f employment a v a i l a b l e t o m i l d l y re ta rd e d a d o le s c e n ts , i n c lu d in g pathways t o employment s tud y .

. To de te rm in e th e work , s o c ia l and independent l i v i n g s k i l l s r e q u i re d t o o b ta in and remain in employment and a c h ie v e an independent l i v i n g w i t h i n th e community.

. To d e s c r ib e th e c u r r e n t f u n c t i o n and r o l e of a work p r e p a r a t io n c e n t re .

. To i n v e s t i g a t e home-background in f lu e n c e s and p a re n ta l a t t i t u d e s and o p in io n s .

. To s tudy s e le c te d p s y c h o -e d u c a t io n a l f a c t o r s a s s o c ia te d w i t h m i ld mental r e t a r d a t i o n .

. To develop a made I f o r d e l i v e r i n g a work p r e p a ra t io n programme t o m i l d l y re ta rd e d pe o p le , in c lu d in g th e deve lopm ent of a d i a g n o s t i c - p r e s c r i p t i v e te a c h in g model fo c u s in g on work s k i l l i n s t r u c t i o n .

SAMPLE C l i e n t s a t t e n d in g t h e two Departm ent of S o c ia l S e c u r i t y WorkP r e p a r a t io n C en tres a t G r a n v i l l e , Sydney and South Y a r ra , M e lbourne . Some o f the s tu d ie s in t h i s p r o j e c t have a ls o in v o lv e d employers and school p r i n c i p a l s .

243(E27)

Page 266: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

260

METHODS

RESULTS

. L o n g i t u d in a l s tud y of c l i e n t p o p u la t io n

. e x p e r im e n t a l s t u d i e s o f f a c t o r s a f f e c t i n g and r r o d i f y i n g v o c a t i o n a l and com m un ity a d ju s t m e n t

. s u rv e y r e s e a r c h o f p r o v i s i o n s and em p loym en t o p e n in g s• d i r e c t t e c h n i c a l a s s i s t a n c e t h r o u g h programme d e v e lo p ­

ment and d i s s e m i n a t i o n. assessm en t o f p s y c h o - e d u c a t i o n a l a b i l i t i e s . p a r e n t i n t e r v i e w s c h e d u le f o c u s s in g on home i n f l u e n c e s

and p a r e n t a l a t t i t u d e s and o p i n i o n s . sys tem s and o p e r a t i o n s r e s e a rc h . a c t i o n r e s e a r c h .

The f o l l o w i n g r e s u l t s a re a v a i l a b l e f ro m t h e s tu d y in p r o g r e s s :

• F o l l o w up o f t r a i n e e s p la c e d in e m p lo y m e n t . In a work e n v i r o n m e n t f a v o u r i n g t h e a c q u i s i t i o n o f w o rk a t t i t u d e s and work h a b i t s , t h e c l i e n t s r ro s t l i k e l y t o succeed ap p ea r t o be t h e young s c h o o l le a v e r s who have e x p e r ie n c e d no unem p loym ent p r i o r t o t r a i n i n g . T h i s depended, h o w e ve r , on t h e s e v e r i t y o f i n t e l l e c t u a l h a n d ic a p and t h e i n c i d e n c e o f o t h e r d i s a b i l i t i e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y e m o t i o n a l .

. Programme Deve lopm ent. T r i a l s o f e x p e r im e n ta l programmes showed th e sequence o f s o c ia l t r a i n i n g f o l lo w e d by w o rk - s k i l l s t r a i n i n g as th e most e f f e c t i v e c o m b in a t io n .

• S u rv e y s . A s u rv e y o f a t t i t u d e s o f NSW p r i n c i p a l s to w a rd s e d u c a t i o n a l and p r e - v o c a t i o n a l p r o v i s i o n s f o r m i l d l y i n t e l l e c t u a l l y h a n d ic a p p e d s t u d e n t s (MIH) fo u n d t h a t a l l g ro u p s o f p r i n c i p a l s , w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f t h o s e in g o v e rn m e n t m e t r o p o l i t a n h ig h s c h o o l s , were p o s i t i v e t o w a rd s i n t e g r a t i o n o f MIH s t u d e n t s i n t o r e g u l a r s c h o o ls . T h e r e was a l s o m odes t a c c e p ta n c e by p r i n c i p a l s o f r e g u l a r h ig h s c h o o ls f o r t h e p r o v i s i o n o f p r e - v o c a t i o n a I t r a i n i n g in s c h o o ls f o r t h e MIH.

• P a r e n t I n t e r v i e w S c h e d u le . A summary o f t h e m a jo rf i n d i n g s i s p re s e n te d b e lo w :

. T h e re e x i s t s s t r o n g s u p p o r t f o r t h e C e n t r e ' s programme, a l t h o u g h some p a r e n t s w ere u n c e r t a i n a b o u t a c t u a l d a i l y a c t i v i t i es .

• Of t h e 43 t r a i n e e s i n v e s t i g a t e d , 93 p e r c e n t were A u s t r a l i a n (21 p e r c e n t o f t h e i r p a r e n t s b e in g b i ­l i n g u a l ) , 75 p e r c e n t had n o t a t t e n d e d s p e c ia ls c h o o l s , 25 p e r c e n t l i v e d in h o s t e l s and 86 p e r c e n t w e re c o n s id e r e d t o have s e n s o r y - m o t o r p ro b le m s .

. Most t r a i n e e s had v e ry l i m i t e d s o c i a l c o n t a c t s o u t s i d e t h e home, few possessed f r i e n d s and many had r e s t r i c ­t e d h o b b ie s and i n t e r e s t s .

Page 267: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

261

DOCUMENTATION

. T r a in e e s l i v i n g in h o s t e l s te n de d t o lead mare s o c i a l l y a c t i v e l i v e s .

. Many p a r e n t s and t r a i n e e s had u n r e a l i s t i c v o c a t i o n a l a s p i r a t i o n s .

. A p p r o x im a t e l y 42 pe r c e n t o f t h e t r a i n e e s were r e l u c t a n t t o seek f u t u r e f a c t o r y - t y p e em p lo ym e n t .

. A b o u t 33 p e r c e n t o f t h e t r a i n e e s w e re w i t h o u t s t a b l e s u p p o r t i v e home e n v i r o n m e n ts t o a d e q u a te ly r e i n f o r c e t h e C e n t r e ' s a c t i v i t i e s .

. Few p a r e n t s b e l i e v e d t h a t t h e i r sons and d a u g h te r s had re a c h e d an a d e q u a te le v e l o f inde p en d e n ce t o e n a b le them t o cope s a t i s f a c t o r i l y in l i f e w i t h o u t c lo s e s u p e r v i s i o n and s u p p o r t .

. In g e n e ra l t h e p a r e n t s ' o v e r p r o t e c t i v e n e s s wasc o n s id e r e d c o u n t e r - p r o d u c t i v e t o many o f t h e C e n t r e ' s a ims.

. Language and numeracy s t u d y . A c a r e f u l l y s e le c t e d b a t t e r y o f t e s t s r e v e a le d t h e c o m p e te n c ie s o f t r a i n e e s in t h e s e tw o a re a s and p r o v id e d c l e a r g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e m e d ia l a c t i o n .

. D e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e S o u th Y a r r a WPC. T h is s t u d yd e s c r ib e d t h e p a s t and c u r r e n t f u n c t i o n i n g o f t h e c e n t r e , h i g h l i g h t e d im p o r t a n t changes in i t s o p e ra ­t i o n s and made s u g g e s t i o n s f o r f u t u r e d e v e lo p m e n t .

See A n n o t a t i o n , Ward, James e t a I .See a l s o a u t h o r l i s t u n d e r :

A t k i n s o n , E . , and S. SykesD i s l e y , B. e t a I .F a b e r , C.Gorman, P i e r r eGow, L .H a u r i t z , M. e t a I .Owens, D.P a r m e n te r , T . e t a I .R i c h e s , V.S c o t t , B.S eh r I , A.W. e t a I .S m i t h , H.M.T u r n e r , M . , and S. SykesW ard , J . e t a l .

Page 268: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

262

AUSTRALIA. COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

A b o r i g i na 1 employment programmes

DEPARTMENTS • Employment and Youth A f f a i r s. N a t io n a l A b o r iq in a l Employment Development Committee

(NAEDC)

AIM To f o s t e r t h e t r a i n i n g and employment of A b o r ig in e s .

PROVISIONS Recent a c t i v i t i e s in c lu d e :

. p ro m o t io n a l a c t i v i t i e s by th e N a t io n a l A b o r ig in a lEmployment Development Committee (NAEDC) t o boos temployment o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r A b o r ig in e s in p r i v a t ein d u s t r y

. a m ajor in c re a s e in t h e number of A b o r ig in e s r e c e iv in g fo rm a l t r a i n i n g and work e x p e r ienc e under s p e c ia l NEAT p r o v is io n s

. Commonwealth Employment S e rv ic e o f f i c e r s a s s i s t i n g th e Departm ent o f A b o r ig in a l A f f a i r s in i d e n t i f y i n gemployment and t r a i n i n g o p p o r tu n i t i e s under Community Development Employment p r o je c t s . These p r o je c t s a re a response t o s p e c i f i c r e q u e s ts by A b o r ig in a l com m unit ies in remote a reas f o r an a l t e r n a t i v e t o unemployment b e n e f i t s by p r o v id in g work which is m ean in fu l in th e community.

2 K E 2 8 )

Page 269: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

263

F

CONFERENCE REPORTS

Page 270: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

264

AUSTRALIA. ACADEMY OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES IN AUSTRALIA

Youth Unemployment. P roceed ings of t h e Second Symposium, 7 /8 November 1977. (ed. Ronald F. Henderson) . Melbourne: I n s t i t u t e of Applied Economic and Socia l Resea rch , U n iv e r s i t y of Melbourne, November 1977

INSTITUTION Academy of Socia l Sciences in A u s t r a l i a

TIME November 1977

FOCUS N a t i o n a 1

PARTICIPANTS P a r t i c i p a n t s included persons from government and from academic i n s t i t u t i o n s .

SCOPE The Report c o n ta in s papers and r e p o r t s of d i s c u ss io n on var ious a s p e c t s of youth unemployment inc lud ing

. a broad overview of demographic and t e chn o lo g i ca l change r e s u l t i n g in s t r u c t u r a l change in t h e s o c i e t y , p a r t i c u l a r l y in employment

. Commonwealth p o l i c i e s in youth unemployment

. t h e e d u c a t i o n a l , soc ia l and economic a s p e c t s of youth unemployment

. p a r t i c u l a r l y d i sadvantaged groups.

In summing up th e Symposium d i s c u s s io n , P ro f e s s o rHenderson made th e fo l lowing p o i n t s :

. t h e r e a r e c o n s id e r a b l e gaps in knowledge and under ­s t a nd in g of t h e problem, and t h e s e r e q u i r e r e sea r ch

. a c t i o n is needed to s t i m u l a t e t h e economy t o a h ighe r level of a c t i v i t y

. even i f t h i s were suc ce ss fu l a s t r u c t u r a l problem of youth unemployment is l i ke ly t o remain and t o r e q u i r e sp e c i a l measures of job c r e a t i o n and rede s ign of jobs to c o r r e c t i t .

The Report inc ludes a l s o a s t a t i s t i c a l appendix on youth unemployment (p repared by P e t e r S t r i e k e r of t h e I n s t i t u t e of Applied Economic and Social Resea rch) and a s e l e c t b i b l i o gr a p hy .

DOCUMENTATION Report c i t e d above.

11(F 1)

Page 271: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

265

AUSTRALIAN EDUCATION COUNCIL

R e po r t o f t h e W ork ing P a r ty on E duca t ion and Employment» P rese n ted t o th e 39 th ( S p e c ia l ) M eeting o f t h e A u s t r a l i a n E du ca t io n C o u n c i l , June1979. 141 p ]

INSTITUTION W ork ing P a r t y on E du ca t io n and Employment, A u s t r a l i a n E d u c a t io n Counci I

TIME June 1979

FOCUS N a t io n a 1

AIM The W ork ing P a r ty was c h a ire d by Mr D. Swan, D i r e c t o r - General of E d u c a t io n , NSW, and in c lu d e d r e p r e s e n ta t iv e s o f a l l Departm ents o f Educa t ion in th e S ta te s and theCommonwea1t h .

SCOPE The R e p o r t o u t l i n e s th e concep t and o b je c t i v e s o f T r a n s i ­t i o n E d u c a t io n , in c lu d in g government programmes, c a re e r e d u c a t io n , work e x p e r ie n c e , l i n k courses and a l t e r n a t i v e c o u rc e s . The problems o f v a r io u s ty p e s o f d isadvan taged s tu d e n ts a re d isc u s s e d . The R e po r t emphasises the need f o r c o - o r d in a t i o n o f t r a n s i t i o n e d u c a t io n and s e rv ic e s and makes a number of s p e c i f i c recommendations in a l l t h e areas cove red .

DOCUMENTATION R epo rt c i t e d above.

79(F2)

Page 272: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

266

AUSTRALIAN COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (ACT CHAPTER) and ACT INSTITUTE OF EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

W hat 's A f t e r School? . . . W i l l ia m s and Beyond. Report of a Community Seminar he ld a t Burgmann C o l le g e , C a n b e r ra , 20-21 J u ly 1979,Canberra : [ 91 p 1

ACT C h a p te r , The A u s t r a l i a n C o l le g e o f E d u c a t io n . 1980.

INSTITUTIONS . The A u s t r a l i a n C o l le g e o f Educa t ion (ACT C h ap te r ) . ACT I n s t i t u t e of E d u c a t io n a l A d m in i s t r a t i o n

TIME J u ly 1979

FOCUS N a t io n a l

PARTICIPANTS 86 p e op le : te a c h e rs , e d u c a t io n a l p lan ne rs and a d m in is ­t r a t o r s , academics, persons from th e ACT C o un c i l o f P a ren ts and C i t i z e n s ' A s s o c ia t io n s , o f f i c e r s of th e Departm ent of Employment and Youth A f f a i r s . t

SCOPE The seminar examined a s p ec ts of t h e t r a n s i t i o n f rom schoo l t o p o s t -s c h o o l a c t i v i t i e s and d iscussed r e le v a n t p a r ts o f t h e R e po r t of th e Committee of I n q u i r y in to E d u ca t io n and T r a in in g , E d u c a t io n , T r a in in g and Employment ( th e W i l l i a m s R e p o r t ) . Keynote addresses were g iven by P r o fe s s o r Kwong Lee Dow (Dean of th e F a c u l ty o f E d u ca t io n , U n iv e r s i t y of M elbourne ) and Dr R ic h a rd Campbell ( A u s t r a l ia n N a t io n a l U n iv e r s i t y and Chairman, ACT Schools A u t h o r i t y ) . The R eport of th e sem inar in c lu d e s th e t e x t of a l l th e prepared t a l k s , r e p o r t s of s y n d ic a te d is c u s s io n s and th e r e s o lu t i o n s o f th e c lo s in g s e s s io n .

74(F3)

Page 273: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

267

COLE, P e te r ( e d . )

An A u s tra l ia n P ersp ec t iv e . Report of the National Work Experience Conference held a t Monash U n iv e r s i ty , 22 /25 August 1979. Melbourne: F i r s t National Conference Work Experience Sub-Committee, 1979. I122p]

FUNDING F i r s t National Conference Work Experience Sub-Committee ( p r in t in g )

INSTITUTION As above

TIME 1979

FOCUS National

PARTICIPANTS These included teachers , a d m in is t ra to rs , and persons from academic in s t i t u t io n s and the community.

SCOPEThe Report sets the context fo r the discussion of Work Experience with papers on changing patterns of employment and unemployment and the re la t io n s h ip s between school and work. The development of work experience programmes in th e various States and the ACT is described in o u t l in e . Other papers deal with t r a n s i t io n problems of specia l students and ru ra l s tudents.

DOCUMENTAT I ON Report c i te d above.

125(F4)

Page 274: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

268

AUSTRALIAN COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

E du ca t io n and t h e World a t Work. 20 th Annual C o n fe re nce , P e r th , 1979, V i c t o r i a : The A u s t r a l i a n C o l le g e of E du c a t io n , 1980, I248p]

1NST1 TUT 1 ON The A u s t r a l i a n C o l le g e o f E duca t ion

TIME September 1979

FOCUS N a t io n a 1

PARTICIPANTS Members of th e A u s t r a l i a n C o l le g e of E d u c a t io n and in v i t e d speakers

SCOPE The R epo rt of th e Confe rence p re s e n ts th e t e x t of t h e lead papers and of some o th e rs , as we l l as s e le c te d comments f rom th e d i s c u s s io n . Two im p o r ta n t lead papers were g iven by overseas g u e s ts : Dr Reimut Jockimson (West Germany) and P ro fe s s o r W i l l i a m T a y lo r ( U n iv e r s i t y of London). TheConfe rence co n s id e re d th e problems r a is e d by changes in s o c ia l p a t te r n s and in p a t te r n s of work, p a r t i c u l a r l y as th e s e a f f e c t young peop le , and d iscussed s o c ia l and e d u c a t io n a l responses t o these changes.

73(F5)

Page 275: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

269

AUSTRALIA. SCHOOLS COMMISSION and WESTERN AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

E du ca t io n P o l i c i e s and P r o s p e c t iv e Economic and S o c ia l Developments in A u s t r a l i a , t h e U n ite d Kingdom and t h e Federa l R e p u b l ic o f Germany in th e 1980s: A C om para t ive Review. R eport of a sem inar he ld in P e r th , September 1979. (ed . P.D. Tannock) [1 6 9 p ]

INSTITUTIONS Schools Commission and th e Western A u s t r a l i a n I n s t i t u t e ofTecno logy

TIME September 1979

FOCUS N a t i o n a l / I n t e r n a t i o n a l rev iew

PARTICIPANTS Lead speakers in th e seminar were:

. P ro fe s s o r P.H. Karm e l, Chairman of the T e r t i a r yE du ca t io n Commission, Commonwealth of A u s t r a l i a

. Dr W. T a y lo r , D i r e c t o r , U n iv e r s i t y of London,I n s t i t u t e o f E duca t ion

. P ro fe s s o r R. Jochimsen, M in i s t e r f o r Sc ience and Research, N orth Rhein W e s tp h a l ia , Federa l R e p u b l ic o f Germany

P a r t i c i p a n t s were in v i t e d on th e ba s is of t h e i r background of in v o lve m en t w i th major economic and educa t ion p o l i c y prob lem s which a re l i k e l y t o be p ro m ine n t in A u s t r a l i a in t h e 1980s. They in c lu d e d persons from prom inen t academic i n s t i t u t i o n s , em p loyers , un ions and th e community a t la rg e .

SCOPE The lead papers and background papers t o th e s e , which a rein c lu d e d in th e R e p o r t , g iv e a broad rev iew o f deve lopm ents in A u s t r a l i a , t h e U n i te d Kingdom and th e F ede ra l R e p u b l ic o f West Germany in a number o f a re a s , such as demographic t r e n d s , e d u c a t io n a l p a r t i c i p a t i o n , employment and unemployment, and i n d u s t r i a l r e l a t i o n s . The sem inar in t o t a l covered d is c u s s io n of a wide range of is s u e s , i n c lu d in g

. q u e s t io n s of manpower p la n n in g and d i r e c t i o n

. r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r v o c a t io n a l t r a i n i n g

. le v e ls of f in a n c e f o r e d u c a t io n

. th e r o l e s and r e l a t i o n s h i p s of employers and un ions in e d u c a t io n and t r a i n i n g

. e d u c a t io n a l q u a l i f i c a t i o n as an e n t i t l e m e n t t o employ­ment in th e a p p r o p r ia te area - f o r example, te a c h in g

. p o l i c i e s f o r you th

DOCUMENTATION R e po r t c i t e d above

4 8 (F6)

Page 276: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

270

NORTHERN TERRITORY. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION BRANCH

The T r a n s i t i o n f rom School t o Work. R epo rt of a L in k Seminar he ld in Darw in 19/19 September 1979. Darw in : T e c h n ic a l and F u r th e r E duca t ion B ranch , NT Department of E d u c a t io n , 1979. (112 p ]

INSTITUTION T echn ica l and F u r th e r E d u ca t io n B ranch, Department of E d u c a t io n , N o r th e rn T e r r i t o r y .

TIME 17/19 September 1979

FOCUS N o r th e rn T e r r i t o r y

PARTICIPANTS P a r t i c i p a n t s in c lud ed e d u c a to rs , a d m in i s t r a t o r s andemp 1 oye rs

SCOPE The con fe rence was aimed a t e s t a b l i s h in g c o n ta c t and d is c u s s io n between ed uca to rs and em ployers t o in c re a s e mutual u n d e rs ta n d in g and t o fo rm u la te p lans f o r eas ing th e t r a n s i t i o n from school t o work and f o r e s t a b l i s h in g a p p r o p r ia te l i n k courses f o r the N o r th e rn T e r r i t o r y . The papers d iscuss e d u c a t io n a l p re p a ra t io n f o r v a r io u s type s o f employment and th e r o l e of school c a re e r ed u c a t io n and work e x p e r ie n c e in p re p a r in g s tu d e n ts f o r t r a n s i t i o n . A number of p r a c t i c a l recommendations a re made in th e R e p o r t .

DOCUMENTATION R epo rt c i t e d above.

27 7 (F 7 )

Page 277: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

271

SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EDUCATION CENTRE FOR WHYALLA AND REGION.

Youth , E du ca t io n and Employment. R eport o f a c o n fe ren ce h e ld 9/11 November 1979. W hya l la , SA: E duca t ion C e n t re f o r W hyal la and R eg ion , 1980.

INSTITUTION E du ca t io n C e n t re f o r W hya l la and Region

TIME November 1979

FOCUS N a t io n a 1

PARTICIPANTS P a r t i c i p a n t s in c lud ed persons drawn from government,s c h o o ls , em p loye rs , un ions and th e community in South A u s t r a 1ia

SCOPE The C onference aimed t o p ro v id e a focu s f o r p r e s e n ta t io n and d is c u s s io n of th e v a r io u s p e rs p e c t iv e s taken on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s between y o u th , e d u c a t io n and employment. The R eport c o n ta in s papers and in fo rm a t io n on th e s e d i f f e r e n t p e rs p e c t i v e s o f you th from th e v ie w p o in ts of th e s c h o o l , em p loyers , un io n s , p o l i t i c a l r e p r e s e n ta t iv e s and young peop le the m se lve s . Two m ajor themes emerged:

. Youth unemployment is one p a r t of th e w id e r problem o f unemployment and th u s p o l i c i e s must be developed which w i l l p ro v id e a l l members of th e community w i t h th e o p p o r tu n i t y f o r s o c i a l l y and p e r s o n a l l y w o r th w h i le a c t i v i t i e s .

. Young peop le a re p a r t i c u l a r l y a t r i s k in t h i s s i t u a t i o n o f unemployment and the community as a whole must p ro v id e r e a l i s t i c su p p o r t f o r them.

The R eport conc ludes w i th a number of s p e c i f i c recommenda­t i o n s f o r a c t i o n .

DOCUMENTAT 1 ON R e po r t c i t e d above.

3 8 9 (F 8 )

Page 278: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

272

INDEX

The index is a rranged by s u b je c ts and is in tended m a in ly as a gu ide t o th e a n n o ta t io n s , though e n t r i e s from th e genera l l i s t a re in c lu d e d in many cases . A l l re fe re n c e s a re t o th e numbers in th e genera l l i s t . For con ven ience , t h e a n n o ta t io n s a re i d e n t i f i e d f i r s t by t h e i r genera l l i s t numbers and the n by t h e i r c a te g o ry l e t t e r and number in b ra c k e ts ; f o r example. Case S tu d ie s 3 2 9 (A11) in d ic a t e s a n n o ta t io n number 11 in Ca tego ry A (School S tu d e n ts and School L e a ve rs ) which can be found a ls o as number 329 in th e genera l l i s t .

Page 279: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

273

ABORIGINES ( C u l t u r e , E d u c a t io n and T r a i n i n g )

428C A35), 3 6 2 ( A 4 5 ) , 2 7 K B 1 0 ) , 2 K E 2 8 )2 0 , 4 6 , 4 7 , 171, 2 6 4 , 2 7 3 , 3 2 2 , 3 6 1 , 4 5 4 , 4 5 9 , 470

ADOLESCENTS

See . s c h o o l le a v e rs . s c h o o l s t u d e n t s . y o u th

ACT

7CA8), 7 1 (A 3 1 ) , 189 (D 30)

ALTERNATIVE LIFESTYLES

124, 147.

APPRENTICESHIPS

3 9 8 (C 1 6 ) , 1 14 (C 17 ) , 1 16 (C 18 ) , 2 1 7 (D 8 ) , 1 6 K D 1 8 ) , 2 K E 1 9 ) , 2 K E 2 0 ) 352

ABS

6 9 (A 1 ) , 5 2 -7 0

BIBLIOGRAPHY

See a l s o . L i t e r a t u r e r e v i e w / s u r v e y

2 4 , 157, 179, 267

CAREER EDUCATION

See . S c h o o ls

CASE STUDIES

329 (A 1 1 ) , 28 (A 2 8 ) , 4 7 K B 1 ) , 2 5 3 ( B 4 ) , 3 0 ( B 1 6 ) , 2 7 8 (D 1 4 ) , 1 0 K D 1 5 ) , 144 (016)

Page 280: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

274

COLLEGES OF ADVANCED EDUCATION

See also . Higher Education. Post-secondary Education

255(C 10), 260(C 11), 27 2 (C12)4 , 164

COUNTRY

See . Rural

DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION/ANALYSIS

6 9 (A 1 ), 45 (A 10), 9 H A 3 8 ) , 4 2 K A 3 9 ) , 479(A 41), 433(A 44), 36 2 (A 45 ) , 266(C 5 ) , 260 (C11), 36 (D 4 ), 3 7 (D 5 ), 396(D 12), 233(D23)42, 52-70

ECONOMIC INFORMATION/ANALYSIS

399(C 13 ) , 3 7 2 (D 3 ) , 3 6 (D 4 ), 3 7 (D 5 ) , 182(D6), 375(D 7), 21 7 (D 8 ) , 113(D9), 266(D 1 0 ) , 17 5 (0 11 ) , 397(D13)49, 98, 100, 102, 185, 391, 474, 475

EDUCATION(AL)

See a lso . Schools. School students

and employment: 132(A7), 398 (C 16 ) , 217 (D 8), 113(D9), 266 (D 10), 175(D11), 3 9 6 (D12 ) , 2 7 8 (0 1 4 ) , 114(016)19, 59, 93 , 134, 177, 178

and technolog ica l change: 115(D2)

at ta in m ent: 132(A7), 396(D12)

economics o f: 175(D11 ) , 98

needs: 433(A44)

o pp o rtun ity : 4 2 1 (A39), 97

p a r t i c ip a t io n : 6 9 (A 1 ), 9 K A 3 8 ) , 4 2 K A 3 9 ) , 175(D1 1) , 396(D12)

t r a n s i t io n s (o ther than a t the end of schoo ling): 25 3 (B4)

Page 281: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

275

EMPLOYERS

a t t i t u d e s : 466 (A 46) , 180(C15), 116(018), 144(D16), 32 (E 8 ) , 352

p o l i c i e s : 41

re q u i re m e n ts : 466 (A 46), 3 9 8 (0 1 6 ) , 27 8 (0 1 4 ) , 150(D20), 93

v iew s : 4 5 (A 1 0 ) , 3 2 9 (A 11 ) , 4 6 6 (A 4 6 ) , 47 1 (B 1 ) , 153(B6), 472(022)

EMPLOYMENT

See a ls o . a b o r ig in e s . e d u c a t io n . g i r ls /w o m e n . hand icapped . m ig ra n ts . r u r a l. unemployment . you th unemployment

and te c h n o lo g ic a l change: 115(D2) , 51, 366

o p p o r t u n i t i e s : 160(A42), 151(D19)

p a t te r n s o f : 3 7 2 (D 3 ) , 36 (D 4 ), 3 7 (D 5 ), 266 (D 10), 39 7 (0 1 3 ) , 101(D15),151(D19), 102.

p o l i c i e s on: 39 6 (D12)

EVALUATION STUDIES

154(B 5) , 15 3 (B 6 ) , 356 (B 14), 4 1 3 (0 2 2 ) , 1 0 7 (E 1), 2 0 K E 5 ) , 143(E6), 3 2 (E 8 ) , 3 3 (E 9 ) , 34 ( E1 0 ) , 176(E12), 20 4 (E 1 3 ) , 3 K E 1 5 ) , 3 5 (E 1 7 ) , 1 (E21) , 349 (E 22), 198(E23), 412 (E 24) , 444 (E 2 6 ) , 243(E27)136, 202, 225, 232, 310, 315 , 317, 318, 354, 481

GIRLS/WOMEN

See a ls o . Sex d i f f e r e n c e s

2 6 5 (A 2 ) , 13 2 (A 7 ) , 403 (A 14) , 138(A15 ) , 377 (A 21), 238 (A 22) , 364(A 23), 228 (A24) , 467 (A25) , 42 8 (A 3 8 ) , 160(A42), 180 (015), 1 16 (01 8 ) , 1 6 K D 1 8 ) , 189(D30)81, 82, 94, 129, 133, 135, 140, 146, 168, 230, 363, 387

Page 282: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

276

HANDICAPPED STUDENTS ( E d u c a t i o n , T r a i n i n g and Em p Ioym en t)

4 3 (B 3 ) , 17 6 ( E 1 2 ) , 4 1 2 (E 2 4 ) , 2 4 2 ( E 2 5 ) , 4 4 4 (E 2 6 ) , 2 4 3 (E 27 )8, 156, 167, 181, 1 9 1 -1 9 4 , 2 1 5 , 3 0 7 , 3 0 9 -3 1 8 , 3 1 9 , 3 5 3 -3 5 5 , 3 6 7 , 3 69 , 3 80 , 382 , 3 8 3 , 4 26 , 4 4 2 -4 4 9 , 455

HIGHER EDUCATION

See a l s o . C o l l e g e s o f Advanced E d u c a t io n . P o s t - s e c o n d a r y E d u c a t io n . U n i v e r s i t i e s

5 ( A 6 ) , 7 (A 8 ) , 1 6 9 (A 9 ) , 6 ( C 3 ) , 3 , 94

LABOUR FORCE/SUPPLY

See a l s o . Em ployment. Unemploym ent . Y o u th unem p loym en t

399CC13), 182CD6), 3 7 5 (D 7 ) , 2 1 7 (D 8 ) , 3 97 (D 13 ) 5 2 , 5 4 , 5 6 -5 9 , 6 0 - 6 1 , 70

LABOUR MARKET/DEMAND

See a l s o . Employment. Unemployment . You th unem p loym ent

372 ( D 3 ) , 37 ( D 5 ) , 3 7 5 ( 0 7 ) , 2 1 7 (D 8 ) , 2 7 8 (D 1 4 ) , 1 0 K D 1 5 ) , 2 33 (D 23 ) 4 9 , 55

LEISURE

439 (A 5 ) , 5 ( A 6 ) , 1 3 2 (A 7 ) , 3 0 ( B 1 6 ) , 3 9 9 (C 1 3 ) , 4 3 K D 3 1 ) , 326

LINK COURSES

1 9 8 (E 2 3 ) , 4 1 2 ( E2 4 ) , 2 7 7 ( F 7 ) , 118

LITERATURE REVIEWS/SURVEYS

See a l s o . B i b l i o g r a p h y

9 6 ( B 2 ) , 1 9 5 (C 1 ) , 4 1 4 (C 2 0 ) , 3 7 1 ( D 1 ) , 2 4 9 , 393 , 410

Page 283: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

277

LONGITUDINAL STUDIES

2 6 5 (A 2 ) , 4 2 5 (A 3 ) , 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 365 (A 1 2 ) , 4 1 8 (A 13), 170(D25), 476(D26)

MI GRANTS

132(A7), 406 (A 1 4 ) , 482CA43), 433CA44), 189(D30) 136, 403, 404, 405, 407

NSW

2 6 5 (A 2 ) , 439 (A 5 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 13 2 (A 7 ) , 3 4 K A 1 9 ) , 3 3 3 (A 2 0 ) , 377 (A21), 28 (A 28 ) , 42 8 (A 3 5 ) , 37 6 (A36) , 440CA37), 48 2 (A 4 3 ) , 3 6 2 (A 4 5 ) , 3 3 2 (0 2 ) , 327 (C 8) , 4 0 1 (0 9 ) , 3 9 9 (0 1 3 ) , 18 0 (0 15 ) , 3 9 8 (0 1 6 ) , 4 0 0 (0 1 9 ) , 4 1 4 (0 2 0 ) , 41 5 (0 2 1 ) , 4 1 3 (0 2 2 ) , 4 1 6 (0 2 3 ) , 3 9 6 (0 1 2 ) , 11 4 (0 16 ) , 3 8 K D 1 7 ) , 16 K D 1 8 ) , 9 (D 29 ),176(E12), 2 0 4 (E 13), 412 (E 2 4 ) , 242 (E 25) , 444 (E 2 6 ) , 243(E 27), 275, 427

N.T.

277 (F7)

OECD PAPERS

282-306

PARENTS

See a ls o . S o c io -e c o n o m ic / fa m i l y background

a t t i t u d e s o f : 4 7 K B 1 ) , 11 6 (0 18 ) , 81, 82

in f l u e n c e o f : 4 2 5 (A 3 ) , 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 4 3 9 (A 5 ) , 403 (A 1 4 ) , 482 (A 43), 33 2 (0 2 )

v iew s : 4 7 K B 1 ) , 4 5 (A 1 0 ) , 329(A11 ) , 479(A41)

POST-SECONDARY EDUCATI ON/STUDENTS

See a ls o . C o l le g e s of Advanced E du ca t io n . H ig h e r e d u c a t io n . T e c h n ic a l educa t ion AAFE . U n i v e r s i t i e s

4 , 19, 220, 240, 351( c o n t in u e d )

Page 284: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

278

barr ie rs to p a r t ic ip a t io n : 195(C1), 180(C15), 116(C18), 450(D12)

choices: 138(A 15), 332(02), 226(C5), 429(06), 327(08), 272(C12),399(013), 25KC14)

experiences: 464(C7)

f inanc ia l support: 195(C1), 6(C3), 217(D8), 18, 258, 430

information: 429CC6), 327(C8), 272CC12), 400(C19)

student c h a ra c te r is t ic s : 332(C2), 260(C11), 399(C13), 164, 258

student serv ices: 400(019), 414(C20), 415CC21), 413(C22)

student se lec t ion : 252(C4), 398(016), 249

student withdrawal: 464(07), 327(08), 255(010), 251(014), 114(017)

student work values: 401(09), 416(023)

POVERTY AND EDUCATION

228(A24), 14-17, 90, 280, 392, 478

PRE-VOCATIONAL COURSES

1(E21), 349(E22), 2, 386

PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES

career development: 418(A13), 417, 419

unemployment: 121(D24), 170(D25), 476(D26), 186(D27), 205

QUEENSLAND

458(A4), 263(A30), 250(A32), 349(E22), 348, 350, 351, 370

RECURRENT EDUCATION/TRAINING

253(B4), 85

Page 285: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

279

RESEARCH IN PROGRESS

69 (A 1) , 45 8 (A4 ) , 43 9 (A5 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 7 (A8 ) , 169(A9) , 45 (A10 ) , 329CA11) , 365 (A12 ) , 41 8 (A1 3 ) , 138(A15) , 346 (A16) , 347 (A17 ) , 222(A18) , 333 (A20 ) , 23 8 (A2 2 ) , 3 6 4 (A 23 ) , 467(A25) , 3 2 K A 2 7 ) , 99 (A33 ) , 376(A36) , 479(A41) , 160(A42) , 362 (A45) , 388 (B 8 ) , 2 7 K B 1 0 ) , 245(B1 1 ) , 453 (B13) , 356(B14) , 464 (C7) , 327(C8) , 266(C11) , 272(C12) , 114(C17), 372(D3) , 36 (0 4 ) , 37 5 ( D 7 ) , 113 (09 ) , 266(D10) , 175(Dl 1 ) , 27 3 (0 14 ) , 161(018) , 474(022 ) , 1 2 KD 2 4) , 170(D25) , 47 6 (0 26 ) , 105(D28) , 43KD31 ) , 349(E22)

RURAL EDUCATION/STUDENTS

132 (A 7) , 25 0 ( A3 2 ) , 99 (A33 ) , 119(A34) , 428 (A35) , 9 K A 3 8 ) , 4 2 K A 3 9 ) , 479(A41) , 160(A42) , 43 3 (A44 ) , 362 (A45 ) , 145(B7) , 271 (B10) , 356 (B14 ) , 47 2 (D22) , 233(D23)90, 120, 162, 350, 457, 480

SCHOOLS/SCHOOLING

c u r r i c u l a : 439(A5 ) , 7 (A 8 ) , 169(A9) , 45 (A10 ) , 3 2 9 ( A l l ) , 3 2 K A 2 7 ) ,119 (A34 ) , 122 (A40) , 9 6 (B 2 ) , 154(B5) , 30 (B16 ) , 278 (D14)

en r o lm e n t s : 396(D12) , 42, 65

e v a l u a t i o n o f : 265(A2 ) , 42 5 (A3 ) , 439(A5 ) , 45 (A10 ) , 329 ( A l l ) , 154(B5) ,39 6 (D12)

l e i s u r e e d u c a t i o n : 30(B16)

outcomes: 265(A2 ) , 42 5 (A3 ) , 43 9 (A5 ) , 132(A7) , 96(B2)

p o l i c i e s / i s s u e s : 26 5 (A2 ) , 45 (A 10 ) , 43 3 (A4 4 ) , 9 6 (B 2 ) , 43 ( B 3 ) , 175(Dl 1 ) ,278(D14) , 137, 385

r o l e o f : 26 5 ( A2 ) , 42 5 (A3 ) , 43 9 (A 5 ) , 132(A7) , 169(A9) , 45(A10)

r o l e in t r a n s i t i o n : 265(A2 ) , 42 5 (A3 ) , 439 (A5 ) , 132(A7) , 3 2 9 ( A l l ) ,32 1 ( A27 ) , 119(A34) , 428 (A35 ) , 122(A40) , 479 (A41) , 482(A43) , 4 7 1 (B1) , 96 ( B2 ) , 25 3 (B 4 ) , 114(D16) , 72, 197, 219, 221, 257

ro le in s e le c t io n of students: 2 6 5(A2 ) , 42 5 ( A3 ) , 137(A7 ) , 96 (B2)

S t a t i s t i c a l in fo rm ation : 42, 65, 66

Page 286: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

280

SCHOOLS - CAREER EDUCATION

22, 23, 432

e f f e c t i v e n e s s o f : 439 (A 5 ) , 132(A7), 4 5 (A 10 ) , 138CA15), 238(A 22),3 2 K A 2 7 ) , 152 (A29) , 430(A 37), 91 (A 3 8 ) , 122(A40),160(A42), 471 (B 1 ) , 96 (B 2 ) , 253 (B 4 ) , 153(B6), 226(C5)

e v a lu a t io n o f : 154(B5), 153(B6)

in f o r m a t i o n / m a t e r i a ! s / s e r v i c e s : 96 (B 2 ) , 271 (B IO ) , 245(811)20, 22 , 23 , 26 , 27, 158, 208-214 , 267, 333-339 , 460, 461

issues in : 132CA7), 47 1 (B 1 ) , 9 6 (B 2), 95 (B 9 ) , 127(B 12), 44, 239

p r o v is io n s f o r : 43 9 (A 5 ) , 238 (A 22) , 3 2 1 (A 27 ), 122CA40), 4 7 1 (B 1 ) , 96 (B 2),254(B4) , 15 4 (B 5 ) , 145CB7), 95(B9)

SCHOOL LEAVERS

See a ls o . School s tu d e n ts. S o c io - e c o n o m ic / fa m i l y background . Youth

a l i e n a t i o n from s c h o o l in g : 329 (A 11), 228(A 24), 357 (A 26), 388(B8)

background: 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 132 (A 7 ), 467 (A 25) , 357 (A 26) , 428(A35),376(A 36), 9 K A 3 8 ) , 482 (A 43) , 362(A 45), 9 6 (B 2 ) , 226(C5)

d e s t i n a t i o n s : 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 132 (A 7 ), 467 (A 25) , 152(A29), 263(A30),71 (A 31 ), 9 9 (A 3 3 ) , 119(A34), 428 (A 35), 376 (A 36), 440(A37), 9 K A 3 8 ) , 421 (A 39 ) , 122(A40), 479 (A 4 1 ) , 160(A42),4 8 2 (A 4 3 ) , 362 (A 4 5 ) , 471 (B 1 ) , 226(C 5), 15KD19)

e a r l y le a v e rs : 5 (A 6 ) , 32 9 (A 1 1 ) , 2 2 8 (A 2 4 ) , 4 6 7 (A 2 5 ) , 28 (A 28 ), 152(A29),9 9 (A 3 3 ) , 428 (A 35), 9 K A 3 8 ) , 4 2 K A 3 9 ) , 160(A42),3 6 2 (A45) , 9 6 (B2) , 259, 324, 325 , 358 , 359

le is u r e a c t i v i t i e s : 5 (A 6 ) , 432 (D31)

o p p o r t u n i t i e s / p r o s p e c t s : 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 132(A 7), 152(A29), 99 (A 33 ) , 91 (A 38),4 2 K A 3 9 ) , 160(A 42), 482 (A 43) , 398(C16), 278(D14),161(D 18)

p e rc e p t io n s of s c h o o l in g : 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 132(A7), 329 (A 11), 228(A24),2 8 (A28) , 15 2 (A 2 9 ) , 71 (A 31 ), 99 (A 3 3 ) , 428 (A 35) , 440(A37), 479(A41) , 362 (A 4 5 ) , 4 7 K B 1 ) , 96 (B 2 ) , 388 (B 8 ), 226(C 5), 161 (018) , 151(D 19)

( c o n t i nued)

Page 287: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

281

p e rc e p t io n s o f work : 3 6 2 (A 4 8 ) , 4 7 1 (B 1 ) , 9 6 (B 2 ) , 4 5 0 (D21)

reasons f o r le a v in g s c h o o l : 2 2 8 (A 24), 4 6 7 (A 25), 3 5 7 (A26), 99 (A 33),42 8 (A 3 5 ) , 9 K A 3 8 ) , 428 (A 4 3 ) , 326(A45, 471 (B1 ) , 226(C 5), 266(D 10), 450 (D 21), 360

school e x p e r ie n c e s : 5 ( A 6 ) , 132(A 7), 228 (A 2 4 ) , 4 6 7 (A 25 ), 152(A29),482 (A 4 3 ) , 47 1 (B 1 ) , 450(021)

s t a t i s t i c a l in f o r m a t io n : 6 9 (A 1 ) , 4 6 7 (A 25 ) , 4 2 , 62

SCHOOL STUDENTS

See a ls o . School leave rs . Youth

a s p i r a t i o n s : 4 2 5 (A 3 ) , 45 8 (A 4 ) , 439 (A 5 ) , 132(A7), 45CA10), 365CA12),418CA13), 4 0 3 (A 1 4 ) , 138CA15 ) , 34 6 (A 1 6 ) , 347 (A 17),377 (A 2 1), 3 6 4 (A 2 3 ) , 3 2 K A 2 7 ) , 263 (A 3 0 ) , 7 K A 3 1 ) , 250 (A 32), 119 (A 34 ) , 428 (A35) , 9 K A 3 8 ) , 9 6 (B 2 ) , 4 5 3 (B 1 3 ) , 4 7 2 (0 2 2 ) , 423

a t t i t u d e s t o s c h o o l in g : 439 (A 5 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 132(A7), 7 (A 8 ) , 169(A9),4 5 (A 1 0 ) , 329 (A 11 ) , 2 2 8 (A 2 4 ) , 7 (A 3 1 ) , 4 7 1 (B 1 ) , 96(B2)

c a re e r deve lopm ent: 365 (A 12) , 41 8 (A 13), 40 3 (A 1 4 ) , 138(A 15), 346(A 16),34 7 (A 17 ) , 2 2 2 (A 1 8 ) , 3 4 1 (A 19 ) , 33 3 (A 2 0 ) , 377(A21),238 (A 2 2 ) , 3 6 4 (A 23 ), 139-142, 330, 331

c h o ic e s ( th e making o f ) : 4 2 5 (A 3 ) , 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 4 3 9 (A 5 ) , 132(A7) , 7 (A 8 ) ,169(A9), 3 6 5 (A 1 2 ) , 418 (A 13), 403 (A 1 4 ) , 138(A 15), 346(A 16), 34 7 (A 1 7 ) , 37 7 (A21 ) , 2 3 8 (A 2 2 ) , 3 6 4 (A 2 3 ) , 467(A25),35 7 (A26) , 321 (A 27 ), 119(A34), 428 (A 3 5 ) , 9 K A 3 8 ) , 482(A 43), 9 6 (B 2) , 4 5 3 (B13) , 223, 270, 348

concep ts of w ork : 132(A7), 222 (A 18), 3 4 1 (A 19 ), 333 (A 20), 96 (B 2),4 5 3 (B 1 3 ) , 223, 270

d isadvan taged s tu d e n ts : See . a b o r ig in e s. e a r l y school le a v e rs . g i r ls /w o m e n . hand icapped . m ig ra n ts

e d u c a t io n a l ach ie vem en t: 5 (A 6 ) , 132(A7) , 40 3 (A 1 4 ) , 346 (A 1 6 ) , 347 (A 1 7 ) ,467 (A 25) , 3 5 7 (A26) , 263 (A 30) , 250 (A 32) , 248

e x p e c ta t io n s : 2 6 5 (A 2 ) , 4 2 5 (A 3 ) , 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 132 (A 7 ), 7 (A 8 ) ,169 (A 9 ) , 4 5 (A 1 0 ) , 365 (A 12), 4 1 8 (A 1 3 ) , 403 (A 14), 138(A 15), 3 4 6 (A 1 6 ) , 3 4 7 (A 1 7 ) , 3 7 7 (A 2 1 ) , 36 4 (A 2 3 ) , 357(A 26), 3 2 K A 2 7 ) , 2 5 0 (A 3 2 ) , 1 19(A34) , 428 (A 3 5 ) , 9 K A 3 8 ) , 482(A43)

( c o n t i nued)

Page 288: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

282

i n f lu e n c e s on ach ievem en t: 42 5 (A 3 ) , 458 (A 4 ), 5 (A 6 ) , 132(A7) , 4 5 (A 10 ) ,4 0 3 (A 1 4 ) , 22 8 (A24) , 4 6 7 (A 2 5 ) , 357 (A 2 6 ) , 482 (A 43) , 4 7 1 (B 1) , 96(B2)

le i s u r e a c t i v i t i e s : 4 3 9 (A 5 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 132(A7), 4 18(A 13), 4 3 K D 3 1 ) , 270

p e rc e p t io n s of s c h o o l in g : 4 3 9 (A 5 ) , 132(A7) , 7 (A 8 ) , 169(A9) , 4 5 (A 10 ) ,329 ( A l l ) , 228CA24), 467(A 25), 7 H A 3 1 ) , 119CA34), 471 (B 1), 96(B2)

p e rc e p t io n s o f work : 4 5 8 (A 4 ) , 132(A 7), 9 6 (B 2 ) , 270

school e x p e r ie n c e s : 2 6 5 (A 2 ) , 4 2 5 (A 3 ) , 43 9 (A 5 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 132(A7) , 7 (A 8 ) ,169(A9), 45<A10), 3 2 9 ( A l l ) , 365 (A 12) , 228 (A 24), 467 (A 25), 35 7 (A26) , 482 (A43 ) , 4 7 1 (B 1 ) , 96(B2)

s t a t i s t i c a l i n fo r m a t io n : 69CA1), 42

SEX DIFFERENCES/DISCRIMINATION

See a ls o . G ir ls /w o m en

265 (A 2 ) , 132(A 7), 4 0 3 (A 1 4 ) , 138(A 15 ) , 377 (A 21) , 238 (A 22), 364 (A 23) , 228(A 2 4 ) , 46 7 (A 2 5 ) , 152(A 29), 119(A34) , 428 (A 3 5 ) , 9 6 (B 2 ) , 154 CB5) ,153 (B 6) , 18 0 (0 15) , 1 6 K D 1 8 ) , 103, 140, 419

SOCIAL ANALYSIS

265 (A 2 ) , 96 (B 2 ) , 103, 155, 218

SOCIAL TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS

16 K D 1 8 ) , 159, 173, 218

SOCIO-ECONOMIC/FAMILY BACKGROUND AND INFLUENCES

425(A 3 ) , 45 8 (A 4 ) , 4 3 9 (A 5 ) , 5 (A 6 ) , 132(A7), 45 (A 1 0 ) , 403CA14), 377 (A 21), 46 7 (A 2 5 ) , 357 (A 2 6 ) , 2 5 0 (A 3 2 ) , 119(A34) , 482 (A 43), 9 6 (B 2 ) , 6 (C 3 ) ,260CC11), 266(D 10), 114(D16), 9 (D 29 ), 424

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

329(A 11), 152(A29) , 119CA34), 154(B 5), 153(B6), 154(B7), 388 (B 8 ) , 149CB15 ) , 1 5 K D 1 9 ) , 150(D20), 170(D25), 476(D 26), 148CE2), 143CE6) 97, 386, 387

Page 289: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

283

STATISTICAL INFORMATION/ANALYSIS

6 9 (A 1 ) , 119CA34), 3 9 9 (0 1 3 ) , 3 9 8 (0 1 6 ) , 372 (D 3) , 3 6 (D 4), 37 (D 5 ), 182(D6), 37 5 (D7) , 21 7 (D 8 ) , 113CD9), 266(D 10), 175(D11), 52-70

SURVEYS ( q u e s t io n n a i r e s )

6 9 (A 1), 26 5 (A 2) , 42 5 (A 3 ) , 45 8 (A 4 ) , 7 (A 8 ) , 169(A9), 45 (A 10 ) , 365(A12), 403 (A 14 ), 346 (A 16 ), 347 (A 17 ), 46 7 (A 2 5 ) , 2 6 3 (A 3 0 ) , 7 K A 3 1 ) , 99 (A 33 ) ,1 19(A34), 440(A 37) , 479 (A 4 1 ) , 362 (A 4 5 ) , 2 5 3 (B 4 ) , 95 (B 9 ) , 127(B12),3 5 6 (B 14 ), 3 0 (B 16 ) , 3 3 2 (C 2 ) , 6 (C 3 ) , 2 5 2 (0 4 ) , 46 4 (C 7 ) , 3 2 7 (0 8 ) , 2 5 5 (0 10 ) , 26 0 (0 1 1 ) , 2 7 2 (0 1 2 ) , 2 5 1 (0 1 4 ) , 1 6 K D 1 8 ) , 1 5 K D 1 9 ) , 472(D 22), 170(D25), 4 7 6 (0 2 6 ) , 189(D30)

TASMAN IA

169(A9), 3 2 K A 2 7 ) , 9 K A 3 8 ) , 4 2 K A 3 9 ) , 2 7 K B 1 0 ) , 114(017), 198(E23) 408, 409

TECHNICAL EDUCATION/TAFE

See a ls o . A p p r e n t i c e s h ip . L in k courses . P os t-s e c o n d a ry e d u c a t io n . P r e - v o c a t Iona I courses

2 2 6 (0 5 ) , 3 9 9 (0 1 3 ) , 2 5 1 (0 1 4 ) , 180 (015), 3 9 8 (0 1 6 ) , 11 4 (0 17 ) , 116(018), 4 0 0 (0 1 9 ) , 4 1 4 (0 2 0 ) , 4 1 5 (0 2 1 ) , 4 1 3 (0 2 2 ) , 4 1 6 (0 2 3 ) , 450(D 21), K E 2 1 ) , 349 (E22)2, 25, 46, 50, 89, 123, 135, 459

TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

See a ls o . S o c ia l t r e n d s and developments . S o c ia l a n a l y s is

3 9 9 (0 1 3 ) , 1 15(D2) , 1 6 K D 1 8 ) , 51, 83, 207, 366

UNEMPLOYMENT

See a ls o . Employment. Labour f o r c e . Labour market . Youth unemployment

63, 64 , 67, 75, 76, 78, 80 , 109, 206, 373, 441, 462, 473, 475

( c o n t 1nued)

Page 290: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

284

benef i ts : 38, 39, 40, 54, 196

causes of: 37 (D5) , 182(D6) , 234

community a t t i t u d e s to : 472CD22), 187

d i s t r i b u t i o n o f : 428(A35) , 91 (A38) , 42 1 (A39) , 362 (A45) , 372(D3) ,3 6 (D4) , 182(D6) , 375(D7) , 161(D18) , 233(D23)

e f f e c t s of : 105(D28), 384

le isure a c t i v i t i e s : 43 1 (D31)

levels of : 428(A35) , 399(013)

p o l ic ie s on: 175(D11) , 107( E l ) , 184

programmes for : 41 3 (022 ) , 41 6 ( 0 23 ) , 197(E1) , 108

t rends: 182(D6) , 375 (D7) , 217(D8)

UNIVERSITIES

See also . Higher education. Post-secondary education

42 9 (0 6 ) , 46 4 (0 7 ) , 32 7 ( 0 8 ) , 401(09) 8, 328, 370, 465

VICTORIA

425(A3) , 169(A9) , 32 9 (A 11) , 365 (A12) , 418(A13) , 403(A14) , 238(A22) ,364 (A23) , 228 (A24) , 28 (A28) , 122(A40) , 479 (A41) , 48 2 (A43) , 4 3 3 (A44),471 (B1) , 253 (B4) , 95(B9) , 27 1 (B10) , 453(B13) , 2 5 2 ( 0 4 ) , 2 2 6 ( 0 5 ) , 429(06) , 26 0(011 ) , 27 2 ( 0 12 ) , 25 1 ( 0 14 ) , 116 (018 ) , 45 0 (D21) , 472(D22) , 233(023) , 12KD24) , 105 ( D2 8) , 4 3 K D 3 1 ) , 107(E 1)238, 239, 437

WESTERN AUSTRALIA

329(A 11) , 138(A 15) , 346(A16) , 346(A17) , 222(A18) , 160(A42) , 356(B14) 25 5(0 10 ) , 278(D14) , 359, 455-457

Page 291: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

WORK

285

See a ls o . Employment. School s tu d e n ts . Youth

and te c h n o lo g ic a l change: 115 (02 ) , 207, 434

c o n d i t i o n s o f : 68

p a r t i c i p a t i o n in : 6 3 (C 3 ), 397 (D 13), 381(017)

p a t te r n s o f : 3 9 9 (0 1 3 ) , 1 1 5 (0 2 ) , 397(D 13), 174, 434

p e rc e p t io n s o f : 132(A 7), 341(A 19 ) , 333 (A 2 0 ) , 371 (D1), 170(025), 165

WORK EXPERIENCE PROGRAMMES

e v a lu a t io n o f : 356(B 14), 3 4 (E 1 0 ) , 451, 481

issues in : 9 6 (B 2 ) , 127(B 12), 4 5 3 (B13) , 3 5 6 (B 1 4 ) , 279, 451

p r o v is io n o f : 4 7 K B 1 ) , 9 6 (B 2 ) , 4 3 (B 3 ) , 154(B 7), 127 (B 12), 453(B 13),3 5 6 (B 1 4 ) , 14 9 (B 1 5 ) , 126, 275

WORK PREPARATI ON/TRAINING

See a ls o . Handicapped. Youth programmes

471(B 1 ) , 4 3 (B 3 ) , 204 (E 13) , 2 4 2 (E 2 5 ) , 444 (E 2 6 ) , 243 (E 27), 8, 281, 402

YOUTH

See a ls o . A l t e r n a t i v e l i f e s t y l e s . School le ave rs , school s tu d e n ts

128, 129, 246, 469, 483

a c t i v I t i e s / I e i s u r e : 5 (A 6 ) , 132(A 7), 17 0 (0 25) , 326

a t t i t u d e s : 323

employment: 266(D 10), 397 (D 13), 101(D15), 170(D25), 199

(c o n t i nued)

Page 292: TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL

-S -S \ cv ^ i

286

homelessness: 9 (029), 189(D30)

p o lic ie s fo r : 107(E1), 92, 130, 235, 247, 320, 438, 477

support fo r : 47K B 1), 195(C1), 217(D8), 107(E1), 118(E2), 2K E 3),2KE14), 18, 256, 258, 430

unemployed youth: 28(A28), 152CA29), 9KA38), 226(C5), 381(D17),450(D21), 12KD24), 476CD26), 9(D29)

YOUTH PROGRAMMES

See a lso . Evaluations

107(E1) , 148CE2), 2KE 3-28), 29, 1 10, 1 17, 229, 395, 408

YOUTH UNEMPLOYMENT

12, 13, 54, 84, 131, 172, 230, 374, 378

and educational p a r t ic ip a t io n : 217(D8), 113(09), 175CD11)112, 200, 224

causes o f: 37(D5), 182(D6), 375(07), 217(D8), 113(D9), 144(016),472(D22), 111, 133

d is t r ib u t io n o f: 372(D3), 266(D10), 472(D22), 233(D23), 189(D30)

e ffe c ts o f: 479(A41), 372(D3), 175(D11), 121(D24), 170(D25), 476(026),186(D27), 9(D29), 189(D30), 205

p a tte rns : 101(D15), 381(D17)

p o lic ie s on: 375(D7), 217(D8), 175(D11), 107(E1)

trends: 217(D8)